SOCATA TB 9 TAMPICO

Pilot Operating Handbook

( TRAINING ONLY )

Only for training.

This TB 9 Pilot Operating Handbook is
not for operational use.

FOR OPERATION USE

POH WITH REF TO S/N 263
 "
fi\DS
lY+
--
'\ .SOCATA

PILOT'S INFORMATION
MANUAL

TB9
 TB9 "SPRINT"
from SIN 948
with MOD.139

PIN: TOO. 18430309E4

PILOT'S
INFORMATION MANUAL
CAUTION

THIS INFORMATION MANUAL IS A NON-OFFICIAL COPY OF THE PILOT'S

OPERATING HANDBOOK AND MAY BE USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSES ONLY,
IT IS NOT KEPT CURRENT AND THEREFORE CANNOT BE USED AS A SUBSTITUTE
FOR AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITIES APPROVED MANUAL WHICH IS THE ONLY ONE
INTENDED FOR OPERATION OF THE AIRPLANE.

The content of this document ~ the property 01 socata. It is supplied in confidence

and commercial security of Its contents must be maintained.
It must not be used for any purpose other than that for wIlich it is supplied, nor may
information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons. It must not be
reproduced nor transmitted in any form in whole or in part without permission in
writing from the owners of the Copyright.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.

<;')1988 to 2001 - socata - All rights reserved

For any information concerning this document, please contact :

SOCATA
SUPPORT CLIENT I CUSTOMER SUPPORT
AERO PORT TAR8ES-OSSUN-LOURDES TELEPHONE : 33 (0)5 62,41.73,00
B.P. 930 - 65009 TAR8ES CEDEX TELEFAX 33 (0)5 62.41.76.54
FRANCE TELEX 532835 F

December 31, 1997 - E4R1 Printed In FRANCE

SECTION 0 SOCATA
MODEL TB9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION

GENERAL 1
LIMITATIONS 2
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 3
NORMAL PROCEDURES 4
PERFORMANCE 5
WEIGHT AND BALANCE 6
DESCRIPTION 7
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MAINTENANCE 8
SUPPLEMENTS 9

0.6 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

SECTION 1
GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
THREE-VIEW DRAWING. 1.2
GENERAL ............................................. 1.3
DESCRIPTIVE DATA 1.3
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3
PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3
FUEL 1.4
OIL. 1.4
MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS ........................ . 1.5
STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS ........................... . 1.5
CABIN AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS. 1.5
• BAGGAGE SPACE AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS. 1.6
SPECIFIC LOADINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.6
GENERAL AIRSPEED TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS 1.6
METEOROLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY ......................... 1.7
ENGINE POWER TERMINOLOGY ............................ 1.7
AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE AND FLIGHT PLANNING TERMINOLOGY 1.8
WEIGHT AND BALANCE TERMINOLOGY 1.8
GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
RADIO ABBREVIATIONS .................................. 1.11
CONVERSION FACTORS. 1.12

STANDARD ATMOSPHERE.............................. 1.12

CONVERSION TABLE. 1.13

December 31, 1997 1.1

Revision 1
 SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

~6
o~
C':l-
EO,

0,
"'"
===@r =
2,33 m 7'7.7" (1)
2,30 m 7'6,5" (2)
t .1 0

- 772 m
25·4" -
V~
N,~
0
E
'
I urLPLJ
/ll
"-
! lAo f1,96m 6'5.2" (1)
1,92 m 6'3,6'· (2)

r-

h
E N

"
~
ro" N (
~ ~

(1) Avions non eouipes de la modification

n° MOD. 119 OLi \0100. 121
Airplane not equipped willl
modillcation MOO, 119 or MOO, 121
(2) AVlons equlpes de la modification
n° MOD, 119 ou MOD. 121
Airplane eqvipped wit h mOdilic"tion
MOD 119 or MOD 121

Figure 1.1 - THREE VIEW DRAWING

I 1.2 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

7,72 m
•

Q o
! I. .1 1,92 m
6'36"'

E ,~
,~
~ ~

o
-"
~

o
~
'=
-

Figure 1.1A - THREE VIEW DRAWING

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 1.2A

Revision 1
SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

1.2B December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

GENERAL
This handbook contains 9 sections, and includes the material required by
FAR Part 23 to be furnished to the pilot for operation of SOCATA Model
TB 9 airplane. It also contains supplemental data supplied by SOCATA.
This section provides basic data and information of general interest. It also
contains definitions or explanations of abbreviations and terminology
commonly used.
The general for optional systems are given in Section 9 "Supplements" of this
Manual.

DESCRIPTIVE DATA
ENGINE
Number of engines: 1
Engine Manufacturer: AVeO LYCOMING
Engine Model Number: 0-320-D2A
Engine Type:
Four-cylinder, horizontally opposed, direct drive, air-cooled
Engine rated at 160 BHP at 2700 RPM.
PROPELLER
Number of propellers: 1
Propeller Manufacturer: SENSENICH
Propeller Model Number: 74.DM6.S8.0S8
Number of blades: 2
Propeller Diameter:
Maximum: 74 inches (1.88 m)
Minimum: 72 inches (1.83 m)
Propeller Type:
Fixed pitch

December 31, 1997 1.3

 SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

FUEL
Approved Fuel Grades (and Colors) :
100 LL Grade Aviation Fuel (Blue)
100 (Formerly 100/130) Grade Aviation Fuel (Green)
Total capacity: 41.7 U.S Gal (1581)
Total capacity each tank: 20.8 U.S Gal (79 I)
Total usable: 40.2 U.S Gal (1521)
NOTE:
Isopropyl alcohol or ethylene glycol monomethyl ether may be added to the
fuel supply. Additive concentrations shall not exceed 1 % for isopropyl
alcohol or O. 15 % for ethylene glycol monomethyl ether. Refer to
Section 8 "Handling, servicing and maintenance" for additional information.
OIL

• CAUTION

I
DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT BRANDS OR TYPES OF OIL
Oil grades (specifications) and Viscosity (Reference TEXTRON
LYCOMING Service Bulletin No. 480 at last revision) :
Outside MIL-L-60B2 Spec. MIL-L-22B51 Spec.
Air Mineral Grades Dispersant Grades
Temperatures 50 first hours after 50 hours
All temperatures SAE 1SN50 or SAE 20WEfJ
Above 80°F (27°C) SAE 60 SAE 60
Above 60°F (15°C) SAE 50 SAE 40 or SAE 50
30°F (_lOG) to 90°F (32°C) SAE 40 SAE 40
OaF (-1B°C) to 70°F (21°C) SAE 30 SAE 30, SAE 40
or SAE 20W40
OaF (-1B°C) to 90°F (32°C) SAE 20W50 or SAE 15W50
Below 1Q°F (-12°G) SAE 20 SAE 30 or SAE 20W30

Oil Capacity:
Sump: 8 Quarts (7.6 Litres)
Total: 8.45 Quarts (8 Litres)
Maximum oil consumption: 0.8 qVhr.

1.4 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

Do not operate on less than 4 U.S. qt (3.8 litres). To minimize loss of oil
through breather, fill to 6 U.S. qt (5.7 litres) for normal flights of less
than 3 hours. For extended flights, fill to 8 U.S. qt (7.6 litres). These
quantities refer to oil dipstick level readings.
For engine equipped with the cartridge filter option, during filter drainage or
replacement, add 0.45 U.S. qt (0.4 litres) of oil for the filter.
MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS
Normal and Utility categories
Take-off: 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
Landing: 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
Weight in Baggage Compartment: 143 Ibs (65 kg) ; Refer to Section 6 for
loading instructions.
STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS
Normal and Utility categories
Airplane not equipped with modification MOD. 119 or MOD. 121 :

I Standard Empty Weight:

Pre-MOD.151
1446 Ibs (656 kg)
Maximum Useful Load: 891 Ibs (404 kg)

Airplane equipped with modification MOD. 119 or MOD. 121 :

I
Pre-MOD.151 Post-MOD.151
Standard Empty Weight: 1457 Ibs (661 kg) 1499 Ibs (680 kg)
Maximum Useful Load: 880 Ibs (399 kg) 838 Ibs (380 kg)

CABIN AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS

Pre-MOD.151 Post-MOD.151
Maximum Cabin Width: 4.20 ft (1.28 m) 4.20 ft (1.28 m)
Maximum Cabin Length: 8.30 ft (2.53 m) 8.30 ft (2.53 m)
Maximum Cabin Height: 3.67ft (1.12 m) 3.94 ft (1.20 m)
Number of Cabin Entries: 2 2
Maximum Entry Width: 3.45 ft (1.05 m) 3.48 ft (1.06 m)
Minimum Entry Width: 2.62 ft (0.80 m) 2.82 ft (0.86 m)
Maximum Entry Height: 2.30 ft (0.70 m) 2.46 ft (0.75 m)

December 31, 1997 1.5

Revision 1
SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

BAGGAGE SPACE AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS

Pre-MOD.151 Post-MOD.151
Maximum Compartment Width: 4.10ft (1.25 m) 4.10ft (1.25 m)
Minimum Compartment Width: 3.45 ft (1.05 m) 3.45 ft (1.05 m)
Maximum Compartment Length: 2.95 ft (0.90 m) 2.95 ft (0.90 m)
Minimum Compartment Length: 2.20 ft (0.67 m) 2.20 ft (0.67 m)
Maximum Compartment Height: 2.03 ft (0.62 m) 2.03 ft (0.62 m)
Minimum Compartment Height: 1.35ft (0.41 m) 1.35ft (0.41 m)
Entry Width: 2.10 ft (0.64 m) 2.10 ft (0.64 m)
Entry Height: 1.44 ft (0.44 m) 1.80 ft (0.55 m)
SPECIFIC LOADINGS
Normal and Utility categories
Wing loading: 18.2 Ibs/sq.ft (89.1 kg/m 2)
Power loading: 14.6 Ibs/BHP (6.63 kg/CV)

SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND TERMINOLOGY

GENERAL AIRSPEED TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS
KCAS Knots Calibrated Airspeed is indicated airspeed corrected
for position and instrument error and expressed in knots.
Knots calibrated airspeed is equal to KTAS in standard
atmosphere at sea level.
MPH CAS Miles per Hour Calibrated Airspeed
KIAS Knots Indicated Airspeed is the speed shown on the
airspeed indicator and expressed in knots.
MPH lAS Miles per Hour Indicated Airspeed
KTAS Knots True Airspeed is the airspeed expressed in knots
relative to undisturbed air which is KCAS corrected for
altitude, temperature and compressibility.
Maneuvering Speed is the maximum speed at which full or
abrupt control movements may be used.

1.6 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

V'E Maximum Flap Extended Speed is the highest speed

permissible with wing flaps in a prescribed extended
position.
Never Exceed Speed is the speed limit that may not be
exceeded at any time.
Maximum Structural Cruising Speed is the speed that
should not be exceeded except in smooth air, and then only
with caution.
Vso Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed at
which the airplane is controllable in the landing
configuration.
V S1 Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed
obtained in a specific configuration.
METEOROLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY
ISA International Standard Atmosphere : Its temperature
is 59°F (15'C) at sea level pressure altitude and decreases
by 3.6°F (2 C) for each 1000 ft of altitude.
U

OAT Outside Air Temperature is the free air statictemperature.

It is expressed in either degrees Celsius or degrees
Fahrenheit.
Pressure Altitude:
Is the altitude read from an altimeter when the altimeter's
barometric scale has been set to 29.92 inches of mercury
(1013.2 hPa).
QNH Setting at the pressure corresponding to the reading of
actual airplane altitude.
ENGINE POWER TERMINOLOGY
BHP Brake Horsepower is the power developed by the engine.
MP Manifold Pressure is a pressure measured in the engine's
induction system and is expressed in inches of mercury
(in.Hg).
RPM Revolutions Per Minute is engine speed.

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
1.7
SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE AND FLIGHT PLANNING TERMINOLOGY

Climb Gradient:
Is the demonstrated ratio of the change in height during a
portion of climb, to the horizontal distance traversed in the
same time interval.
Demonstrated crosswind velocity:
Is the velocity of the crosswind component for which
adequate control of the airplane during take-off and landing
was actually demonstrated during certification tests. The
value shown is not considered to be limiting.
9 Is acceleration due to gravity.
Usable Fuel:
Fuel available for flight planning.
Unusable Fuel:
Fuel remaining after a runout test has been completed in
accordance with governmental regulations.
WEIGHT AND BALANCE TERMINOLOGY
Reference Datum:
Is an imaginary vertical plane from which all horizontal
distances are measured for balance purpose.
Arm Is the horizontal distance from the reference datum to the
center of gravity (C.G.) of an item.
Moment Is the product of the weight of an item multiplied by its arm.
(Moment divided by the constant 1000 is used in this
handbook to simplify balance calculations by reducing the
number of digits).
Center of gravity (C.G.) :
Is the point at which an airplane, or equipment, would
balance if suspended. Its distance from the reference datum
is found by dividing the total moment by the total weight of
the airplane.

1.B December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

C.G. Limits:
Center of Gravity Limits are the extreme center of gravity
locations within which the airplane must be operated at a
given weight.
Standard Empty Weight:
Weight of a standard airplane including unusable fuel, full
operating fluids and full oil.
Basic Empty Weight:
Standard empty weight plus optional equipment.
Useful Load:
Is the difference between take-off weight and the basic
empty weight.
Maximum Take-off Weight:
Is the maximum weight approved for the start of the take-off
run.
Maximum Weight at Landing:
Is the maximum weight approved for landing touch-down.

December 31, 1997 1.9

SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS
A Ampere
ALT or ALTr : Alternator
AlP Autopilot
BAT Battery
C Consumption
CHT Cylinder Head Temperature
°C Degree Celsius (Centigrade)
of Degree Fahrenheit
EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature

•
EXC
II
ft/min
Energization
Foot (Feet)
Feet per minute

•
HOR
hPa
hr
Electric Horizon
Hectopascal
Hour
in Inch
in.Hg Inch of mercury
kg Kilogram
kl Knot (1 nautical mile/hr - 1852 m/hr)
I Litre
Ib Pound
LOG Landing gear
m Metre
min Minute
mm Millimetre
PIN Part Number
psi Pounds per square inch
ql Quart
SM Statute Mile
SIN Serial Number
sq.ft Square foot
Sid Standard
U.S Gal U.S Gallon
V Volt

1.10 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

RADIO ABBREVIATIONS
ADF Automatic Direction Finder System

• ADI
ATC
Attitude Director Indicator
ATe transponder
COM Communications Transceivers
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
HF High Frequency
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
MKR Marker Radio Beacon
NAV Navigation Indicators and/or Receivers
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
UHF Ultra-High Frequency
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VHF Very High Frequency
VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range
VOR/LOC VHF Omnidirectional Range Localizer
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
XPDR Transponder

December 31, 1997 1.11

Revision 1
SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

CONVERSION FACTORS

IMPERIAL AND U,S UNITS METRIC UNITS TO IMPERIAL

TO METRIC UNITS AND U.S UNITS

MULTIPLY
" TO OBTAIN MULTIPLY
"'
TO OBTAIN

FEET 0.3048 METRE METRE 3.2808 FEET

INCH 25.4 mm mm 0,03937 INCH

Imp,Gal 4,546 Litre Litre 0,220 Imp.Gal

US,Gal 3,785 Litre Litre 0,264 US.Gal

Ib 0.45359 kg kg 2.2046 Ib

STANDARD ATMOSPHERE

Pressure
Pressure of
altitude 'C
(hPa)
(It)

0 1013.2 + 15.0 + 59.0

2000 942.1 + 11.0 + 51.8
4000 875.0 + 7.0 + 44.6
6000 811.9 + 3.1 + 37.6
8000 752.6 - 0.8 + 30.5
10000 696.8 - 4.8 + 23.4
12000 644.3 - 8.7 + 16.2
14000 595.2 - 12.7 + 9.2
16000 549.1 - 16.6 + 2.2
18000 505.9 - 20.6 - 5.0
20000 465.6 - 24.6 - 12.4

1.12 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 1
MODEL TB 9 GENERAL

CONVERSION TABLE
NOTE:
The standard pressure of 10132 hPa is equal to 29.92 inches of mercury.

950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959
28.05 28.08 28.11 28.14 28.17 28.20 28.23 28.26 28.29 28.32

960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969
28.35 28.38 28.41 28.44 28.47 28.50 28.53 28.56 28.58 28.61

970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979
28.64 28.67 28.70 28.73 28.76 28.79 28.82 28.85 28.88 28.91

980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989
28.94 28.97 29.00 29.03 29.06 29.09 29.12 29.15 29.18 29.20

990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999
29.23 29,26 29.29 29,32 29.35 29,38 29.41 29.44 29.47 29,50

1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009
29.53 29.56 29.59 29.62 29.65 29.68 29.71 29.74 29.77 29.80

1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019
29.83 29,85 29.88 29,91 29,94 29,97 30.00 30,03 30.06 30,09

1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029
30.12 30.15 30.18 30.21 30.24 30.27 30.30 30.33 30.36 30.39

1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039
30.42 30.45 30.47 30.50 30.53 30.56 30.59 30.62 30.65 30.68

1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049
30.71 30.74 30.77 30.80 30.83 30.86 30.89 30.92 30.95 30.98

December 31, 1997 1.13

SECTION 1 SOCATA
GENERAL MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

1.14 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

GENERAL 2.3
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2.4
AIRSPEED INDICATOR OR TRUE AIRSPEED INDICATOR
MARKINGS ............................................ 2.5
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS. 2.6
POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2.7
WEIGHT LIMITS. 2.8
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS 2.8
MANEUVER LIMITS. 2.9
FLIGHT LOAD FACTOR LIMITS 2.9
KINDS OF OPERATION LIMITS 2.10
FUEL LIMITATIONS..................................... 2.10
CREW LIMITATIONS. 2.10
SEATING LIMITS 2.10
USE OF DOORS. 2.10
VACUUM GAGE MARKINGS............................. 2.11
PLACARDS 2.12

December 31, 1997 2.1

SECTION 2 SOCATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

2.2 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

GENERAL
SOCATA Model TB 9 is certificated in the Normal and Utility Categories.
- Basic general technical conditions:
FAR 23 Regulations, amendments 1 to 16.
This airplane must be flown in compliance with the limits specified by
placards or markings and with those given in this section and throughout this
Manual.
This section of the airplane Pilot's Operating Handbook presents the various
operating limitations, the significance of such limitations, instrument
markings, color coding, and basic placards necessary for the safe operation
of the airplane, its power plant and installed equipment.
The limitations for optional systems are given in Section 9 "Supplements" of
this Manual.

December 31, 1997 2.3

SECTION 2 SOCATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS

Airspeed limitations and their operational significance are shown in

Figure 2.1.

SPEED KCAS KIAS REMARKS

Never Exceed Do not exceed this speed

VNE 165 165
Speed in any operation

Do not exceed this speed

Maximal Structural
VNO 128.5 128.5 except in smooth air, and
Cruising Speed
then only with care

Do not make abrupt or full

VA Maneuvering Speed 122 122 control movements
above this speed

Maximum Flap 95 95 Do not exceed this speed

VFE
Extended Speed with flaps extended

Figure 2.1 - AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS

2.4 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

AIRSPEED INDICATOR OR TRUE AIRSPEED INDICATOR

MARKINGS
Airspeed indicator or true airspeed indicator markings and their color code
significance are shown in Figure 2.2.

KIAS
MARKING SIGNIFICANCE
VALUE OR RANGE

Full Flap Operating Range

Lower limit is maximum weight
White Arc 50 - 95 Vso in landing configuration.
Upper limit is maximum speed
permissible with flaps extended

Normal Operating Range

Lower limit is maximum weight
Green Arc 58 - 128.5 VS1 with flaps retracted.
Upper limit is maximum struc-
tural cruising speed

Operations must be conducted

Yellow Arc 128.5 - 165 with caution and only in smooth
air

Maximum speed for all ope-

Red line 165
rations

Figure 2.2 - AIRSPEED INDICATOR OR TRUE AIRSPEED INDICATOR

MARKINGS

December 31, 1997 2.5

SECTION 2 SOGATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS

Number of engines: 1
Engine Manufacturer: AVCO LYCOMING
Engine Model Number: 0-320-D2A
Engine Operating Limits for Take-off and Continuous Operations:
Maximum Power: 160 BHP
Maximum Engine Speed: 2700 RPM
Maximum Cylinder Head Temperature: 500°F (260°C)
Maximum Oil Temperature: 244°F (118°C)
Oil Pressure:
Minimum: 25 psi (1.7 bar)
Maximum: 115 psi (7.9 bars)
Fuel Pressure:
Minimum: 0.5 psi (34 hPa)
Fuel Grades: See Fuel Limitations
Oil Grades (Specification) :
MIL-L-6082 Aviation Grade Mineral Oil or
MIL-L-22851 Aviation Grade Dispersant Oil
Number of propellers: 1
Propeller Manufacturer: SENSENICH
Propeller Model Number: 74.DM6.S8.058
Propeller Diameter:
Minimum: 72 inches (1.83 m)
Maximum: 74 inches (1.88 m)
Static RPM at maximum permissible throttle setting, sea level:
Minimum: 2400 RPM
Maximum: 2600 RPM

2.6 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

Power plant instrument markings and their color code significance are shown
in Figure 2.3.
Red Line
Yellow Arc Green Arc Red Line
or arc
INSTRUMENT
Minimum Caution Normal Maximum
Limit Range Operating Limit

600 to 2700
Tachometer --- --- 2700 RPM
RPM

Below 104°F 104 to 244°F 244°F

Oil Temperature ---
(40"C) (40 to 11S°C) (11 SoC)

Fuel Pressure Below

--- Above 0.5 psi ---
(1 ) 0.5 psi

Fuel Pressure Below --- 0.5 to 8 psi Above 8 psi

(2) 0.5 psi

25 to 60 psi
Oil Pressure (1) 25 psi and 60 to 90 psi 100 psi
90 to 100 psi

25 to 55 psi
Oil Pressure (2) 25 psi and 55 to 95 psi 115psi
95 to 115 psi

435 to SOQoF 200 to 435°F

Cylinder head 500'F
--- (2241cQ60"C) (93 to 224°C)
temperature (3) (260"C)
(4) (4)

Carburated air 14to41°F

--- --- ---
temperature (-10 to +5°C)

(1) Alternative No.1

(2) Alternative No.2
(3) If installed on airplane
(4) Optional marking (according to instrument model)

Figure 2.3 - POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

December 31, 1997 2.7

SECTION 2 SOCATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

WEIGHT LIMITS
Normal and utility categories
Maximum Take-off Weight: 23371bs (1060 kg)
Maximum Landing Weight: 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
Maximum Weightin Baggage Compartment Maxi mum 1431bs (65 kg) refer
to Section 6 for loading instructions.

CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS

Normal and utility categories
Forward:
41.3 inches (1.050 m) aft of datum at 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
38.3 inches (0.974 m) aft of datum at 21381bs (970 kg) or less.
Aft:
47.4 inches (1.205 m) aft of datum at all weights and for both categories.
Reference datum: Front face of firewall.
Straight line variation between points.
Leveling point: Upper fuselage spar
NOTE:
It is the responsibility of the pilot to insure that the airplane is properly loaded.
See Section 6 'Weight and Balance" for proper loading instructions.

2.8 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

MANEUVER LIMITS
This airplane is certificated in both normal and utility categories.
Normal category
The normal category is applicable to airplane intended for non-aerobatic
operations.
These include any maneuvers incidental to normal flying, stalls (except whip
stalls) and turns in which the angle of bank is no more than 60°,
Maximum Design Weight 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
Design Maneuvering Speed 122 KIAS (141 MPH lAS)
The TB 9 airplane is approved forthe following normal category maneuvers:
Lazy eights, chandelies, and steep turns in which the angle of bank is not
more than 60°.
Utility category
This airplane is not designed for aerobaticflight. However, the utility category
is applicable to airplane intended for limited aerobatic operations.
Maximum Design Weight 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
Design Maneuvering Speed 122 KIAS (141 MPH lAS)
No aerobatic maneuvers are approved except those listed below:
Maneuver Recommended Entry Speed
Chandelles 130 KIAS (149 MPH lAS)
Lazy eights 124 KIAS (143 MPH lAS)
Steep turns 108 KIAS (124 MPH lAS)
Stalls (except whip stalls) Slow Deceleration
Spins Prohibited

FLIGHT LOAD FACTOR LIMITS

Normal category Utility category
n between n between
Flaps up : + 3.8 g and - 1.5 + 4.4 9 and - 1.8
Flaps down: + 2.0 g and - 0 + 2.0 g and - 0

December 31, 1997 2.9

SECTION 2 SOCATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

KINDS OF OPERATION LIMITS

The airplane is equipped for day VFR operations and may be equipped for
night VFR and day & night IFR operations. See Supplements Section of this
Manual.
Flight into known icing conditions is prohibited.

FUEL LIMITATIONS
2 Tanks: 20.8 U.S Gal (79 I) each
Total Fuel: 41.7 U.S Gal (158 I)
Usable Fuel: 40.2 U.S Gal (152 I)
Unusable Fuel: 1.6 U.S Gal (6 I)
NOTE:
Usable fuel (up to unusable fuel) can be safely used during all normal airplane
maneuvers.
FOR STEEP NOSE DOWN ATTITUDE (rapid descent) select a fuel tank
with at least 5 U.S Gal (a quarler of tank capacity).
FOR PRONOUNCED OR LONG SIDE SLIPPING select the fuel tank (with
usable fuel) at the opposite side of the low wing.

CREW LIMITATIONS
Minimum crew: 1 pilot
(1 pilot required at L.H. station)

SEATING LIMITS
F rant seats: 2
Rear seats: 2 when accommodated with 2 seat belts or
3 when accommodated with 3 seat belts
[maximum total weight on rear seats:
386 Ibs (175 kg)]

USE OF DOORS
Flight with doors open or ajar is prohibited.

2.10 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

VACUUM GAGE MARKINGS (if installed)

MARKING CORRESPONDING VALUE

Green Normal operating

from 4.4 to 5.2 in.Hg

Red lines at 4.4 and 5.2 in.Hg

December 31, 1997 2.11

 SECTION 2 SOCATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

PLACARDS
NOTE:
The placards described in the Section 9 "Supplements" replace or
supplement those described in this paragraph.
(1) In full view of the pilot, forward of overhead lights

I Placard in Ibs :

THIS AIRCRAFT MUST BE FLOWN IN NORMAL OR UTILITY CATEGORY IN

ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLACARDS, MARKINGS AND FLIGHT MANUAL

NORMAL AND UTILITY CATEGORY

MAXIMUM WEIGHT . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 23371bs

MANEUVERING SPEED VA •.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•. 122 KIAS
NEVER EXCEED SPEED VNE .•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•. 165 KIAS
FLAPS EXTENDED SPEED VFE 95 KIAS

DESIGN LIMIT LOAD FACTOR

'"N"' CATEGORY FLAPS RETRACTED -1.5 '" n " +3.8

FLAPS EXTENDED -0 ",n,,+2

'U' CATEGORY FLAPS RETRACTED -1.8 ,;; n ,; +4.4

FLAPS EXTENDED -0,;;n,;+2

ANY ACROBATIC MANEUVER IS PROHIBITED IN NORMAL CATEGORY

N UTILITY CATEGORY ONLY THE FOLLOWING ACROBATIC MANEUVERS ARE

PERMITTED

ENTRY SPEED

CHANDELLES •.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•. 130 KIAS

LAZY EIGHT .•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•.•. 124 KIAS
STEEP TURNS • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 108 KIAS
STALLS

VOLUNTARY SPINS ARE PROHIBITED IN BOTH NORMAL AND UTILITY

CATEGORIES ..

MARKINGS. PLACARDS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES APPLY TO CATEGORIES "N"'

AND '"U'"

2.12 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

Placard in kg :

THIS AIRCRAFT MUST BE FLOWN IN NORMAL OR UTILITY CATEGORY IN

ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLACARDS, MARKINGS AND FLIGHT MANUAL

NORMAL AND UTILITY CATEGORY

MAXIMUM WEIGHT . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 1060 kg

MANEUVERING SPEED VA • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 227 km/h -122 kt
NEVER EXCEED SPEED VNE . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 306 km/h -165 kt
FLAPS EXTENDED SPEED YFE • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . •. 176 km/h - 95 kt

DESIGN LIMIT LOAD FACTOR

''N'' CATEGORY FLAPS RETRACTED -1.5 ,;; n " +3.8

FLAPS EXTENDED -0 ",n,,+2

''U'' CATEGORY FLAPS RETRACTED -1.8 '" n " +4.4

FLAPS EXTENDED -0 "n,;+2

ANY ACROBATIC MANEUVER IS PROHIBITED IN NORMAL CATEGORY

N UTILITY CATEGORY ONLY THE FOLLOWING ACROBATIC MANEUVERS ARE

PERMITTED

ENTRY SPEED

CHANDELLES • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 240 km/h -130 kl

LAZY EIGHT . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 230km/h-124kl
STEEP TURNS • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . • . 200 km/h -108 kl
STALLS

VOLUNTARY SPINS ARE PROHIBITED IN BOTH NORMAL AND UTILITY

CATEGORIES ..

MARKINGS. PLACARDS AND INSTRUCTION PLATES APPLY TO CATEGORIES "N·'

AND ''U''

FLIGHT CONDITIONS: DAY VFR

ICING CONDITIONS NOT ALLOWED

December 31, 1997 2.13

Revision 1
 SECTION 2 SOCATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

(2) Calibration chart on compass

For N 30 60 E 120 150

Steer
For S 210 240 W 300 330
Steer

DATE: RADIO ON

(3) On Baggage door

65 kg - 143 Ibs MAXIMUM

FOR LOADING INSTRUCTIONS
SEE 'WEIGHT AND BAlANCE
DATA" IN FLIGHT MANUAL

(4) Near fuel tank caps

CARBURANT
FUEL - KRAFTSTOFF

AVGAS 100 LL
20,1 us _16. 7UK. GAL

76 L
(5) On the back side of access door to oil filler cap

Oil system
capacity
eI
8.4 qt

I 2.14 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 2
MODEL TB 9 LIMITATIONS

(6) On the fuel selector

• Markings in U.S. Gallons:

FUEL SELECTOR
LEFT RIGHT

/"'' cc
201 US GAL 20.1 US,GAL

"'c~
PRESS 0
I::::::: ~
• Markings in Litres :

LEFT FUEL SELECTOR RIGHT

76L 76L
USABLE USABLE

PRESS
TO CLOSE

I CLOSED I

(7) Near the wing flap control

FLAPS

r~CTED
j
N

" TAKE

• ~
I
CCC

t~NG

December 31, 1997 2.15

Revision 1
 SECTION 2 SOCATA
LIMITATIONS MODEL TB 9

(8) Near the stabilator tab position indicator

NOSE
DOWN

r
,
5 <II

I-
N TAKE
>
"<< cec
<
<
0
g
<II
" '-./
NOSE
CC

(9) If three belts are installed at the rear seats:

MASSE MAXI POUR 3 PASSAGERS AUX PLACES AR.

) 175 kg
MAX GEWICHT FOR 3 PASSAGIERE AUF DEM ROCKSITZ
MAX WEIGHT FOR 3 PASSENGERS ON REAR SEATS ) 300 100

I 2.16 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL ................................................. 3.3
AIRSPEEDS FOR SAFE OPERATIONS (lAS) .................. 3.3
ENGINE FAILURES ......................................... 3.3
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF RUN ........................ 3.3
ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELY AFTER TAKE-OFF .................. 3.3
ENGINE FAILURE IN FLIGHT ................................... 3.4

LOW OIL PRESSURE ....................................... 3.4

LOW FUEL FLOW .......................................... 3.5
ENGINE VIBRATION ........................................ 3.5
FORCED LANDINGS ........................................ 3.5
EMERGENCY LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER .................. 3.5
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING WITH ENGINE POWER .................. 3.5
DITCHING ................................................. 3.6
FIRES ..................................................... 3.6
ENGINE FIRE DURING START .................................. 3.6
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT ...................................... 3.7
ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT ................................... 3.7
CABIN FIRE ............................................... 3.8
WING FIRE ................................................ 3.8
ICiNG ..................................................... 3.8
LANDING WITHOUT STABILATOR CONTROL ................ 3.10

December 31, 1997 3.1

SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

Page
AILERON CONTROL FAILURE .............................. 3.10
RADIO MASTER SWITCH FAILURE ......................... 3.10
ELECTRICAL FAILURE: IMMEDIATE ACTION ................ 3.11
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FAILURE ............................. 3.11
ALTERNATOR FAILURE ...................................... 3.11
ELECTRICAL FAILURE: CHECK-OUT PROCEDURE FOR
NIGHT VFR AND IFR ....................................... 3.11
ALTERNATOR FAILURE ...................................... 3.11
BATTERY FAILURE ......................................... 3.11
TOTAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE ................................. 3.11
AIRSPEED INDICATING SYSTEM FAILURE .................. 3.15
LANDING WITHOUT FLAPS ................................ 3.15
INVOLUNTARY SPiN ....................................... 3.16
JAMMED DOORS .......................................... 3.16
OPTIMUM GLIDE WITHOUT ENGINE RUNNING .............. 3.17

3.2 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

GENERAL
This section provides the pilot with procedures that enable him to cope with
emergencies that may be encountered in operating the SOCATA Model
TB 9 airplane. If proper preflight inspections, operating procedures, and
maintenance practices are used, emergencies due to airplane or engine
malfunction should be rare. Likewise, careful flight planning and good pilot
judgment can minimize enrouteweather emergencies. However, should any
emergency develop, the guidelines in this section should be considered and
applied as necessary to correct the problem.
The emergency procedures for optional systems are given in Section 9
"Supplements" of this manual.

AIRSPEEDS FOR SAFE OPERATIONS (lAS)

Engine failure after take-off 70 KIAS
Maneuvering speed 122 KIAS
Best glide speed 86 KIAS
Precautionary landing with
engine power 65/70 KIAS

ENGINE FAILURES
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF RUN
Throttle REDUCED
Brakes APPLY
Mixture IDLE CUT -OFF
Magneto selector OFF
Main switch OFF
Fuel selector OFF
ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELY AFTER TAKE-OFF
Airspeed 70 KIAS
Mixture FULL RICH
Fuel selector SWITCH TANKS
Fuel pump ON
If the engine does not start :
Mixture IDLE CUT -OFF
Fuel selector OFF
Fuel pump OFF

December 31, 1997 3.3

SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

Land STRAIGHT AHEAD

Magneto selector OFF
Main switch OFF
WARNING
LANDING STRAIGHT AHEAD IS USUALLY
ADVISABLE
ENGINE FAILURE IN FLIGHT
Glide speed 86 KIAS
Main switch ON
Fuel pump ON
If the engine does not start :
Mixture IDLE CUT -OFF
Throttle 1/2 OPEN
Fuel gages CHECK
Fuel selector SWITCH TANKS
Magneto selector BOTH
Starter ENGAGE (if propeller stopped)
When the engine runs SLOWLY ENRICH
(windmilling) UNTIL RE-START
NOTE:
Engine fe-starling can be performed without particular
limitations in all airplane ffight envelope.
If the engine does not start, get ready for an
emergency landing without engine power.
NOTE:
Gliding distance - see Figure 3.4.

LOW OIL PRESSURE

Oil warning light ON
Pressure indicator IN RED LOW SECTOR
Throttle REDUCE AS FAR AS POSSIBLE
Oil temperature CHECKED
If oil temperature in
red sector REDUCE THROTTLE
Prepare for a forced landing and land as soon as possible.

3.4 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

LOW FUEL FLOW

Fuel pump OPERATING
Fuel gages CHECKED
Fuel selector SWITCH TANKS

ENGINE VIBRATION
Engine vibration is generally due to carburetor icing
(see § "Icing"), defective spark plugs or too rich a mixture.
Mixture RESET
If vibration persists:
RPM SET FOR MINIMUM VIBRATION RANGE
Land as soon as possible.

FORCED LANDINGS
EMERGENCY LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER
Glide speed 86 KIAS
Radio TRANSMIT MAYDAY on 121.5 MHz
or on the appropriate frequency
giving location and intentions
Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses ADJUSTED and SECURE
Mixture IDLE CUT -OFF
Fuel selector OFF
Magneto selector OFF
Flaps AS REQUIRED
When the landing is secured:
Flaps LANDING
Approach speed 65/70 KIAS
Main switch OFF
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING WITH ENGINE POWER
Flaps LANDING
Approach speed 65/70 KIAS

December 31, 1997 3.5

SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

Radio ADVISE ATC OF INTENTIONS

Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses ADJUSTED and SECURE
Field FLY OVER selected field
Main switch OFF
Touch-down FLARE OUT
and keep nose high
Mixture IDLE CUT-OFF
Fuel selector OFF
Magneto selector OFF
Brakes AS REQUIRED
DITCHING
Radio TRANSMIT MAYDAY on 121.5 MHz
or on the appropriate frequency
giving location and intentions
Flaps LANDING
Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses ADJUSTED and SECURE
Airspeed 70 KIAS
Flight path Parallel to swells
Before touch-down:
Main switch OFF
Mixture IDLE CUT-OFF
Fuel selector OFF
Touch-down FLARE OUT
and keep nose high

FIRES
ENGINE FIRE DURING START
Mixture IDLE CUT -OFF
Starter GO ON STARTING
Throttle FULL THROTTLE
Fuel selector OFF
If fire goes on
Main switch OFF
Magneto selector OFF

3.6 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Evacuate passengers and extinguish fire using all

available means (fire extinguisher if installed).
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT
Visual detection SMOKE - FLAMES
Fuel selector OFF
Mixture IDLE CUT -OFF
Fuel pump OFF
Throttle FULL THROTTLE
Cabin air cooling
& demisting FIRECUT-OFF I-I
After engine has stopped:
Magneto selector OFF

• "ALTr FLD" switch-breaker

Forced landing
OFF
EXECUTE (as described in
"Emergency Landing
Without Engine Power")
WARNING
NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO
RESTART THE ENGINE AFTER A FIRE
ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT
;. If FIRE is in ENGINE COMPARTMENT:
Main switch OFF
Cabin air cooling & demisting FIRE CUT-OFF
Land as soon as possible.
* If FIRE is in CABIN:
Main switch OFF

• "ALTr FLO" switch-breaker

All electrical switches
(except magnetos)
OFF

OFF
Cabin air cooling & demisting FIRE CUT-OFF
Fire extinguisher (if installed) ACTIVATE

December 31, 1997 3.7

Revision 1
SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

;. If FIRE APPEARS TO BE OUT and electrical power

is necessary to continue flight:
Main switch OFF
Circuit breakers CHECK for faulty circuit

• Radio / electrical switches

Cabin air cooling
do not close
ON, one at a time
OPEN when
fire is out
CABIN FIRE
Main switch OFF
Cabin air cooling & demisting FIRE CUT-OFF
Fire extinguisher (if installed) ACTIVATE
WARNING
AFTER DISCHARGING A FIRE EXTINGUISHER
WITHIN A CLOSED CABIN, WHEN FIRE IS
EXTINGUISHED, PARTIALLY OPEN CABIN AIR
COOLING TO VENTILATE THE CABIN AND
PREVENT SUFFOCATION,
Land as soon as possible.
WING FIRE
Navigation and landing
lights (if installed) OFF
Anticollision lights (if installed) OFF
Pitot heat switch (if installed) OFF
Land as soon as possible.

ICING

FLIGHT INTO KNOWN ICING CONDITIONS

IS PROHIBITED
Carburetor icing leads to a power rating drop, a manifold
pressure drop and slight vibration:
Carburetor heating ON

3,8 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

NOTE:
Pulling the carburetor heating control may cause the
power rating to drop and increase the vibration level.
After having fully pulled the carburetor heating control, it is
mandatory to adjust the mixture to suppress vibration. The
use of carburetor heating increases appreciably the hourly
fuel consumption.
Cabin temperature FULL HOT
Pitot heating (if installed) ON
Demisting OPEN
Engine INCREASE POWER
and periodically change RPM to
minimize ice build-up on propeller
Carburated air thermometer
(if installed) + 41 to +68°F (+5 to + 20°C)
Turn back or change altitude to obtain best outside air
conditions.
After disappearing of icing conditions:
Carburetor heating OFF
If icing continues, plan a landing at the nearest airport.
With an extremely rapid ice build-up, select a suitable "off
airport" landing site.
NOTE:
With an ice accumulation on or near the wing leading
edges, a higher stalling speed may be expected. Plan all
maneuvers accordingly.

December 31, 1997 3.9

 SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

LANDING WITHOUT STABILATOR CONTROL

Fly the airplane using pitch trim and throttle.

Long final:
Airspeed 80 KIAS
Flaps LANDING
Fuel pump ON
Mixture FULL RICH
Throttle and
pitch trim ADJUST SO AS TO MAINTAIN
A RATE OF DESCENT LOWER
THAN 500 ft/min
Final:
FLARE OUT near the ground with the pitch trim.
CAUTION

REDUCE THROTTLE ONLY

AFTER TOUCH-DOWN

AILERON CONTROL FAILURE

Should an aileron control efficiency loss occur (accidental
disconnection), fly the airplane using rudder for lateral
control.
If flaps are extended, set rapidly sufficient speed (70 KIAS
at least) and retract flaps.
Land with retracted flaps at 80 KIAS.

RADIO MASTER SWITCH FAILURE (if installed)

When radio navigation equipment cannot be set under

voltage due to RADIO MASTER switch malfunction.
• "R.M. SWITCH" circuit breaker OPEN
Radio navigation are supplied again and flight can go on
normally.

3.10 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

ELECTRICAL FAILURE: IMMEDIATE ACTION

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FAILURE
Check the circuit breakers panel.

I If the circuit breaker is open, close it once only.

If it trips again, do not try to close the circuit breaker, the
equipment has failed.
ALTERNATOR FAILURE (Simplified procedure)

• "ALTr" warning light

Voltmeter:
Green sector CONTINUE FLYING
ON

- Red / yellow sector :

• "ALTr FLO" switch-breaker OFF then ON
Undervoltage warning light REMAINS ON
• "ALTr FLD" switch-breaker OFF
Non essential electrical load items OFF
CAUTION

SEE HEREAFTER THE CHECK-OUT

PROCEDURE FOR NIGHT VFR OR IFR
(See Figure 3.1)
CAUTION

CHECK BATTERY DISCHARGE. IN THIS CASE.

ENDURANCE IS REDUCED AS ELECTRICAL
POWER IS ONLY SUPPLIED BY BATTERY
• Battery approximate duration 40 min (Night IFR
emergency conditions).

ELECTRICAL FAILURE: CHECK-OUT PROCEDURE FOR

NIGHT VFR AND IFR
ALTERNATOR FAILURE (See Figure 3.1)
BATTERY FAILURE (See Figure 3.2)
TOTAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE (See Figure 3.3)

December 31, 1997 3.11

Revision 1
 SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

KEY: CB Circuit breaker

PCB Pull-off type circuit breaker
SB Switch-breaker

•
ALTERNATOR FAILURE
"ALTr" warning light
illuminated

~
I Switch off alternator 58 "ALTr FLD" then pull alternator PCB "ALTr" I
~
Check alternator field "ALTr FLO" CB

•
SUCCESS FAILING
Close "ALTr FLO" S8 and "ALTr" PCB

CONTINUE
Switch off "ALTr FLD" SB,
FLIGHT

• r----------------,
then "ALTr" PCB
Open "Bus 2" and "Bus 3" PCBs

After switching off, try to I

I
reengage alternator "ALTr FLO" 58 I
I
I and "ALTr" PCB, then "Bus 2" and I or "Bus 3" PCBs I-~

I
I NOTE: If closing of "Bus 2"' or "Bus 3" PCB I
I makes "ALTr" PCB or "'ALTr FLD" 58 open. I
I pull faulty Bus PCB and close ':4L Tr FLO" S8 I
~-
LEAVE IMC CONDITIONS
USE FLASHLIGHT IF NECESSARY
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE

Figure 3.1 - ALTERNATOR FAILURE DIAGRAM

3.12 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

AIRSPEED INDICATING SYSTEM FAILURE

In case of erroneous indications in flight:

Pitot heating (if installed) ON
Alternate static source (if installed) PULL
In case of alternate static source
utilization, open air outlets and I or actuate
cabin air selector flow lever to open
position. Then, airspeed indicator and
altimeter errors are not significant.
If erroneous indications persist, carry out a precautionary
approach maintaining an adequate airspeed margin
above stall warning activation speed.

LANDING WITHOUT FLAPS (Flaps locked, retracted)

• "FLAPS" circuit breaker

Flaps control
OPEN
ACTUATED
If the procedure is not successfull, perform the same
operations as for a normal landing and maintain a 80 KIAS
approach speed.
Plan a landing distance increased by approximately 60 %.
For landing performance, see Section 5 "Performance".

December 31, 1997 3,15

Revision 1
 SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

INVOLUNTARY SPIN
INTENTIONAL SPINS ARE PROHIBITED
However, should inadvertent spin occur, the following
recovery procedure is recommended:
Rapid and simultaneous action:
Throttle REDUCED
Rudder control HOLD OPPOSITE
DIRECTION OF ROTATION
Stabilator control FULL FORWARD
Ailerons NEUTRAL
Spin with flaps:
Same procedure, except retract flaps as soon as possible.
When spinning stops, centralize rudders, level the wings
and ease out of the ensuing dive.

JAMMED DOORS
• Pre MOD.151
In case of jammed doors and in case of emergency:
JETTISON REAR WINDOWS, kicking with foot on the
upper part.

3.16 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

OPTIMUM GLIDE WITHOUT ENGINE RUNNING

Speed 85 KIAS at maximum weight

Propeller wind milling
Flaps up
Zero wind

Height above
terrain (Feet)

10000 f------,,-------,-------,--;T--:>-,

8000

6000

4000

2000

o
5 10 15 20

Ground distance (Nautical Miles)

Figure 3.4 - OPTIMUM GLIDE WITHOUT ENGINE RUNNING

December 31, 1997 3.17

SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

3.18 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

GENERAL ................................................. 4.3

AIRSPEEDS FOR SAFE OPERATIONS (lAS) .................. 4.3

PREFLIGHT INSPECTIONS . ................................. 4.5
AIRFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE . ............................... 4.9

ENGINE STARTING ........................................ 4.10

AFTER STARTING ENGINE ................................. 4.12

TAXIING .................................................. 4.12

ENGINE RUN-UP .......................................... 4.13

BEFORE TAKE-OFF ....................................... 4.13

TAKE-OFF ................................................ 4.14

CLIMB .................................................... 4.15

CRUISE .................................................. 4.15
DESCENT ................................................ 4.16
APPROACH - LANDING .................................... 4.16
GO-AROUND ............................................. 4.17

December 31, 1997 4.1

SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

Page

AFTER LANDING .......................................... 4.17

SHUT-DOWN /SECURINGAIRPLANE ...................... 4.18

STALLS ................................................... 4.19
FLIGHT WITH CROSSWiND ................................ 4.19
FLIGHT IN TURBULENT AIR ................................ 4.20
U~OF ........................................... 4~

4.2 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

GENERAL
This section provides procedures for the conduct of normal operation of the
SOCATA Model TB 9 airplane.
The normal procedures for optional systems are given in Section 9
"Supplements" of this manual.

AIRSPEEDS FOR SAFE OPERATIONS (lAS)

Following speeds are those important for safe operation of airplane.
These data are valid for standard airplane used at maximum weight in normal
conditions.
Best rate of climb
Flaps retracted 78 KIAS
Flaps in landing position 62 KIAS
Best angle of climb
Flaps retracted 67 KIAS
Flaps in landing position 59 KIAS
Operating speed in turbulent air 122 KIAS
Maximum speed with flaps in take-off position 95 KIAS
Maximum speed with flaps in landing position 95 KIAS
Final approach speed (flaps in landing position) 65 KIAS
Maximum demonstrated crosswind 25 kt

December 31, 1997 4.3

SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

___--------i c I-~

-
-

KEY
PREFLIGHT
AIRFRAME

--D- PREFLIGHT
ELECTRICAL

Figure 4.1 - PREFLIGHT INSPECTIONS

4.4 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

PREFLIGHT INSPECTIONS (See Figure 4.1)

AIRFRAME
1 - Cabin
Pilot door OPEN
Controls lock REMOVED
Magneto selector OFF
Mixture IDLE CUT-OFF
Main switch ON
Flaps LANDING
Pitch trim TAKE-OFF
Fire extinguisher
(if installed) Check pressure
Main switch OFF
Fuel selector OPEN (L.H.)
Proceed with the external preflight inspection moving
clockwise around the aircraft.
2 - L.H. wing trailing edge
Flap and aileron Check controls,
hinges, plays, deflections
3 - L.H. wing
Wing tip (lights and
landing lights if installed) Undamaged
4 - L.H. wing leading edge
Wing Free from frost, snow, ice
Pitot Cover removed, clean,
unobstructed
Tie-down REMOVED
Stall warning device Clean,
check deflection
Fuel tank Check level
Fuel tank cap SECURED
Fuel tank draining Fuel free from water
and sediment
Fuel tank drain Check CLOSED

December 31, 1997 4.5

SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB9

5 - L.H. main landing gear

Chocks REMOVE
Tire Check condition
Shock absorber Normal position
Fairing Check condition, cleanliness
and normal position
6 - FOlWard fuselage
Windshield and window panels Clean
Engine cowling attachment Check
Oil Check level
and absence of leak
Propeller Clean, good condition
Propeller cone Check (no slack)
Air intakes Clean
Oil pump breather Unobstructed
Exhaust pipe Check
Fuel filter draining Fuel free from water
and sediment
Fuel filter drain Check CLOSED
7 - Nose landing gear
Towing fork REMOVE
Tire Check
Shock absorber Normal position
Fairing Check condition, cleanliness
and normal position
8 - R.H. main landing gear
Chocks REMOVE
Tire Check for condition
Shock absorber Normal position
Fairing Check condition, cleanliness
and normal position

4.6 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

9 - R.H. wing leading edge

Fuel tank draining Fuel free from water
and sediment
Fuel tank drain Check CLOSED
Fuel tank Check level
Fuel tank cap SECURED
Tie-down REMOVED
Wing Free from frost, snow and ice
10 - R.H. wing
Wing tip (and lights
if installed) Undamaged
11 - R.H. wing trailing edge
Flap and aileron Check controls,
hinges, plays, deflections
12 - R.H. rear fuse/age
R.H. door lock UNLOCKED
Static port Cover removed, clean
Window panels Clean
13 - Stabilizers
Fin Check
Rudder Check controls, hinges,
plays, frictions
Stabilator and
stabilator tab Check controls, hinges,
deflections, plays, frictions

I Tail cone [and light

if installed (Pre-MOD.151)]
14 - L.H. rear fuse/age
Good condition

Static port Cover removed, clean

Baggage compartment door SECURED
Window panels Clean

December 31, 1997 4.7

Revision 1
 SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
a - Cabin

• "ALTr FLO" switch-breaker

Fuel pump
Main switch
OFF
OFF
ON
Advisory panel Tested
Fuel gages Check
Flaps RETRACT
Instrument lights (if installed) ON
Navigation lights (if installed) ON

• Anticollision lights (if installed)

Strobe lights (if installed)
ON
ON

I Recognition lights
(if installed) (Post MOD.151)
Pitot heating (if installed)
ON
ON

• Landing and taxi lights (if installed)

b - L.H. wing
ON

Navigation light (if installed) Illuminated

Anticollision light (if installed) Flashing

I
Recognition light
(if installed) (Post-MOD.151) Illuminated
Landing and taxi lights (if installed) Illuminated
WARNING
DO NOT TOUCH PITOT DIRECTLY.
IT CAN BE HOT ENOUGH TO BURN SKIN
Heated pitot (if installed) Check heat
Stall warning device Aural warning
NOTE:

• Landing and taxi lights and Pitot heating "OFF" before

carrying on inspection will prevent battery from being
run down.

4.8 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

c - R.H. wing
Navigation light (if installed) Illuminated

I Recognition light
(if installed) (Post MOD.151)
Anticollision light (if installed)
Illuminated
Flashing
d - Airplane rear part

I Navigation light
(if installed) (Pre-MOD.151)
Strobe light (if installed)
Illuminated
Flashing
Anticollision light (if installed) Flashing
e - Cabin
Navigation lights (if installed) OFF
Strobe lights (if installed) OFF
Anticollision lights (if installed) OFF

I Recognition lights
(if installed) (Post MOD.151)
Pitot heating (if installed)
OFF
OFF

• Landing and taxi lights (if installed)

Instrument lights (if installed)
Main switch
OFF
OFF
OFF

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

Preflight inspection Carried out

Doors CLOSED, check catches in place
Main switch OFF
Parking brake Set
Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses ADJUSTED and SECURE
Flight controls Check operation
Pitch trim Check deflection
Fuel selector OPEN (L.H. or R.H.)
• Circuit breakers (side panel) Closed
Magneto selector OFF
'"Radio master'· (if installed) OFF
Alternate static source (if installed) PUSHED

December 31, 1997 4.9

Revision 1
SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

ENGINE STARTING

Anticollision lights (if installed) ON

NORMAL PROCEDURE:
Carburetor heating OFF
Mixture FULL RICH
Main switch ON
Fuel pump ON
Pump warning light ON
Fuel pressure Green sector
Injection Throttle operated
a few times
Throttle 1/4 OPEN
Area Clear
Magneto I start selector START (30 sec. maxi)
When the engine starts:
Magneto selector BOTH
Oil pressure Green sector

If no oil pressure indication after 30 sec.,

shutdown engine.

Fuel pump OFF

Engine 1000 to 1200 RPM
during heating
HOT ENGINE:
Same procedure as normal procedure, but without
injection.
COLD WEATHER PROCEDURE:
Carburetor heating OFF
Mixture FULL RICH
Main switch ON
Fuel pump ON
Pump warning light ON
Fuel pressure Green sector

4.10 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

Injection Throttle operated

10to15times
Throttle 1/4 OPEN
Area Clear
Magneto I start selector START (30 sec. maxi)
When the engine starts:
Magneto selector BOTH
Oil pressure Green sector

If no oil pressure indication after 30 sec.,

shutdown engine.

Fuel pump OFF

Engine
1200 RPM until oil temperature pointer moves
1500 RPM until oil temperature pointer reaches 50 %
of yellow sector
2000 RPM until oil temperature pointer reaches the
green sector
FAILED STARTING:
Failed starting may be due to excess fuel resulting from
repeated injection producing black smoke and back fire.
Proceed as follows:
Mixture IDLE CUT -OFF
Throttle FULL POWER
Magneto I start selector START (30 sec. maxi)
Then, resume normal procedure without injection.

December 31, 1997 4.11

 SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

AFTER STARTING ENGINE

ELECTRICAL POWER CHECK:

I "ALTr FLO" switch-breaker OFF

- "ALTr" warning light
- Voltmeter
ON
Yellow sector

I "ALTr FLO" switch-breaker ON

- "ALTr" warning light
- Voltmeter
OFF
Green sector
Turn and bank indicator (if installed) ON
Vacuum gage (if installed) Checked
Advisory panel test Positive
"Radio master" (if installed) ON
All radios and navaids ON
Fuel selector Set to fullest tank
Flaps Checked and RETRACTED

TAXIING

Parking brake Release

Brakes Checked
Flight instruments Checked
Taxi light (if installed) As required
Avoid exceeding 1200 RPM as long as the oil temperature
indicator pointer is within yellow sector.
Steering the airplane with the rudder pedals only is
generally sufficient. The combined use of the rudder
pedals and the brakes permits, if necessary, tight turns.
Check operation of gyroscopic instruments (horizontal
attitude, heading and turn and bank indicators) by means
of alternate turns.

4.12 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

ENGINE RUN-UP
Parking brake Set
Engine control friction Adjusted
Oil temperature Green sector
Oil pressure Green sector
Fuel pressure Green sector
Mixture FULL RICH
Carburetor heating OFF
Fuel selector Set to fullest tank
MAGNETO CHECK:
Throttle t800 RPM
Magneto selector L. then BOTH
R. then BOTH
Maximum RPM drop on
each magneto 175 RPM
Maximum difference
between magnetos 50 RPM
CARBURETOR HEATING CHECK:
Carburetor heating ON
Carburetor temperature
indicator (if installed) Increase
Carburetor heating OFF

BEFORE TAKE-OFF
Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses Check
Doors LOCKED
Controls Free
Pitch trim TAKE-OFF
Flaps TAKE-OFF
Magneto selector BOTH
Carburetor heating OFF
Mixture FULL RICH
Fuel selector Check set to fullest tank

December 31, 1997 4.13

SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

Fuel pump ON
Oil temperature Green sector
Oil pressure Green sector
Fuel pressure Green sector
Voltmeter Green sector
Altimeter Set
Heading indicator (if installed) Set
Horizontal attitude gyro
(if installed) Set
Parking brake RELEASE - Light OFF
Cabin blower (if installed) OFF
Landing lights (if installed) As required
Navigation lights (if installed) As required
Pitot heating (if installed) As required
Transponder (if installed) As required

TAKE-OFF
Lined up on runway Check heading indicator
Check stand-by compass
Smoothly apply full power
Airspeeds See Section 5
"Take-off performance"
STANDARD AIRSPEEDS:
Rotation 65 KIAS
Initial climb 65 KIAS
WHEN SAFELY AIRBORNE:
Brakes Apply
AT 300 It:
Climb speed 73 KIAS
Flaps RETRACT
AT 1000 It:
Fuel pump OFF
External lights (if installed) As required

4.14 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

CLIMB
Mixture FULL RICH
Throttle FULL POWER
Optimum climb speed 80 KIAS
NOTE:
Climb can also be carried out at higher speeds (better
visibility towards front, better engine cooling) and lower
power ratings (lower noise level)
CAUTION

CLIMB AT BEST ANGLE OF CLIMB SHOULD BE

USED ONLY IN EXCEPTIONAL CASES SINCE THE
ENGINE IS LESS COOLED

CRUISE

Power Adjusted
Pitch trim Adjusted
Mixture Adjusted
Normal cruise between 60 % and 75 %, see Section 5
"Petiormance" .
Adjust mixture on "FULL RICH" for power higher
than 75 %.
RECOMMENDATIONS:
In practice, it is recommended to change tank every
half -hour when observing fuel pressure and not to exceed
a fuel imbalance of 12.4 U.S Gallons (47Iitres).
During take-off from high elevation airport or during
prolonged climbs, roughness or loss of power may result
from overrichness.
In such a case, adjust mixture control only enough to
obtain smooth operation and not for economy.

December 31, 1997 4.15

SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

Rough operation due to overrich fuel! air mixture is most

likely to be encountered at altitudes above 5000 ft.
CAUTION

ALWAYS ENRICH MIXTURE BEFORE INCREASING

POWER
Flight into known icing conditions is PROHIBITED
Unintentional icing conditions: see Section 3 "Emergency
procedures", Paragraph "Icing".
Leave icing conditions as soon as possible.
Remember to replace the carburetor heating control in
OFF position after leaving the icing area.

DESCENT
Power setting as required for descent.
Every 1500 ft, apply engine power to prevent excess
engine cooling and spark plugs fouling.
If descent with reduced throttle:
Carburetor heating ON
Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses ADJUSTED and SECURE

APPROACH - LANDING
FINAL:
Airspeed 76 KIAS
Flaps TAKE-OFF
Fuel pump ON
Mixture FULL RICH
Carburetor heating ON or OFF
as required

4.16 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

Brakes Checked
Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses ADJUSTED and SECURE
Landing lights (if installed) ON
SHORT FINAL:
Flaps LANDING
Airspeed See Section 5
"Landing Periormance"
Standard airspeed 67 KIAS

GO-AROUND
Carburetor heating OFF
Smoothly apply full power
Airspeed 73/80 KIAS
When climb rate is positive:
Flaps TAKE-OFF
Airspeed 73 KIAS
Flaps RETRACTED
Climb 78 KIAS

AFTER LANDING
Fuel pump OFF
Flaps RETRACTED
Landing light (if installed) OFF
Taxi light (if installed) As required
Trim TAKE-OFF
Radio equipment As required
Pitot heating (if installed) OFF
Carburetor heating OFF

December 31, 1997 4.17

SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

SHUT -DOWN / SECURING AIRPLANE

Parking brake Set

Turn and bank indicator (if installed) OFF
Anticollision lights (if installed) OFF
Taxi light (if installed) OFF
Navigation lights (if installed) OFF
"Radio master" (if installed) OFF
Throttle REDUCED
WARNING
THE TEST HEREAFTER MUST BE IMPERATIVELY
CARRIED OUT WITH ENGINE POWER LOWER
THAN 1000 RPM; THE FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS
RULE MAY LEAD TO EXHAUST SYSTEM DAMAGE
Magnetos cut -off test (*) OFF, then BOTH
Throttle 900 to 1000 RPM
Mixture IDLE CUT-OFF
(*) Depending on the kind of operation, it is not necessary
to perform this test more than once a day, but just
before securing the airplane.
AFTER ENGINE STOPS:
Magneto selector OFF

• "ALTr FLO" switch-breaker

Main switch
Fuel selector
OFF
OFF
OFF
Control lock Installed
Chocks / Tie-downs Installed

4.18 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 4
MODEL TB 9 NORMAL PROCEDURES

STALLS
CAUTION

ATTEMPT PRACTICE STALLS ONLY WITH

SUFFICIENT ALTITUDE FOR RECOVERY
Power-on stalls require an extremely steep pitch attitude.
If the center of gravity is at or near its aft limit, a slight
tendency toward wing rocking or a wing drop may occur
when the stabilator is deflected near its stop.
Aerodynamic warning (pre-stall buftet) is low with power
idle and more pronounced at higher power settings. Stall
recovery can be effected immediately by easing the stick
forward. Altitude loss is minor in all cases and is minimized
by prompt application of power at the onset of the stall.
The stall warning horn will sound from 5 to 10 knots
before stall speed.

FLIGHT WITH CROSSWIND

TAKE-OFF:
Apply full power before brake release.
Aileron control moved into wind.
Keep the airplane on runway centerline using the rudder.
Maintain nose-wheel on ground up to 65 KIAS.
Lift-off cleanly in order to avoid subsequent touch-down.
LANDING:
When landing in a strong crosswind, use the landing flap
setting.

December 31, 1997 4.19

SECTION 4 SOCATA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

Although the crab or combination method of drift

correction may be used, the wing low method gives the
best control. Maximum bank angle close to the ground
is 15°.
After touch-down, keep the nose-wheel on the ground,
hold a straight course using rudder pedals.

FLIGHT IN TURBULENT AIR

Maximum airspeed 128 KIAS
Recommended airspeed 108 KIAS
Seats, seat belts,
shoulder harnesses ADJUSTED and SECURE

USE OF DOORS
In windy or gusty conditions, the doors should be firmly
held during opening and closing and should be closed and
locked immediately after entering or leaving the airplane.
The doors must be closed and locked for all taxiing and
flight operations.

4.20 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ACOUSTIC LIMITATION 5.3

AIRSPEED CALIBRATION 5.4
ALTITUDE COMPENSATION. 5.4
STALLING SPEEDS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 5.5
WIND COMPONENTS. 5.6
NOTiCE............................................... 5.7
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE. 5.8
CLIMB PERFORMANCE................................. 5.10
MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE ALTITUDE 5.12
ANTENNAS INFLUENCE ON PERFORMANCE............. 5.12
LEVEL FLIGHT PERFORMANCE......................... 5.13
LANDING PERFORMANCE. 5.18
CLIMB - FUEL CONSUMPTION - TIME -
• DISTANCE COVERED.. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 5.22

December 31, 1997 5.1

Revision 1
SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5.2 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

ACOUSTIC LIMITATION

The TB 9 aircraft complies, with noise levels lower than the limit noise levels
by:
5.1 dB (A), with Chapter 10, appendix 6, annex 16 of the agreement
relative to International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO),
3.3 dB (A), with FAR PART 36 appendix G.
The noise limits authorized in above-mentioned conditions are:
- 84.0 dB (A) for the ICAO,
- 79.1 dB (A) for the FAR.
The noise levels which were determined in above-mentioned conditions at
maximum continuous power and at 2490 RPM are:
- 78.9 dB (A) for the ICAO,
- 75.8 dB (A) for the FAR.
Consequently, according to above-mentioned conditions, the noise
limitation type certificate No. N165 is extended to SOCATA Model TB 9
aircraft equipped with the SENSENICH propeller 58" (TB 9 "SPRINT").

December 31, 1997 5.3

SECTIONS SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

AIRSPEED CALIBRATION
NORMAL STATIC SOURCE

CAS ~ lAS

Figure 5.1 - NORMAL STATIC SOURCE

NOTE:
The indicated airspeeds (lAS) suppose instrument error to be null.
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE
In case of alternate static source utilization, open air outlets and / or actuate
cabin air selector flow lever to open position. Then, instrument error is slight.

ALTITUDE COMPENSATION
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE
In case of alternate static source utilization, open air outlets and / or actuate
cabin air selector flow lever to open position. Then, instrument error is not
significant.

5.4 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

STALLING SPEEDS

CONDITIONS: Weight: 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)

Power OFF

BANK

CONFIGURATION 0" 3D" 45"

MPH MPH MPH
KIAS KIAS KIAS
lAS lAS lAS

FLAPS RETRACTED 58 66 62 71 69 79

FLAPS TAKE-OFF 54 63 59 68 65 75

FLAPS LANDING 50 58 54 62 59 68

NOTE:
The indicated airspeeds (lAS) suppose instrument error to be nulf.

Figure 5.2 - STALLING SPEEDS

December 31, 1997 5.5

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

WIND COMPONENTS
EXAMPLE: Wind speed
Angle between wind dlreciion and flight path
Headwind
Crosswind
Flight path
25 kl Demonstrated
t crosswind

H
e
a 30
d
w

,
d 20

c
0
m
p

,
0 10

,e
,t 0
k

o 10 20 25 30 40
Crosswind components - kt

Figure 5.3 - WIND COMPONENTS

5.6 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

NOTICE
Measurements were taken with zero wind condition on dry tarred runway.
The performance are presented as a function of the altitude in feet and the
temperature at the considered altitude.
Take-off and landing pertormance figures are based on a dry hard surface
runway.
The total take-off and landing distances (taxiing and clear 50 ft) will be
corrected as follows:
Influence of runway condition:
Increase by : 7 % on hard sod
10 % on short grass
25 % on high grass
Influence of wind:
Increase by 30 % for each 10 kt rear wind
Reduce by 10 % for each 10 kt headwind.
TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
Flaps extended
The take-off runs correspond to tests conducted (in TARBES-OSSUN), on
tarred runway.

December 31, 1997 5.7

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
CONDITIONS: lAS: Lift off 65 KIAS - 75 MPH lAS
Clear 50 ft: 65 KIAS - 75 MPH lAS
Weight: 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
NOTE:
See Paragraph "NOTICE" for corrections due to wind and runway condition.

Pressure altitude (ft)

Tempe-
Distance
rature a 2000 4000 6000 8000

Roll (It) 886 1099 1312 1591 1886

_ 4°F
(- 20"C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1411 1755 2100 2575 3232

Roll (It) 1099 1263 1526 1837 2231

+ 32°F
(O°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1690 1903 2411 3018 3871

Roll (It) 1230 1427 1690 2051 2493

+ 59°F
(+ WC) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1870 2198 2707 3412 4478

Roll (It) 1378 1575 1870 2247 2756

+ B6°F
(+ 30°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 2067 2461 3035 3855 5184

Roll (It) 1444 1755 2018 2428 2772

+ 104°F
(+ 40°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 2215 2707 3264 4167 6168

Figure 5.4 - TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE (2337 Ibs)

5.8 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE
CONDITIONS: lAS: Lift off 60 KIAS - 69 MPH lAS
Clear 50 ft: 62 KIAS - 71 MPH lAS
Weight: 1874 Ibs (S50 kg)
NOTE:
See Paragraph "NOTICE" for corrections due to wind and runway condition.

Pressure altitude (ft)

Tempe-
Distance
rature a 2000 4000 6000 8000

Roll (It) 623 771 935 1148 1345

_ 4°F
(- 20"C)
Clear 50 ft (ft) 984 1214 1476 1837 2313

Roll (It) 755 886 1099 1296 1558

+ 32°F
(O°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1165 1378 1706 2133 2772

Roll (It) 886 1050 1181 1411 1706

+ 59°F
(+ 15°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1312 1575 1886 2395 3232

Roll (It) 951 1099 1312 1558 1870

+ B6°F
(+ 30°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1444 1690 2133 2739 3757

Roll (It) 1050 1230 1411 1657 2067

+ 104°F
(+ 40°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1575 1854 2297 2953 4675

Figure 5.5 - TAKE-OFF PERFORMANCE (1874Ibs)

December 31, 1997 5.9

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

CLIMB PERFORMANCE
CONDITIONS: Climb speed: 80 KIAS - 92 MPH lAS
Weight: 2337 Ibs (1060 kg)
Flaps retracted

VERTICAL SPEED
Pressure _ 4°F + 32°F + 59°F + 86°F + 1Q4°F
altitude (- 20°C) (O°C) (+ WC) (+ 30°C) (+ 40°C)
(It)
mi' ft/min mi' ft/min mi' ft/mln mi' ft/mln mi' fl/min

0 3.90 770 3.60 710 3.40 665 3.10 610 3.00 595

2000 3.40 670 3.10 610 2.90 575 2.65 520 2.50 495

4000 2.90 570 2.55 505 2.35 460 2.10 415 2.00 390

6000 2.35 460 2.05 405 1.80 355 1.60 320 1.50 290

BODO 1.BO 355 1.60 310 1.30 255 1.10 220 0.95 185

Figure 5.6 - CLIMB PERFORMANCE (2337 Ibs)

5.10 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

CLIMB PERFORMANCE
CONDITIONS: Climb speed: 73 KIAS - 84 MPH lAS
Weight: 18741bs (850 kg)
Flaps retracted

VERTICAL SPEED
Pressure _ 4°F + 32°F + 59°F + 86°F + 104°F
altitude (- 20°C) (O°C) (+ 15°C) (+ 30°C) (+ 40°C)
(It)
mi' ft/min mi' ft/min mi' ft/mln mi' ft/mln mi' fl/min

0 5.20 1020 4.80 950 4.60 905 4.35 860 4.30 850

2000 4.60 905 4.30 840 4.05 800 3.85 760 3.75 735

4000 4.05 800 3.75 735 3.50 690 3.35 655 3.25 640

6000 3.45 680 3.15 620 3.00 590 2.80 550 2.70 530

8000 2.90 575 2.65 525 2.50 4110 2.30 450 2.20 435

Figure 5.7 - CLIMB PERFORMANCE (1874Ibs)

December 31, 1997 5.11

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE ALTITUDE

Maximum petiormance altitude in standard temperature condition (ISA),
corresponding to a vertical speed of 100 ft/min, is 12000 ft at take-off
maximum weight.

ANTENNAS INFLUENCE ON PERFORMANCE

Installation of radio antennas reduces cruise performance as follows:

CRUISE SPEED
AERIAL RANGE
KIAS MPH lAS

VHF - 0.48 - 0.56 - 0.30 %

VOR - 0.59 - 0.68 - 0.37 %

Glide - 0.32 - 0.37 - 0.20 %

ADF Loop antenna - 0.75 - 0.87 - 0.47 %

ELT - 0.16 - 0.19 - 0.10 %

Anticollision light - 0.16 - 0.19 - 0.10 %

Strobe lights - 0.43 - 0.50 - 0.27 %

Example: IFR - 3.23 - 3.73 - 2.00 %

Figure S.B - ANTENNAS INFLUENCE ON PERFORMANCE

5.12 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

LEVEL FLIGHT PERFORMANCE

I Level flight petiormance are given for a take-off weight of 23371bs (1060 kg)
and for setting "Best Power" obtained with an EGT indicator.
Fuel: 40.2 U.S Gal (152 litres) usable
Endurance without reserve
The endurance and ranges specified correspond to complete use of the fuel
at the indicated altitude without allowing for take-off, climb, and so on ...
Various parameters such as the mixture setting, engine and propeller
condition and the atmospheric conditions (wind, moisture, temperature, and
so on ... ) may noticeably vary the endurance and range.
To obtain as precisely as possible the best economy consumption results
given thereafter, we recommend the use of a rich mixture indicator (exhaust
gas temperature indicator = EGT) .
• Settings with EGT indicator:
Best economy mixture: from full rich, weaken slowly mixture until peak
EGT.
Best power mixture: from peak EGT, re-enrich until EGT temperature
decreases by 75°F (3 divisions) .
• Settings without EGT indicator:
Best economy mixture: from full rich, weaken slowly until first engine
malfunctioning signs (vibration) appear and then re-enrich slowly.

31 Decembre 1997 5.13

Revision 1
SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

PRESSURE ALTITUDE: 2000 FT

ISA: 52°F (WC)
Total usable capacity: 40.2 US. Gal
PERFORMANCE WITH BEST ECONOMY CONSUMPTION

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C
N (Without reserve)
SHP U,S.
RPM • Gal
KIAS MPH KTAS MPH h.min SM NM

2550 74 109 126 112 129 8.2 4h55' 634 550

2500 70 106 122 109 126 7.8 5hW 646 560
2450 67 103 119 106 122 7.6 Sh20' 649 565
2400 64 100 115 103 119 7.1 Sh37' 668 580
2350 61 97 112 100 115 6.9 5h50' 674 585
2300 59 94 108 97 112 6.6 6h05' 677 590

BEST POWER PERFORMANCE

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C (Without reserve)
N SHP U,S.
RPM • Gal
KIAS MPH KTAS MPH h.min SM NM

2550 74 111 128 114 131 9.9 4h02' 531 460

2500 70 108 124 111 128 9.4 4h16' 547 475
2450 67 105 121 108 124 8.9 4h28' 556 485
2400 64 102 117 105 121 8.6 4h40' 565 490
2350 61 99 114 102 117 8.2 4h52' 572 495
2300 59 96 111 99 114 8 5h02' 575 500
(*) Rounded values
Figure 5.9 - LEVEL FLIGHT PERFORMANCE (2000 ft)

5.14 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

PRESSURE ALTITUDE: 4000 FT

ISA: 45°F WC)
Total usable capacity: 40.2 US. Gal
PERFORMANCE WITH BEST ECONOMY CONSUMPTION

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C
N (Without reserve)
SHP U,S.
RPM • KIAS MPH KTAS MPH Gal h.min SM NM

2600 73 106 122 113 130 8.1 4h59' 648 563

2550 69 103 119 110 127 7.7 5h15· 663 576

2500 66 100 115 107 123 7.4 5h25' 669 581

2450 63 97 112 103.5 119 7.1 5h38· 671 583

2400 61 94 108 100 115 6.9 5h51 ' 673 585

2350 58 91 105 97 112 6.5 6hW 687 597

BEST POWER PERFORMANCE

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C
N (Without reserve)
SHP U,S.
RPM • KIAS MPH KTAS MPH Gal h.min SM NM

2600 73 108 124 115 132 9.9 4h04' 538 467

2550 69 105 121 112 129 9.3 4h17' 554 481

2500 66 102 117 109 126 8.9 4h29' 562 489

2450 63 99 114 105.5 121 8.6 4h41 ' 570 495

2400 61 96 111 102 117 8.3 4h50' 569 494

2350 58 93 107 99 114 7.9 5h04' 577 501

(*) Rounded values

Figure 5.10 - LEVEL FLIGHT PERFORMANCE (4000 tt)

December 31,1997 5.15

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

PRESSURE ALTITUDE: 6000 FT

ISA: 37°F (30C)
Total usable capacity: 40.2 US. Gal
PERFORMANCE WITH BEST ECONOMY CONSUMPTION

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C
N (Without reserve)
SHP U,S.
RPM • Gal
KIAS MPH KTAS MPH h.min SM NM

2650 71 103 119 113 130 7.9 5h04' 658 572

2600 68 100 115 110 127 7.7 5h15' 664 577
2550 65 96.5 111 106 122 7.3 5h32' 673 585
2500 62 93 107 102 117 7.0 5h44' 673 585
2450 59 90 104 98 113 6.7 6hOO' 677 588
2400 57 87 100 95 109 6.5 6h12' 678 589

BEST POWER PERFORMANCE

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C (Without reserve)
N SHP U,S.
RPM • Gal
KIAS MPH KTAS MPH h.min SM NM

2650 71 105 121 115 132 9.8 4h06' 542 471

2600 68 102 117 112 129 9.3 4h18' 555 482
2550 65 98.5 113 108 124 8.9 4h31 ' 561 487
2500 62 95 109 104 120 8.5 4h24' 562 489
2450 59 92 106 100 115 8.2 4h54' 564 490
2400 57 89 102 97 112 7.9 5h04' 565 491
(*) Rounded values
Figure 5.11 - LEVEL FLIGHT PERFORMANCE (6000 ft)

5.16 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

PRESSURE ALTITUDE: 8000 FT

ISA: 30"F (-1"C)
Total usable capacity: 40.2 US. Gal
PERFORMANCE WITH BEST ECONOMY CONSUMPTION

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C
N (Without reserve)
BHP U,S.
RPM • Gal
KIAS MPH KTAS MPH h.min SM NM

2700 70 100 115 113 130 7.9 5h04' 658 572

2650 66 97 112 109 126 7.4 5h26' 680 591

2600 64 94 108 105 121 7.1 5h38' 680 591

2550 61 90 104 101 116 6.9 5h50' 679 590

2500 58 86 99 97 112 6.6 6h05' 678 589

BEST POWER PERFORMANCE

ENDURANCE
% lAS TAS C
N (Without reserve)
BHP U,S.
RPM • Gal
KIAS MPH KTAS MPH h.min SM NM

2700 70 102 117 115 132 9.8 4h05' 539 468

2650 66 99 114 111 128 9.2 4h21 ' 556 483

2600 64 96 111 107 123 8.9 4h31 ' 557 484

2550 61 92 106 103 119 8.5 4h43' 559 486

2500 58 88 101 99 114 8.2 4h55' 561 487

(*) Rounded values

Figure 5.12 - LEVEL FLIGHT PERFORMANCE (BODO tt)

December 31, 1997 5.17

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

LANDING PERFORMANCE

WEIGHT: 2337 lb. (1060 kg)

CONDITIONS: VI: Touch-down: 59 KIAS - 68 MPH lAS
Clear 50 ft : 67 KIAS - 77 MPH lAS
NOTE:
See Paragraph "NOTICE" for corrections due to wind and runway condition.

Pressure altitude (ft)

Tempe-
Distance
rature 0 2000 4000 6000 8000

Roll (It) 558 607 640 705 771

_ 4°F
(- 20°C)
Clear 50 ft (ft) 1198 1296 1394 1509 1641

Roll (It) 607 640 705 771 820

+ 32°F
(O°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1312 1394 1509 1624 1755

Roll (It) 640 689 755 804 869

+ 59°F
(+ WC) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1378 1476 1591 1723 1854

Roll (It) 673 722 787 853 919

+ B6°F
(+ 30°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1444 1558 1657 1805 1952

Roll (It) 689 755 820 886 951

+ 104°F
(+ 40°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1493 1591 1739 1870 2018

Figure 5.13 - LANDING PERFORMANCE [23371bs (1060 kg)]

(Flaps extended)

5.18 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

LANDING PERFORMANCE

WEIGHT: 2337 lb. (1060 kg)

CONDITIONS: VI: Touch-down: 66 KIAS - 76 MPH lAS
Clear 50 ft : 75 KIAS - 87 MPH lAS
NOTE:
See Paragraph "NOTICE" for corrections due to wind and runway condition.

Pressure altitude (ft)

Tempe-
Distance
rature 0 2000 4000 6000 8000

Roll (It) 730 798 841 930 996

_ 4°F
(- 20°C)
Clear 50 ft (ft) 1573 1683 1812 1971 2126

Roll (It) 798 841 930 996 1062

+ 32°F
(DoC)
Clear 50 ft (ft) 1262 1816 1971 2122 2282

Roll (It) 841 908 945 1041 1130

+ 59°F
(+ 15°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1794 1926 2082 2237 2414

Roll (It) 886 952 1019 1107 1196

+ B6°F
(+ 30°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1882 2037 2171 2348 2546

Roll (It) 908 975 1062 1151 1240

+ 104°F
(+ 40°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1949 2082 2259 2435 2635

Figure 5.13A - LANDING PERFORMANCE [23371bs (1060 kg)]

(Flaps retracted)

December 31, 1997 5.19

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

LANDING PERFORMANCE

WEIGHT: 1764 Ibs (800 kg)

CONDITIONS: VI: Touch-down: 56 KIAS - 64 MPH lAS
Clear 50 ft : 59 KIAS - 68 MPH lAS
NOTE:
See Paragraph "NOTICE" for corrections due to wind and runway condition.

Pressure altitude (ft)

Tempe-
Distance
rature a 2000 4000 6000 8000

Roll (ft) 345 377 394 427 459

_ 4°F
(- 20"C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 951 1083
869 1017 1181

Roll (ft) 377 394 427 459 492

+ 32°F
(O°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 951 1017 1083 1181 1263

Roll (ft) 394 427 459 492 525

+ 59°F
(+ 15"C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1001 1083 1132 1263 1345

Roll (ft) 410 443 476 509 558

+ 86°F
(+ 30"C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1050 1132 1214 1312 1427

Roll (ft) 427 459 492 525 574

+ 104°F
(+ 4O"C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1099 1181 1280 1362 1476

Figure 5.14 - LANDING PERFORMANCE [17641bs (800 kg)]

(Flaps extended)

5.20 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 5
MODEL TB 9 PERFORMANCE

LANDING PERFORMANCE

WEIGHT: 1764 Ibs (800 kg)

CONDITIONS: VI: Touch-down: 63 KIAS - 72 MPH lAS
Clear 50 ft : 66 KIAS - 76 MPH lAS
NOTE:
See Paragraph "NOTICE" for corrections due to wind and runway condition.

Pressure altitude (ft)

Tempe-
Distance
rature 0 2000 4000 6000 8000

Roll (ft) 443 487 509 553 598

_ 4°F
(- 20°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1130 1241 1328 1417 1550

Roll (ft) 487 509 553 598 642

+ 32°F
(O°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1241 1328 1417 1550 1639

Roll (ft) 509 553 598 642 687

+ 59°F
(+ 15°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1307 1417 1484 1639 1746

Roll (ft) 532 576 620 664 730

+ B6°F
(+ 30°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1373 1484 1594 1705 1860

Roll (ft) 553 598 642 687 753

+ 104°F
(+ 40°C) Clear 50 ft (ft) 1439 1528 1660 1771 1926

Figure 5.14A - LANDING PERFORMANCE [1764 Ibs (800 kg)]

(Flaps retracted)

December 31, 1997 5.21

SECTION 5 SOCATA
PERFORMANCE MODEL TB 9

CLIMB - CONSUMPTION - TIME - DISTANCE COVERED

o (8t M) lit (min)
C
(U.S. Gal)

3.5
30

3 25

2.5 20

o 0

Figure 5.15 - CLIMB - CONSUMPTION - TIME - DISTANCE COVERED

5.22 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

GENERAL 6.2
AIRPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDURES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 6.2
BAGGAGE / CARGO LOADING 6.2
BAGGAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
CARGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
DETERMINING WEIGHT AND BALANCE. 6.5
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
UTILIZATION OF WEIGHT I MOMENT GRAPH ................... 6.5
EQUIPMENT LIST 6.12

I Fre MOP 151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Eost MOD 151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.13
6.13A

December 31, 1997 6.1

Revision 1
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

GENERAL
This section contains the procedure for determining the basic empty weight
and moment of SOCATA Model TB 9 airplane. Procedures for calculating the
weight and moment for various operations are also provided. A list of
equipment available for this airplane is included at the back of this section.
It should be noted that the list of specific optional equipment installed on your
airplane as delivered from the factory can be found in the records carried in
the airplane.
IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PILOT TO ENSURE THAT THE
AIRPLANE IS LOADED PROPERLY

AIRPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDURES

• Refer to Maintenance Manual for the procedures to be used.
NOTE:

I Weighing carried out at the factory takes into account af! the items of
equipment installed on the airplane. The list of these items of equipment and
the weighing result are noted in the Individual Inspection Record

BAGGAGE I CARGO LOADING

BAGGAGE

I The baggage compartment is located at the back of rear passengers bench

or, Post-MOD.151, seats. Loading can either be carried out through
baggage compartment access door provided with a locking device, located
on L.H. side of the airplane, or from the inside of the cabin, on upper part of
• the back of the bench or, Post-MOD.151, of the rear seats. In this case, azip
fastener allows folding the sound-proofing cloth.
Tie-down straps are provided for securing baggage on compartment floor.

6.2 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

CARGO
Tofacilitate the carrying of equipment, large or bulky items, the rear bench or,
Post-MOD.151, the rear seats, may be removed from the airplane.
To remove rear bench or seats: See Figure 6.1 (A, 8, C)
Lift up seating (Item 6) (kept in position with "Velcro" straps) of rear bench
or, Post-MOD.151, of rear seats and, in this case, remove arm rest.
If you want to free the back from its support plate, lift it up

• about 1.5 inch (3 em) at both ends and pull it forward so that both
attaching pins free from apertures.
To remove the support plate (Item 5) and back (Item 1) :
Unfasten attachments of sound-proofing cloth on cross-beam
(Item 2)
Pushing, unscrew 1/4 turn both attaching pins of air regulation duct on
rear floor (Item 4)
Pull both latches inwards (Item 3)
Lift up support plate (Item 5) to disengage it forward.
NOTE:
• To reinstall rear bench or, Post MOD. 151. rear seats - see Figure 6. 1 (a, b, c),
reverse removal instructions.
IMPERATIVELY RESPECT WEIGHT AND BALANCE LIMITS
THE PILOT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT BAGGAGE AND I OR
CARGO LOADING. PRIOR TO ANY FLIGHT, HE MUST MAKE SURE
THAT WEIGHT, BALANCE AND TIE-DOWN ARE CORRECT.
Baggage weight:
Maximum 1431bs (65 kg) at 102.3 in. (2.600 m)
Cargo weight (without baggage) :
Maximum 441 Ibs (200 kg) at 78.7 in. (2.000 m)
CAUTION

WHEN IN CARGO CONFIGURATION, NO PASSENGERS ARE

ALLOWED IN THE CARGO AREA.

December 31, 1997 6.3

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

KEY 2
.. REMOVAL
¢> INSTALLATION
~
~- -----
/
3

ii
g
c

~:~<
5 ~

I~ : r t//~
jfl/
~f'-!:, !
;'
I /~ .It

~ .;:~,
.,C<o
',< ~
A

4
)
5

Figure 6.1 - REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF REAR BENCH OR,

Post-MOD.151, REAR SEATS

6.4 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

DETERMINING WEIGHT AND BALANCE

GENERAL
This paragraph is intended to provide the pilot with a simple means of
determining weight and balance of his airplane with regard to its empty
characteristics and loading. The empty weight to be considered is the one
noted on the last weighing form.
The data concerning loading are given on following graphs:
- Loading graph: see Figure 6.4
- Weight I Moment envelope: see Figure 6.5
To determine airplane loading within a given flight configuration, you only
have to add up weights and moments of the various loads recorded and to
add them to empty airplane data.
These values carried forward on weight! moment envelope must give a point
within the limits drawn with continuous line.
If that is the case, loading is acceptable.
NOTE:
If moment is not directly known (optional equipment for example), determine
it multiplying weight [Ibs (kg)] by arm [in. (m)].
UTILIZATION OF WEIGHT I MOMENT GRAPH
Extract translucent Figure 6.5 from the manual and take a pencil.
On Figure 6.5, place point A (1) corresponding to your empty airplane.
[Our sample loading: 1457 Ibs (661 kg) - 52.56 Ib.in / 1000 (631 m.kg)]

Superpose point A (1) and point A of graph CD Figure 6.4.

Draw on weight / moment envelope the straight line pilot + front
passenger to get point A (2) corresponding to front seats loading.
[Our sample loading: 2 persons 340 Ibs (154 kg)]

December 31, 1997 6.5

 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Superpose point A (2) and point A of grapheD, draw the rear passengers
straight line to get point B (1) related to rear seat loading.
[Our sample loading: 2 persons 284 Ibs (129 kg)]

Superpose point B (1) and point B of graph G), draw the fuel straight line
to get point B (2).
[Our sample loading: 1921bs (87 kg) - 31.9 U.S Gal (121 I) fuel]

Superpose point B (2) and point B of graphG), draw the baggage straight
line to get point M.
[Our sample loading: 18 Ibs (8 kg) baggage]
Since point M falls within weight/moment envelope, the loading is
acceptable.
NOTE:

I [pre-MOD. 151 : not vafidfor TB 9 standard front seat - Post-MOD. 151 ; not
valid with option 2S-002A (bucket front seats)] :
Option No. 080000 M "L.H. or R.H. front seat back-off installation", option
No. 080010 M "L.H. front seat back-off installation" and/or option
No. 080020 M "R.H. front seat back-off installation" are marked on your
airplane by a color ring (yellow/green) located on the 2 front supports (tubes)
of each seat.
For e. G. location calculation, take2-inch (50 mm) L.H. front seatorLH. and
R.H. front seats back-off installation into account.

6.6 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

CAUTION
OPTION(S) No. 080000 M (Qly 1 or 2)
OR 080010 M AND 080020 M (See NOTE on page 6.6) :
2-in. (50 mm) back-off installation for L.H. and/or R.H. front seat(s)

Weight
PILOT + REAR
Ib FRONT PASSENGER PASSENGERS

500 /
\ /
400
3

300
I- /2
II
200

100 ! V,
j/ Moment
In,lb
A
o 10 20 30 40 50 60 1000

Weight
Ib FUEL U,S Gal CARGO

500
/
400 1/
300 - / ®
200
/
~ ~
LUGGAGE
•
100

B
P Moment
In Ib
1000
o 10 20 30 40 50 60

Figure 6.4 - LOADING GRAPHS

December 31, 1997 6.9

SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6.10 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Weight
Ib

2500

2400

2300 / M

2200
/B 2 7 /
/ II /
/ Bj
2100

2000
/
1900
II /
II
1600
/ II I
1700
/l A2
/
W /
1600

1500
IA1 II
1400
II / I Moment
In.lb
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 1000

Figure 6.6 - LOADING SAMPLE

December 31, 1997 6.11

 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

EQUIPMENT LIST
The following equipment list contains standard equipment installed on each
airplane and available optional equipment.
A separate equipment list of items installed at the factory in your specific
airplane is provided in your airplane file.
Columns showing weight (in pounds) and arm (in inches) provide the weight
and center of gravity location for the equipment.
The equipment list provides the following information:
• (a) Required or Standard items
A letter "R" or "8" allows classifying of the equipment:
"R" equipment items required for certification
"8" standard equipment items
• (b) Optional equipment (Non restrictive list)
A letter "0" or "A" allows classifying of the equipment:
"0" optional equipment items replacing required or standard
items
"A" optional equipment items which are in addition to required or
standard items
In the following column, an item number allows identification of the
optional equipment.
The column marked "*" will be used to tick off the optional equipment
installed on your airplane.

• NOTE 1:
Unless otherwise indicated (-), arms are positive values.
Positive arms are distances aft of the airplane datum; negative arms are
distances forward of the datum.

I
NOTE 2:
Equipment list with "Pre-MOD. 151" validity;
SIN 948 to 1999, except SIN 1900
Equipment list with "Post-MOD. 151" validity
SIN 2000 to 9999, plus SIN 1900

6.12 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

S/ WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

01 - SPECIFIC OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

A H61520M Additional equipment for IFR France "Grey"

I - Up to SjN 1269
- From SIN 1270
0.441
/
25.59
/
A H61620M Additional equipment for night VFR France "Grey" 0.441 25.59

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.13
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

21 - ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEM

21-40 - Heating

A C598 DaM Radio console ventilation 1.543 6.30

A C869 DaM Radio console forced ventilation (blower KING KA 1.543 4.33
33)

I A C86920M Radio console forced ventilation (blower KING KA

33) (on radio console)
1.543 12.99

I 6.14 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

23 - COMMUNICATIONS

23-10 - Speech communications

23-11 - VHF capability

A 23-001A Audio selector/Intercom system PMA 7000MS PS 3.814 26.77

ENGINEERING

A J52430M Interphone 0.441 11.81

I
A J53910M VHF/COM capability 3.395 47.24
(Loud-speaker "SONAVOX'')

A J53930M VHF/COM capability 2.998 45.28

(Loud-speaker "AUDAX')

A J68800M Boom microphone headset PELTOR 0.992 55.12

I
A J82700M Intercommunication system SPA 400 les 0.750 32.28
SIGTRONICS (Front and rear seals)

A J82710M Intercommunication system SPA 400 AV 0.750 32.28

SIGTRONICS (Front seats)

A J893 DOM Headset (noise reducer) HDCII BOSE (pilot and 4.189 55.12
front passenger)

A J89310M Headset (noise reducer) HDCII BOSE (pilot) 2.094 55.12

I
A J89410M VHF/COM capability 3.219 49.21

A J89430M VHF/COM capability 3.219 49.21

A J91200M Boom microphone headset H10-13-4 0.838 55.12

DAVID CLARK

I
A J92800M Boom microphone headset HMEC 25-KA
SENNHEISER:
Pilot and front passenger 0.661 55.12
Rear passengers 0.661 94.49

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.15
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

S/ WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A J92810M Boom microphone headset HMEC 25 KAS

SENNHEISER:
Pilot and front passenger 0.661 55.12
Rear passengers 0.661 94.49

A KeD? OOM Audio control box KMA 24H52 KING with 2.205 27.56
Interphone

A K80900M Audio control box KMA 24H70 KING with audio 2.381 31.50
selector threshold
(4 transmitters/receivers)

A K80910M Audio control box KMA 24H71 KING with audio 2.381 31.50
selector threshold
(5 transmitters/receivers)

A K81500M Audio selection box KMA 24-02 KING 2.910 22.44

A K81510M Audio selecllon box KMA 24-02 KING 2.910 22.44

A 052300 M Boom microphone headset HID-3D 1.190 55.12

DAVID CLARK

I A K80S 20M
23-12 - COM 1 installation

VHF 1 KY 196A30KING + KMA24-02 7.231 32.28

(with VHF capability)

A K80S 30M VHFI KY196A30KING 3.858 18.11

(without VHF capability)

A 054910 M Rigid antenna VHF 1 0 & M 0.661 127.17

I A K80500M
23-13 - COM 2 installation

VHF2KY196A30KING 3.825 22.83

A K80S10M VHF 2 KY 196 A 30 + KMA 24-02 KING 6.768 22.44

A 054920 M Rigid antenna VHF 2 D & M 0.661 57.87

I A J884DDM
23-60 - Static dischargers

ESD protection / /

I 6.16 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

24 - ELECTRICAL POWER

24-30 - DC generation

R Alternator lOA ALU 8421 12.985 -37.80

PRESTOLlTEjELECTROSYSTEMS or
LW 14324 LYCOMING

R Battery G242-10AH GILL 26.962 - 2.76

R Battery relay 70 117 221.5 ESSEX 0.772 - 1.18

R Voltage regulator TB20 61215 PIN BOO 368.5 0.375 3.94

LAMAR

A C83900M Converter 28 V - 14 V LT - 71A KGS 1.653 39,37

A D68900M Ammeter 28 V 0.551 28.74

A D90700M Voltmeter-ammeter Indicator ELECTRONICS 0.805 26.77

INTERNATIONAL

I A C825DOM
24-40 - External power supply

Ground power receptacle 3.527 47.24

A C835DOM Ground power receptacle 3.682 49.61

A C84100M Ground power extension (With option C835 OOM) 4.740 91.73

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.17
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

25 - EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS

25-10 - Cockpit

A F77915M Front head-rests "Blue 90" (Qly 2) 3.417 51.18

A F837 DOM Cabin upholstering "Blue 90" 12.456 59.06

A F83710M Cabin upholstering 'Ficelle 90" 12.456 59.06

A F83720M Cabin upholstering "Blue 95" 12.456 59,06

A F83730M Cabin upholstering 'Ficelle 95" 12.456 59,06

A F87915M Front head-rests "Blue 95" (Qly 2) PMV 3.461 55.12

A F87925M Front head-rests 'Ficelle 95'0 (Qty 2) PMV 3.461 55.12

A F87935M Rear head-rests "Blue 95'0 (Qty 2) PMV 3.461 90.55

A F87945M Rear head-rests "Ficelle 95" (Qly 2) PMV 3.461 90.55

A 067935 M Head-rests "Blue 95'0 (Qly 2) PMV 2,161 55,12

"
90,55

A 067945 M Head-rests "Flcelle 95" (Qty 2) PMV 2,161 55,12

"
90,55

I
A 067955 M Rear head-rests "Blue 95" (Qty 2) PMV 3,461 90,55

A 067965 M Rear head-rests "Flcelle 95" (Qty 2) PMV 3,461 90,55

25-11 - Front seats

R Front seats TB09 74011 x07 12.743 51,18

R Front seats TB09 74011 x09 13.294 50,00

R Front seats TB09 74011 x12/13 13.382 50,00

R Front seats TB09 74011 x1 0/11 13.801 50,00

I 6.18 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

a F77900M Front seats "Blue 90'0 (Qly 2) 52.117 49,21

a F879DOM Front seats "Blue 95'0 (Qly 2) PMV 52.976 49.21

a F87910M Front seats "Ficelle 95" (Oty 2) PMV 52.976 49.21

a F901 DOM Front seats "Blue 95'0 (Qly 2) (Post-MOD.89 50.111 50,00
and 90)

a F901 10M Front seats "Ficelle 95" (Oty 2) (Post-MOD.59 50.111 50,00
and 90)

a 067940 M Front seats "Blue 95'0 (Oly 2) PMV with 45.194 49,21
head-rests (067935 M)

a 067950 M Front seats "Flcelle 95" (Diy 2) PMV with 45.194 49,21
head-rests (067945 M)

a 067980 M Front seats "Blue 95'0 (Oly 2) PMV with 52.271 49,21
head-rests (067935 M)

a 067990 M Front seats "Flcelle 95" (Oty 2) PMV with 52.271 49,21
head-rests (067945 M)

a 080000 M L.H, or R,H. front seat back-off installation 0,331 37,80

(Pre-MOD,e9)

a 080010 M L.H, front seat back-off installation 0,882 37,80

(Post-MOD.e9)

a 080020 M R.H, front seat back-off installation 0,882 37,80

(Post-MOD.e9)

a 080120 M Tilting front seat "Blue 95" PMV 18.298 49,21

a oe0130 M Tilting front seat "Flcelle 95" PMV le.2ge 49,21

a oe0140 M Tilting lowered front seat "Blue 95" PMV 23.622 49,21

a oe0150 M Tilting lowered front seat 'Ficelle 95" PMV 23.622 49,21

I R
25-12 - Rear bench

Rear seat Back + seating TB10 74027 13.448 84,65

R Rear seat : Back + seating TB10 74107 14.616 84,65

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.19
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

a F87920M Rear seat "Blue 95'0 PMV 18.144 84.65

a F87930M Rear seat "Ficelle 95" PMV 18.144 84.65

a F899DOM Rear bench "Blue 95" with arm-rest "LUXE" 15.939 84.65
(Post-MOD.9O)

a F89910M Rear bench 'Ficelle 95'0 with arm-rest "LUXE" 15.939 84.65
(Post-MOD.9O)

a 067960 M Rear seat "Blue 95'0 PMV with head-rests 17.064 84.65
(067935 M)

a 067970 M Rear seat "Flcelle 95" PMV with head-rests 17.064 84.65
(067945 M)

a 079920 M Rear seat "Blue 95'0 PMV with central arm-rest 13.338 84.65

a 079930 M Rear seat "Flcelle 95" PMV with central arm-rest 13.338 84.65

I R
25-13 - Safety and harnesses belts

Front seat belt TB10 79013 SECURAIGLON 2.646 47.24

R Front seat belt TB10 79013 TRW REPA 2.646 47.24

R Front seat belt TB10 79013 2.646 47.24

PIN 1004022.000.002 ANJOU AERO

R Rear seat belt TB10 79014 1.124 94.49

PIN 344.22.070.04.300 AIGLON

A 050210 M 3rd rear safety belt '·Black'· 0.882 84.65

a 056320 M Rear reel safety belt 2.646 106.30

A 063700 M Rear seat shoulder harness (Qty 2) 2.249 94.49

A 064000 M 3rd rear reel safety belt 1.918 106.30

A 064100 M 3rd rear seat shoulder harness 1.124 94.49

I 6.20 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

25-15 - Upper duct

A 052630 M Sun visor PLEXIGLAS - Model 86 0.683 41.34

A 052640 M Sun visor PLEXIGLAS - Model 91 0.683 41.34

25-17 - Instrument panel

a 057730 M R.H, large instrument panel 4.740 23.62

a 057740 M R.H, large Instrument panel 4.740 23.62

a 069500 M R.H, small Instrument panel 1.984 23.62

a 069510 M R.H, small Instrument panel 1.984 23.62

25-60 - Emergency equipment

A F902 DaM A" 2.535 37.40

A F903 DaM Life jackets (Oty 4) 8.818 124.80

A H881 DaM First aid case 4.409 90.95

25-61 - Emergency locator transmitter

A 25-001A Emergency locator transmitter ELT 91 SOCATA 3.351 103.15

PIN ELT 91A 2560 000 000 (T80)

A J90800M Three-frequency emergency locator transmitter 3.638 106.30

ELT 96 SOCATA (EUROCAE)

A J92400M Emergency locator transmitter ELT 90 SOCATA 3.351 103.15

(EUROCAE)

A J931 OOM Emergency locator transmitter ELT 200 ARTEX 2.866 103.15
(For export only)

A J93300M Three-frequency emergency locator transmitter 3.638 106.30

ELT 97 SOCATA (TSO)

A 051700 M Emergency locator transmitter ELT 10 NARCO 3.307 119.29

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.21
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A 051710 M Emergency locator transmitter JOLLIET 3.086 119,29

(aft baggage compartment)

A 051730 M Emergency locator transmitter JOLLIET 3.086 109.45

(forward baggage compartment)

I 6.22 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

26 - FIRE PROTECTION

A F823 DOM Cabin halon extinguisher FH 15N AREOFEU 4.409 37.80

A F82310M Cabin halon extinguisher H1-tO AIR MAIP 4.850 37.80

A F82320M Cabin halon extinguisher H1-tO AIR MAIP 5.313 37.80

(with special support)

A F883 DOM Cabin powder extinguisher AFT 15N AREOFEU 4.608 37.80

A 052800 M Cabin fire extinguisher 2.822 36.22

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.23
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-20 - Yaw control

A 059700 M Rudder I aileron control interconnection 2.138 16.14

I R
27-50 - Wing flaps (control)

Flaps actuator T810 61235 PIN 8375 AVIAC 5.071 61.81

R Flaps actuator TBI 0 61235 PIN 700-239 LPMI 4.365 61.81

R Flaps actuator TB10 61237 PIN 8308 AVIAC 5.534 61.81

a C56900M Flaps preselecllon 0.220 39,37

I a C56910M Flaps preselecllon (with new sWitch) 0.220 39,37

I 6.24 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

28 - FUEL SYSTEM

28-10 - Fuel tanks

A 058030 M Ferry fuel tank (TB20 52925) 63.933 78.35

I
A 058040 M Ferry fuel tank (TB20 52925) 63.933 78.35

28-20 - Fuel supply

R Fuel electric pump TB10 61218000 PIN 476284 1.653 1.18

FACET/BENDIX

I
R Fuel selector/filter T820 52026 1.301 44.49

28-40 - Fuel indication

a C86600M Fuel low level warning 0.728 33.46

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.25
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS

31-10 - Control and indicating panels

R Engine and fuel controls T809 76201 1.102 24.80

a F63400M Raised radio console 3.131 23.62

I A D51600M
31-20 - Independent instruments

Stop watch DODANE 0.441 35.43

A D57100M Hourmeter DATCON 0.551 23.62

A D63800M Digital chronometer (L.H. stallon) ASTROTECH 0.507 35.43

A D63820M Digital chronometer (R.H. station) ASTROTECH 0.507 35.43

A D680DOM Quartz chronometer THOMMEN 0.485 35.43

PIN QI8.945.22.28. 1 KB

I A

A
0680 10M

D806DOM
Quartz chronometer THOMMEN
PIN QI8.945.22.28. 1 KB (R.H. station)

Three-axis accelerometer
0.485

0.992
35.43

23.62

A D82900M Mechanical chronometer THOMMEN 0.485 35.43

PIN 818.945.22.28.1 K

I A

A
D82910M

D83300M
Mechanical chronometer THOMMEN
PIN 818.945.22.28.1 K (R.H. station)

Digital clocl</chronometer LC2 ASTROTECH

0.485

0.331
35.43

23.62

A D84400M Mechanical chronometer Type 11.1 BREGUET 0.441 35.43

I
a 091100M Hourmeter "Flight duration" OATCON 0.661 31.50
NOTE Tachometer-Hourmeter. refer to ATA 77

31-50 - Central warning systems

R Advisory panel T820 61222 0.397 22.83

(if GPS installed, refer to ATA 34)

I 6.26 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A C56100M Starter warning light 0.132 39,37

a egOD DOM Advisory panel (extended) 0.529 23.62

(Not valid for UK aircraft)

a egOD 10M Advisory panel (extended) 0.529 23.62

(Specific for UK aircraft)

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.27
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

32 - LANDING GEARS

32-40 - Wheels and brakes

R Main LOG wheel assy (2) 40-97E Type III 5.842 59.84
CLEVELAND

I R

R
Main LOG wheel assy (2) 40-97F CLEVELAND

Main LOG brake assy (2) 91.50 CLEVELAND

6.482

1.918
59.84

59.84

R Main LDG tire (2) 15.6.00-64 PRTT DUNLOP 8.818 59,84

(Pre-MOD.119 or MOD.121)

I
R Main LDG tire (2) 15.6.00-64 PLYS GOODYEAR 8.818 59,84
(Pre-MOD.119 or MOD.121)

R Main LDG tire (2) 15.6.00-66 PR GOODYEAR 8.818 59,84

(Pre-MOD.119 or MOD.121)

R Main LDG tire (2) 15.6.00-66 PRTT DUNLOP 8.818 59,84

(Post-MOD.119 or MOD.121)

I
R Main LOG tire (2) 15.6.00-66 160TT MICHELIN 8.818 59.84
(Post-MOD.119 or MOD,121)

R Main LOG tire (2) 15,6.00-66 6PR PIN 156E61.3 8,818 59,84
GOODYEAR (Post-MOD,119 or MOD.121)

R Main LOG tube (2) 15,6.00-6 DUNLOP 2,425 59,84

(Pre-MOD,119 or MOD.121)

R Main LOG tube (2) 6,00-6 DUNLOP 1,653 59,84

(Pre-MOD,119 or MOD.121)

I
R Main LOG tube (2) TR20 PIN 092-500-0 2,425 59,84
MICHELIN (Post-MOD.119 or MOD,121)

R Main LOG tube (2) 15,6.00-6 TR GOODYEJ\R 1,653 59,84

(Post-MOD.119 or MOD,121)

R Nose LDG wheel assy 40-77 B CLEVELJ\ND 2,822 -16.93

R Nose LOG wheel assy 040-7702 CLEVELJ\ND 2,822 -16.93

R Nose LOG tire 5,00-5 6 PRTT DUNLOP 5,798 -16.93

I 6.28 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

R Nose LDG tlfe 5.00 5 6120TT MICHELIN 5.798 16.93

R Nose LDG tire 5.00-5 6 PR PIN 505C61.8 5.798 -16.93

GOODYEAR

R Nose LDG tube 5.00-5 DUNLOP 1.455 -16.93

I
R Nose LDG tube TR67A PIN 092-308-0 1.455 -16.93
MICHELIN

R Nose LDG tube 5.00-5 TR6? GOODYEAR 1.455 -16.93

A 052100 M Braking control (R.H. post) 3.307 11.81

I
32-60 - Position indicating system and
alarms

A B87700M LDG simulator assy 0.595 23.62

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.29
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

33 - LIGHTS

33-10 - Cockpit

A ESS800M Maps reading light 0.176 25.59

A E69600M Lighting assembly (instrument panels, cabin, 3.483 31.50

landing. taxi and LABINAL navigation lights) oc
3.351

A E69620M Lighting assembly (instrument panels, cabin, 3.483 31.50

landing. taxi and WHELEN navigation lights) oc
3.351

A E87300M Emergency lighting system 4.079 104.72

I A E53700M
33-40 - External lighting

Strobe light JPC on vertical stabilizer 1.874 145.67

A E53710M Strobe lights JPC on vertical stabilizer and under 3.197 140.55
fuselage

A E53720M Strobe light JPC on vertical stabilizer (red glass) 1.874 145.67

A E82400M Anticollision lights WHELEN (wing tips) 5.423 107.48

A490A TS DF 14-28 - Light A625

A E82410M Anticollision lights WHELEN (wing tips) 5.423 107.48

A490A TS CF 14-28 - Light A625

A E82420M Anticollision lights WHELEN (wing tipS) 5.423 107.48

A490A TS DF 14-28 - Light A625D

A E82430M Anticollision lights WHELEN (wing tipS) 5.423 107.48

A490A TS CF 14-28 - Light A625D

I A

a
E82440M

E82600M
Anticollision lights WHELEN (wing tipS)
A490A TS CF 14-28 - Light A625
PIN 01-077058-15

Strobe light WHELEN (tail)

A490A TS DF 14-28 - Light A500 ASP
5.423

2.094
107.48

145.67

a E82610M Strobe light WHELEN (tail) 2.094 145.67

I
A490A TS CF 14-28 - Light A500 SP

6.30 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

I
51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

a E82620M Strobe light WHELEN (tail) 2.094 145.67

A490A TS CF 14-2B - Light A500A

a EB4B OOM Light control box JX 128 FLASHELEK 0.551 55.31

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.31
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

34 - NAVIGATION

34-10 - Flight environment data

34-11 - Air data systems

R Altimeter T820 76222 PIN 5934 PDt or PD3 0.816 25.59

Code A253 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

R Airspeed indicator T809 76223 PIN 8100 0.728 24.80

Code 8615 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

a C51510M Heated pilot 1.190 53.15

A C63500M 2nd heated pilot (R.H. wing) 1.190 47.24

A D68100M 2nd altimeter 20000 ft 1.433 19,69

A D68200M Vertical speed Indicator with integrated lighting 1,014 23.62

PIN 7000 Code C83 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

A D80320M Installation of 2nd airspeed indicator 1.213 23.62

A 081100M Alii-coder KE 127 KING 1.433 17.72

A D830DOM Alii-coder 20000 ft TRANSCALL 1,433 17,72

A 083100M Altl-coder 30000 ft TRANSCALL 1,433 17,72

A 083200M 2nd altimeter 35000 ft 1,433 19,69

A 089700M 2nd vertical speed Indicator (R,H. station) 1,521 23,62

PIN 7000 C83 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

A 091500M Metric altimeter # 3 PIN 5940 0,926 23,62

UNITED INSTRUMENTS

a K60820M Alti-coder KEA 130A (35000 tt) KING 1,764 21,65

a K60830M Alti-coder 20000 ft UNITED INSTRUMENTS 1,764 21,65

A N84600M Altitude encoder AR850 NARCO 1,323 19,69

I 6.32 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A 051100 M Alternate static source (In cabin) 0.331 23.62

I A D804DOM
34-13 - Outside temperature

Outside air temperature indicator (standard 0.551 23.62

connector on sensor)

A D804 10M Outside air temperature indicator (water-light 0.551 23.62

connector on sensor)

A D910DOM Outside air temperature indicator (standard 0.551 23.62

connector on sensor) DAVTRON

A D91010M Outside air temperature indicator (water-tight 0.551 23.62

connector on sensor) DAVTRON

A D91020M Outside air temperature indicator (water-tight 0.551 23.62

connector on sensor) DAVTRON

I
34-20 - Attitude and direction

34-21 - Heading reference system

A 068340M Air-driven heading indicator AID 2,888 21,65

A 091400M Heading gyro indicator SIGMA- TEK 2,668 23,62

(on L.H, instrument panel)

A 091410M Heading gyro indicator SIGMA- TEK 2,976 19,69

(on R.H, instrument panel)

A 092200M Electric heading gyro indicator 205-1 BL 3,219 23,62

A K66000M HSI assy KING without heading recopy 12.720 67,32

A K66010M HSI assy KING with heading recopy capability 12.720 67,32

A K66020M HSI assy KING with heading recopy capability 12.720 67,32
(30/400 Hz) with vertical KA 51 B

A K66030M HSI assy KING with heading recopy capability 12.720 67,32
(30/400 Hz) With hOrizontal KA 51 B

A K66040M HSI assy KING with heading recopy capability 12.720 67,32
(30/400 Hz) (lighting control at R,H. station)

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.33
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

34-22 - Turn and bank indication

R Slip indicator Type 57 AIR PRECISION 0.110 23.62

R Slip indicator PIN 35216 WINTER 0.110 23.62

a D691 DOM Turn-and-bank indicator 1.675 23.62

UNITED INSTRUMENTS

a D697 DOM Electrical turn coordinator CASTLEBERRY 1.698 23.62

A D81810M Slip indicator (R.H. stallon) 1.675 23.62

UNITED INSTRUMENTS

I R
34-23 - Magnetic compass

Compass TB20 76229 PIN C2400 L 4P (28 V) 0.595 20.47

AIRPATH

34-24 - ADI and standby hQrizon

A 34-001A Electrical attitude gyro indicator 1100-28L(5F) 2.866 24.41

BFG (Not valid for U,K. aircraft)

A 34-001 B Electrical attitude gyro indicator 1100-28LK(5F) 2,866 24,41

BFG (Specific for U,K. aircraft)

A 34-001C Electrical attitude gyro indicator 1100-28L8(5F) 2,866 24,41

BFG (on L.H. Instrument panel)
(Not valid for UK aircraft)

A D68300M Attitude gyro and heading gyro indicators AID (Not 5,093 21,65
valid for U,K. aircraft)

A D68310M Attitude gyro and heading gyro Indicators AID 5,093 21,65
(Specific for UK aircraft)

A D68320M Attitude gyro Indicator AID 2,205 21,65

(Not valid for UK aircraft)

A D80200M Electrical attitude gyro Indicator 305-2BL 2,690 23,62

(on L.H, instrument panel)
(Not valid for UK aircraft)

A D80210M Electrical attitude gyro indicator 305-2BL-8 2,690 23,62

I
(Not valid for UK aircraft)

6.34 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A D80220M Electrical attitude gyro Indicator 305 2BL S 2.690 23.62

(Not valid for UK aircraft)

A D80230M Electrical attitude gyro indicator 305-2BL -SK AID 2.690 23.62
(Specific for UK aircraft)

A D80240M Electrical attitude gyro indicator 305-2BL 2.690 23.62

(on R.H, instrument panel)
(Not valid for UK aircraft)

I A

A
D80250M

D80260M
Electrical attitude gyro indicator 305-2BL -K BFG
(Specific for UK aircraft)

Electrical attitude gyro indicator 8305-2BL

2.690

2.690
23.62

23.62
(on R.H, instrument panel)
(Not valid for UK aircraft)

A D86700M Electric attitude gyro indicator RCA26 BK-12 2.315 21.65

(R,H. seat) RC ALLEN (Not valid for U.K. aircraft)

A D91300M Attitude gyro Indicator SIGMA- TEK 2.161 23.62

(Not valid for UK aircraft)

A D91310M Attitude gyro Indicator SIGMA- TEK 2.161 23.62

(Specific for UK aircraft)

I A K58400M
34-25 - Radio magnetic indication

RMI KI 22900 (without switching) KING 3.086 21.65

A K81900M RMI KNI 582 KING 3.417 21.65

I
34-30 - Landing and taxiing aids

34-31 - Marker

A K67600M Marker receiver indicator KR 21 KING 1.257 21.65

I
34-40 - Independent position determining

34-41 - Stormscope

A J82000M Stormscope WX 1000 BFG (on panel strip) 15.432 83.07

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.35
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A J82010M Stormscope WX 1000 BFG 15.432 83.07

(on R.H, instrument panel)

A J828DOM Stormscope WX 1000 + BFG 15.432 83.07

A J82810M Stormscope WX 1000 + BFG 15.432 83.07

(with converter assy)

A J918DOM Stormscope WX-900 BFG 4.806 85.43

I
34-50 - Dependent position determining

34-51 - NAV 1 installation

A K65400M Receiver VOR KN 53 NAY 1 VOR/ILS KING 5.026 68.11

A K65410M Receiver VOR KN 53 NAY 1 VOR/LOC KING 6.790 55.12

A K66200M NAY system KNS 81-10 KING 7.496 52.76

A K66220M NAY system KNS 81-12 KING 7.496 52.76

A K66300M VHF assy COM1/NAVl (YOR/LOC) KX 155 with 11.486 35.43

audio amplifier (with VHF capability) KING

A K66310M VHF assy COM1/NAV1 (VOR/ILS) KX 155 (with 11.596 48.82

VHF capability) KING

A K66340M VHF assy COM1/NAVI (VOR/LOC) KX 155 (with 11.486 35.43

VHF capability) KING

A K66350M VHF assy COM1/NAVl (VOR/LOC) KX 155 8.091 30.71

(without VHF capability) KING

A K66360M VHF assy COM1/NAVl (VOR/ILS) KX 155 8.201 49.21

(without VHF capability) KING

A K66370M VHF assy COM1/NAVl (VOR/LOC) KX 155 with 8.091 30.71

audio amplifier (without VHF capability) KING

A K66600M VHF 1 VOR/LOC KX165-25 KING 12.566 39.37

A K66610M VHF 1 VOR/ILS KX165-25 KING 14.087 35.43

I 6.36 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A K66700M NAV system KNS 80 KING 8.598 54.33

A K81200M VHF assy COM1/NAVl (VOR/ILS) KX 165 (with 11.118 49.61

VHF capability) KING

A K81220M VHF assy COM1/NAVl (VOR/LOC) KX 165 (with 11.552 35.43

VHF capability) KING

A K812 SOM VHF assy COM1/NAVl (VOR/LOC) KX 165 8.157 30.71

(without VHF capability) KING

A K81280M VHF assy COM1/NAVl (VOR/ILS) KX 165 7.782 50.39

(without VHF capability) KING

A K81300M VORjlLS indicator KI 206-04 KING 1.631 21.65

I A

A
K81310M

K81400M
VORjlLS indicator KI 206-05 KING

VORjlLS indicator KI 204 KING

1.764

1.918
21.65

21.65

A K84700M Converter VOR/LOC KN 72 KING 1.653 43.31

I A K65420M
34-52 - NAV 2 installation

Receiver VOR KN 53 NAV 2 VOR/ILS KING 5.379 63.78

A K65430M Receiver VOR KN 53 NAV 2 VOR/LOC KING 6.967 59.05

I
A K66320M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VOR/LOC) KX 155 KING 7.760 24.80

A K66330M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VORjILS) KX 155 KING 6.900 24.80

A K66620M VHF 2 VOR/LOC KX165-25 KING 5.335 39.37

A K66630M VHF 2 VOR/ILS KX165-25 KING 8.818 48.82

I
A K81210M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VOR/ILS) KX 165 KING 6.482 24.80

A K81230M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VOR/LOC) KX 165 KING 7.716 24.80

A K81300M VOR/ILS indicator KI 206-04 KING 1.631 21.65

A K81310M VOR/ILS indicator KI 206-05 KING 1.764 21.65

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.37
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

I
Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A K81400M VORjlLS indicator KI 204 KING 1.918 21.65

I A K6S600M
34-53 - Transponder

ATC KT 76 A KING on radio console 3.682 20,08

I A

A
K6S620M

K87600M
ATC KT 76 A KING on R,H. panel strip (with
support)

Transponder ATC KT 71 KING

3.836

4.630
21.65

22.44

A K87610M Transponder ATC KT 71 KING 4.630 22.44

(on R.H, panel strip)

A K92900M Transponder ATC KT 76C KING 3.527 23.62

(on R.H, panel strip)

34-54 - Automatic Direction Finder (ADF)

A K6SS OOM ADF KR 87.01/04 (Indicator KI227.00) KING 8.730 90.16

(on radio console)

A K65510M ADF KR 87.01/04 (Indicator KI227.01) KING 8.730 90.16

(on radio console)

A K6SS 20M ADF KR 87 KING 8.025 96.06

A K65540M ADF KR 87 (Indicator KI227.01) KING 8.730 90.16

(on R.H. panel strip)

A K91700M ADF2 KR 87 KING 9.436 94.49

34-55 - DME installation

A K65700M DME KN 52A KING 3.682 21.26

A K55710M DME KN 54 KING 3.682 21.26

A K66400M DME KN 63 KING 5.489 40.94

I 6.38 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

34-57 - Global Positioning System (GPS)

A J870DOM GPS 100 AVD-140 GARMIN 4.145 22.44

Interfaced with HSI and NP (YFR use only).
Including advisory panel TB20 61760
(For export only)

A J87010M GPS 100 AVD-140 GARMIN "Stand alone" 3.593 22.44

A J87020M GPS 100 AVD-140 GARMIN "Stand alone" 3.593 22.44

with audio attenuallon, including extended
advisory panel

A J87030M GPS 100 AVD-140 GARMIN 4.145 22.44

Interfaced with HSI and NP, with audio attenuation
(YFR use only), including advisory panel
(For export only)

A J87040M GPS 100 AVD-140 GARMIN 4.145 22.44

interfaced with HSI. with audio attenuation (VFR
use only), including advisory panel
(For export only)

A J92500M GPS 150 GARMIN "Stand alone" 4.696 25.60

A K86000M GPS KLN 90A KING "Stand alone" 8.466 22.44

A K86010M GPS KLN 90A KING 9.171 21.65

interfaced with HSI and AlP, with RMI

A K86020M GPS KLN 90A KING "Stand alone" 8.466 22.44

With extended advisory panel

A K86030M GPS KLN 90A KING 9.171 21.65

Interfaced With HSI, With RMI

A K86040M GPS KLN 90A KING 9.171 21.65

Interfaced With HSI and NP, without RMI
(For export only)

A K92000M GPS KLN 89B KING "Stand alone" 4.519 25.20

I A K92600M GPS KLN 89B KING

interfaced with HSI KI 525A
(KCS 55A compass system)
5.578 22.83

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.39
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

37 - VACUUM

37-11 - Distribution (normal)

A A81600M Vacuum system (Pump AIRBORNE 211CC or 4.784 a

215CC)

A A90400M Vacuum pump SIGMA- TEK with filler 5.291 - 3.54

A A90410M Vacuum pump SIGMA- TEK with filler 5.291 - 3.54

(when stormscope installed, refer to ATA 34)

A 067150 M Vacuum system (without attitude gyro Indicator. 2.579 10.24

nor heading, nor HSI)

I A 063100 M
37-20 - Indicating

Vacuum system warning light 0.198 0.39

I 6.40 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

52 - DOORS

52-10 - Access doors

A H889 DaM Door stop system (metallic doors) 1.653 49.21

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.41
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

53 - FUSELAGE

A B89600M Tail cone protection 0.661 215.67

I 6.42 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

56 - WINDOWS

S Colourless windows assy 27.558 53.15

- Windshield TB21 24001 11.023 27.56
- Door windows T810 25030 8.598 55.12
- Rear side windows T810 22030 7.937 86.61

a 058520 M Tinted windows assy 27.558 53.15

- Windshield TB21 24001 11.023 27.56
- Door windows T810 25030 8.598 55.12
- Rear side windows T810 22030 7.937 86.61

A 056200 M L.H. little window 0.750 39.37

A 056210 M R.H, little window 0.750 39.37

A 056220 M L.H. tinted little window 0.750 39,37

A 056230 M R.H, tinted little window 0.750 39,37

A F86S OOM Ventilation scoops 0.220 79,53

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.43
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

61 - PROPELLER

R Propeller 74DM6S8-0-58 SENSENICH 36.817 -47.64

I 6.44 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

71 - POWER PLANT

71-60 - Air inlet

A 059110 M 2nd Air filter a f

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.45
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

72 - PISTON ENGINE

R Engine 0-320-D2A LYCOMING 245.592 -26.77

I 6.46 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

74 - IGNITION

74-10 - Electric generation system

R L.H. magneto (without harness) S4LN 21 BENDIX 4.740 -17.72

R R.H, magneto (without harness) S4LN 20 5.247 -17.72

BENDIX

R L.H. magneto (without harness) LW 51360.37 4.740 -17.72

LYCOMING

R R.H, magneto (without harness) LW 51360.29 5.247 -17.72

LYCOMING

R L.H. magneto (without harness) 4373 SLICK 4.740 -17.72

R L.H. magneto (without harness) 4273 SLICK 4.740 -17.72

R L.H. magneto (without harness) 66 He 25 SFNN 4.740 -17.72

SLICK

R R.H, magneto (without harness) 66 HP OSANN 5.247 -17.72

SLICK

R R.H, magneto (without harness) 4370 SLICK 5.247 -17.72

R R.H, magneto (without harness) 4270 SLICK 5.247 -17.72

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.47
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

77 - ENGINE INDICATING

77-10 - Power

R Tachometer T809 76206 LMI PIN LM 83 1.235 23.62

a D864DOM Tachometer-HoLJrmeter NRF 80 PIN LM 04 LMI 0.860 23.62

I A D53600M
77-20 - Temperature

Exhaust gas temperature (EGT) ALCOR 0.882 21.65

A D68400M Carburetor temperature 0.331 23.62

A D68410M Carburetor temperature (without cover on R,H. 0.331 23.62

Instrument panel)

A D6B5 EGTjCHT - Probe on all cylinders 3.307 3.94

A D685DOM EGTICHT - Probe on cylinder NO.2 1.323 19.69

I 6.48 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

79 - LUBRICATION

79-10 - Storage

A 065810 M Oil drain door 0.220 -25.59

I R
79-20 - Distribution

Oil cooler 20002A NDM 1.742 -20.47

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 6.49
 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

BO - STARTING

R Starter MHB 4016 17.990 -39.37

PRESTOLlTEjELECTROSYSTEMS or
LW 15572 LYCOMING

R Starter 318 21064 LYCOMING 11.376 -39.37

R Starter relay CE 1971060 F PARIS RHONE 1.499 - 1.18

I 6.50 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

S/ WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

01 - SPECIFIC OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

A H61520M Additional equipment for IFR France "Grey" / /

A H61620M Additional equipment for night VFR France "Grey" 0.441 25.59

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.13A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

21 - ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEM

21-40 - Heating

A C86920M Radio console forced ventilation (blower KING KA 1.543 12.99

33) (on radio console)

A F82220M Forced ventilation, rear passengers VETUS 2.756 136.61

6.14A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

23 - COMMUNICATIONS

23-10 - Speech communications

23-11 - VHF capability

S VHF/COM capability T810 65216: 3.219 49.21

- Loud-speaker
- Hand microphone
- Radio master switch

A 23-001A Audio selector/Intercom system PMA 7000MS PS 3.814 26.77

ENGINEERING

A J91200M Boom microphone headset Hl0-13-4 0.838 55.12

DAVID CLARK

A J92800M Boom microphone headset HMEC 25-KA

SENNHEISER:
Pilot and front passenger 0.661 55.12
Rear passengers 0.661 94.49

A J92810M Boom microphone headset HMEC 25-KAS

SENNHEISER:
Pilot and front passenger 0.661 55.12
Rear passengers 0.661 94.49

A K80? OOM Audio control box KMA 24H52 KING with 2.205 27.56
interphone

A K80900M Audio control box KMA 24H70 KING with audio 2.381 31.50
selector threshold
(4 transmitters/receivers)

A K80910M Audio control box KMA 24H71 KING with audio 2.381 31.50
selector threshold
(5 transmitters/receivers)

A K81510M Audio selection box KMA 24-02 KING 2.910 22.44

A 052300 M Boom microphone headset H10-30 1.190 55.12

DAVID CLARK

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.15A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

S/ WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

23-12 - COM 1 installation

S Faired rigid antenna VHF 1 0 & M 0.661 127.17

A KeOS VHF1 KY196A30KING 3.858 18.11

23-13 - COM 2 installation

A KeOS VHF2KY196A30KING 3.825 22.83

A 054920 M Rigid antenna VHF 2 D & M 0.661 57.87

23-60 - Static dischargers

A J88400M ESD protection / /

6.16A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

24 - ELECTRICAL POWER

24-30 - DC generation

R Alternator lOA ALU 8421 12.985 -37.80

PRESTOLlTEjELECTROSYSTEMS or
LW 14324 LYCOMING

R Battery G242-10AH GILL 26.962 - 2.76

R Battery relay 70 117 221.5 ESSEX 0.772 - 1.18

R Voltage regulator TB20 61215 PIN BOO 368.5 0.375 3.94

LAMAR

R Pedestal electrical equipment TB10 61216 0.728 29,53

A C83900M Converter 28 V - 14 V LT - 71A KGS 1.653 39,37

A D68900M Ammeter 28 V 0.551 28.74

A D907DOM Voltmeter-ammeter indicator ELECTRONICS 0.805 26.77

INTERNATIONAL

24-40 - External power supply

S Ground power receptacle T810 61830 3.682 49.61

A C84100M Ground power extension 4.740 91.73

24-50 - Distribution

R Standard circuit breakers panel TB1 0 61212 1.962 29.92

R Printed clru~s assembly on flre'Nail TB20 61210 0.948 0.39

including fuses printed circuit. lights warning prinlE:d
ciru~, pitot and alternator output prinlE:d circuit

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.17A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

25 - EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS

25-10 - Cockpit

a 25-002A Bucket front seats (Qty 2) : 26.587 50.20

- Rear head-rests (Qly 2) 3.616 84.65

a 25-003A Leather seats assembly with head-resls

- Front seats (Qly 2) PMV 55.115 50.20
- Rear seat PMV 19.621 84.65

25-11 - Front seats

R Front seats with head-rests TB10 74203 52.029 50.20

25-12 - Rear bench

R Rear seats with head-rests TB10 74204 18.298 84.62

25-13 - Safety and harnesses belts

R Front seat belt T810 79013 2.646 47.24

PIN 10.4022.000.002 ANJOU AERO

S Rear reel safety belt TBI 0 79000 2.646 106.30

A 064000 M 3rd rear reel safety belt 1.918 106.30

25-15 - Upper duct

S Sun visor PLEXIGLAS 0,683 41,34

25-17 - Instrument panel

S Small R.H, instrument panel 1,984 23,62

a 057730 M R.H, large instrument panel 4,740 23,62

a 057740 M R.H, large instrument panel 4,740 23,62

25-60 - Emergency equipment

A F90200M A" 2,535 37,40

6.18A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A F90300M Life jackets (Oly 4) 8.818 124.80

A H88l DOM First aid case 4.409 90.95

25-61 - Emergency locator transmitter

A 25-001A Emergency locator transmitter ELT 91 SOCATA 3.351 103.15

PIN ELT 91A 2560 000 000 (T50)
A J908 DOM Three-frequency emergency locator transmitter 3.638 106.30
ELT 96 SOCATA (EUROCAE)

A J92400M Emergency locator transmitter ELT 90 SOCATA 3.351 103.15

(EUROCAE)

A J931 OOM Emergency locator transmitter ELT 200 ARTEX 2.866 103.15
(For export only)

A J93300M Three-frequency emergency locator transmltler 3.638 106.30

ELT 97 SOCATA (T50)

A 051730 M Emergency locator transmitter JOLLIET 3.086 109.45

(forward baggage compartment)

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.19A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

26 - FIRE PROTECTION

A F823 DOM Cabin halon extinguisher FH 15N AREOFEU 4.409 37.80

A F82310M Cabin halon extinguisher H1-tO AIR MAIP 4.850 37.80

A F82320M Cabin halon extinguisher H1-tO AIR MAIP 5.313 37.80

(with special support)

A F883 DOM Cabin powder extinguisher AFT 15N AREOFEU 4.608 37.80

6.20A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS

27-20 - Yaw control

A 059700 M Rudder I aileron control interconnection 2.138 16.14

27-50 - Wing flaps (control)

R Flaps actuator T809 61207 PIN 700-239 LPMI 5.203 85.04

R Flaps control selector TBI 0 61227 0.320 31.50

R Flaps posllIon Indicator TB20 61232 0.132 31.50

R Flaps relay + support TB10 61236

- 2 relays HG2-24 VDC MATSUSHITA 0.551 78.35
- 2 supports HG2 58 MATSUSHITA 0.110 78.35

a C56910M Flaps preselecllon (with new sWitch) 0.220 39,37

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.21A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

28 - FUEL SYSTEM

28-10 - Fuel tanks

A 058040 M Ferry fuel tank (TB20 52925) 63.933 78.35

28-20 - Fuel supply

R Fuel electric pump TBI 0 61218000 PIN 476284 1.653 1.18

FACET/BENDIX

R Fuel selector/filter T820 52026 1.301 44.49

28-40 - Fuel indication

S Fuel low level warning 0.728 33.46

6.22A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS

31-10 - Control and indicating panels

R Engine and fuel controls T809 76201 1.102 24.80

A F63400M Raised radio console 3.131 23.62

31-20 - Independent instruments

A D57100M Hourmeter DATCON 0.551 23.62

A D63800M Digital chronometer (L.H. stallon) ASTROTECH 0.507 35.43

A D63820M Digital chronometer (R.H. station) ASTROTECH 0.507 35.43

A D68000M Quartz chronometer THOMMEN 0.485 35.43

PIN 018.945.22.28.1 KB

A 0680 10M Quartz chronometer THOMMEN 0.485 35.43

PIN QI8.945.22.28. 1 KB (R.H. station)

A D806DOM Three-axis accelerometer 0.992 23.62

A D829DOM Mechanical chronometer THOMMEN 0.485 35.43

PIN B18.945.22.28. 1 K

A D82910M Mechanical chronometer THOMMEN 0.485 35.43

PIN 818.945.22.28.1 K (R.H. station)

A D83300M Digital clocl</chronometer LG2 ASTROTEGH 0.331 23.62

a D91100M Hourmeter '·Flight durallon'· DATGON 0.661 31.50

NOTE Tachometer-Hourmeter. refer to ATA 77

31-50 - Central warning systems

R Advisory panel T820 61285 0.529 23.62

A C56100M Starter warning light 0.132 39.37

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.23A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

32 - LANDING GEARS

32-40 - Wheels and brakes

R Main LOG wheel assy (2) 40-97E Type III 5.842 59.84
CLEVELAND

R Main LOG wheel assy (2) 40-97F CLEVELAND 6.482 59.84

R Main LOG brake assy (2) 91.50 CLEVELAND 1.918 59.84

R Main LDG tire (2) 15.6.00-66 PRTT DUNLOP 8.818 59,84

R Main LDG tire (2) 15.6.00-66 160n MICHELIN 8.818 59,84

R Main LDG tire (2) 15.6.00-66 6PR 8.818 59,84

PIN 156E61.3 GOODYEAR

R Main LDG tube (2) TR20 PIN 092-500-0 2.425 59,84

MICHELIN

R Main LOG tube (2) 15.6.00-6 TR GOODYEAR 1.653 59.84

R Nose LDG wheel assy 40-77 B CLEVELAND 2.822 -16.93

R Nose LDG wheel assy 040-7702 CLEVELAND 2.822 -16.93

R Nose LDG tire 5.00-5 6 PRTT DUNLOP 5.798 -16.93

R Nose LDG tire 5.00-5 6120TT MICHELIN 5.798 -16.93

R Nose LDG tire 5.00-5 6 PR PIN 505C61.8 5.798 -16.93

GOODYEAR

R Nose LDG tube 5.00-5 DUNLOP 1.455 -16.93

R Nose LDG tube TR67A PIN 092-308-0 1.455 -16.93

MICHELIN

R Nose LDG tube 5.00-5 TR67 GOODYEAR 1.455 -16.93

S Braking control (R.H. post) T810 45030 3.307 11.81

6.24A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

32-60 - Position indicating system and

alarms

A BB77 OOM LDG simulator assy 0.595 23.62

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.25A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

33 - LIGHTS

33-10 - Cockpit

S Rear cabin lighting T820 64202 0.220 65.35

S Instrument panel lighting T820 64201 0.485 23.62

S Front cabin lighting (emerg.) TB20 64202 0.507 44.09

S Maps reading light 0.176 25.59

A E87300M Emergency lighting system 4.079 104.72

33-40 - External lighting

S landing light G.E. 4591 0.353 35.43

S Taxi light G,E. 4626 0.353 35.43

S Navigation and anticollision lights assy WHELEN 4.431 64.96

TB2063212

A 33-001A Recognition lights WHELEN 0.463 33.46

A E53700M Strobe light JPC on vertical stabilizer 1.874 145.67

A E53710M Strobe lights JPC on vertical stabilizer and under 3.197 140.55
fuselage

A E53720M Strobe light JPC on vertical stabilizer (red glass) 1.874 145.67

a E826 Strobe light WHELEN (tail) 2.094 145.67

a EB4B OOM Light control box JX 12B FLASHELEK 0.551 55.31

6.26A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

34 - NAVIGATION

34-10 - Flight environment data

34-11 - Air data systems

R Altimeter T820 76222 PIN 5934 PDt or PD3 0.816 25.59

Code A253 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

R Airspeed indicator T809 76223 PIN 8100 0.728 24.80

Code 8615 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

S Vertical speed Indicator T820 76224 1,014 23.62

PIN 7000 Code C83 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

S Air data systems T810 77200:

- Heated pilot 1.190 53.15
- Alternate static source (in cabin) 0.331 23.62

A C63500M 2nd heated pilot (R.H. wing) 1.190 47.24

A D68100M 2nd altimeter 20000 ft 1.433 19,69

A D80320M Installation of 2nd airspeed indicator 1.213 23.62

A 081100M Alii-coder KE 127 KING 1,433 17,72

A D83000M Alti-coder 20000 ft TRANSCALL 1,433 17,72

A D83100M Altl-coder 30000 ft TRANSCALL 1,433 17,72

A D83200M 2nd altimeter 35000 ft 1,433 19,69

A D89700M 2nd vertical speed Indicator (R,H. station) 1,521 23,62

PIN 7000 CS3 UNITED INSTRUMENTS

A D91500M Metric altimeter # 3 PIN 5940 0,926 23,62

UNITED INSTRUMENTS

a K60S 20M Alti-coder KEA 130A (35000 ft) KING 1,764 21,65

a K60S 30M Alti-coder 20000 ft UNITED INSTRUMENTS 1,764 21,65

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.27A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (Rj OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A N84600M Altitude encoder AR850 NARCO 1.323 19,69

34-13 - Outside temperature

S Outside air temperature indicator (water-light 0.551 23.62

connector on sensor) TB09 76202

A D91020M Outside air temperature indicator (water-light 0.551 23.62

connector on sensor) DAVTRON

34-20 - Attitude and direction

34-21 - Heading reference system

A D91400M Heading gyro indicator SIGMA- TEK 2.668 23.62

(on L.H. instrument panel)

A D91410M Heading gyro indicator SIGMA- TEK 2.976 19,69

(on R.H, instrument panel)

A D92200M Electric heading gyro Indicator 205-1 BL 3.219 23.62

A K66020M HSI assy KING with heading recopy capability 12.720 67.32
(30/400 Hz) with vertical KA 51 B

A K66030M HSI assy KING with heading recopy capability 12.720 67.32
(30/400 Hz) with hOrizontal KA 51 B

34-22 - Turn and bank indication

S Turn-and-bank indicator T820 76825 1.675 23.62

UNITED INSTRUMENTS

a D69700M Electrical turn coordinator CASTLEBERRY 1.698 23.62

A D81810M Slip indicator (R.H. stallon) 1.675 23.62

UNITED INSTRUMENTS

34-23 - Magnetic compass

R Compass T820 76229 PIN C2400 L 4P (28 V) 0.595 20.47

AIRPATH

6.28A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a (k~

34-24 - ADI and standby hQrizon

A 34-001A Electrical attitude gyro indicator 1100-28L(5F) 2.866 24.41

BFG (Not valid for U,K. aircraft)

A 34-001 B Electrical attitude gyro indicator 1100-28LK(5F) 2.866 24.41

BFG (Specific for U,K. aircraft)

A 34-001C Electrical attitude gyro indicator 1100-28LS(5F) 2.866 24.41

BFG (on L.H. Instrument panel)
(Not valid for UK aircraft)

34-25 - Radio magnetic indication

A K58400M RMI KI 22900 (without sWitching) KING 3.086 21.65

A K81900M RMI KNI 582 KING 3.417 21.65

34-30 - Landing and taxiing aids

34-31 - Marker

A K67600M Marker receiver indicator KR 21 KING 1.257 21.65

34-40 - Independent position determining

34-41 - Stormscope

A J820 OOM Stormscope WX 1000 BFG (on panel strip) 15.432 83.07

A J820 10M Stormscope WX 1000 BFG 15.432 83.07

(on R.H. instrument panel)

A J82810M Stormscope WX 1000 + BFG 15.432 83.07

A J91800M Stormscope WX-900 BFG 4.806 85.43

34-50 - Dependent position determining

34-51 - NAV 1 installation

A K663 51 M VHF assy COM1/NAVI (VOR/LOC) KX 155 KING 7.100 23.23

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.29A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A K663 61 M VHF assy COM1jNAV1 (VORjILS) KX 155 KING 6.173 23.23

A K663 71 M VHF assy COM1/NAV1 (IIOR/LOC) KX 155 with 7.870 24.80

audio amplifier KING

A K81251M VHF assy COM1/NAV1 (VOR/LOC) KX 165 KING 7.165 23.23

A K81261M VHF assy COM1/NAV1 (VOR/ILS) KX 165 KING 5.644 23.23

A K81300M VOR/ILS indicator KI 206-04 KING 1.631 21.65

A K81310M VORjlLS indicator KI 206-05 KING 1.764 21.65

A K81400M VORjlLS indicator KI 204 KING 1.918 21.65

A K84700M Converter VOR/LOC KN 72 KING 1.653 43.31

34-52 - NAV 2 installation

A K663 21 M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VOR/LOC) KX 155 KING 7.275 20,08

A K663 31 M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VOR/ILS) KX 155 KING 6.415 23.23

A K81211M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VOR/ILS) KX 165 KING 5.997 22.83

A K81231M VHF assy COM2/NAV2 (VOR/LOC) KX 165 KING 7.341 23.23

A K81300M VOR/ILS indicator KI 205-04 KING 1.531 21.55

A K81310M VOR/ILS indicator KI 205-05 KING 1.754 21.55

A K81400M VOR/ILS indicator KI 204 KING 1.918 21.55

34-53 - Transponder

A K55500M ATC KT 76 A KING on radio console 3.682 20.08

A K55520M ATC KT 76 A KING on R.H. panel strip (with 3.836 21.65

support)

A K87500M Transponder ATC KT 71 KING 4.630 22.44

6.30A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
in.
N OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
(m)
a {k~

A K87610M Transponder ATC KT 71 KING 4.630 22.44

(on R.H, panel strip)

A K92900M Transponder ATC KT 76C KING 3.527 23.62

(on R.H, panel strip)

34-54 - Automatic Direction Finder (ADF)

A K6SS OOM ADF KR 87.01/04 (Indicator KI227.0D) KING 8.730 90.16

(on radio console)

A K65510M ADF KR 87.01/04 (Indicator KI227.01) KING 8.730 90.16

(on radio console)

A K6SS 20M ADF KR 87 KING 8.025 96.06

A K6SS 40M ADF KR 87 (Indicator KI227.01) KING 8.730 90.16

(on R.H, panel strip)

A K91700M ADF2 KR 87 KING 9,436 94.49

34-55 - DME installation

A K65700M DME KN 62A KING 3.682 21.26

A K65710M DME KN 64 KING 3.682 21.26

A K66400M DME KN 63 KING 5.489 40.94

34-57 - Global Positioning System (GPS)

A K92000M GPS KLN 89B KING "Stand alone" 4.519 25.20

A K92600M GPS KLN 89B KING interfaced with HSI KI 525A 5.578 22.83
(KCS 55A compass system)

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.31A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

37 - VACUUM

37-11 - Distribution (normal)

S Vacuum pump SIGMA- TEK with filler TB20 78817 5.291 - 3.54

A A90410M Vacuum pump SIGMA- TEK with filler 5.291 - 3.54

(when stormscope installed, refer to ATA 34)

37-20 - Indicating

S Vacuum system warning light TB20 78817 0.198 0.39

6.32A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

53 - FUSELAGE

A B89600M Tail cone protection 0.661 215.67

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.33A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

56 - WINDOWS

S Colourless windows assy TBI 0 24000

- Windshield 11.640 27.56
- Door window 4.056 55.12
- Rear side window 2.535 86.61

6.34A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

61 - PROPELLER

R Propeller 74DM6S8-0-58 SENSENICH 36.817 -47.64

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.35A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

71 - POWER PLANT

71-60 - Air inlet

A 059110 M 2nd Air filter a f

6.36A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

51 WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

72 - PISTON ENGINE

R Engine 0-320-D2A LYCOMING 245.592 -26.77

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.37A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

74 - IGNITION

74-10 - Electric generation system

R L.H. magneto (without harness) 4373 SLICK 4.740 -17.72

R R.H, magneto (without harness) 4370 SLICK 5.247 -17.72

6.38A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

77 - ENGINE INDICATING

77-10 - Power

S Tachometer-HoLJrmeter NRF 80 PIN LM 04 or LM 0.860 23.62

041 LMI

77-20 - Temperature

S EGTICHT T820 76802 1.323 19.69

A D68410M Carburetor temperature (without cover on R,H. 0.331 23.62

Instrument panel)

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.39A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPTIO OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

79 - LUBRICATION

79-10 - Storage

A 065810 M Oil drain door 0.220 -25.59

79-20 - Distribution

R Oil cooler 20002A NDM 1.742 -20.47

6AOA Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Sf WEIGHT
ARM
R/ ITEM REQUIRED (R) OR STANDARD (S) OR
• per unit
N
a
OPT10 OPTIONAL (A or 0) EQUIPMENT Ib
Ikg)
'"
1m)

BO - STARTING

R Starter MHB 4016 17.990 -39.37

PRESTOLlTEjELECTROSYSTEMS or
LW 15572 LYCOMING

R Starter relay CE 1971060 F PARIS RHONE 1.499 87.40

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 6.41A

Revision 1
SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6.42A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL 7.5
AIRFRAME.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.5
WINGS. 7.5
EMPENNAGE 7.6
FLIGHT CONTROLS 7.7
SURFACES. 7.7
TRIM 7.7

INSTRUMENT PANEL.. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.9

ADVISORY PANEL. 7.14
SWITCH-BREAKERS PANEL. 7.14
CIRCUIT BREAKERS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14

GROUND CONTROL. 7.19

WING FLAPS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.21
LANDING GEAR. 7.21
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT.. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.22
CARGO CONFIGURATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.22
• Pre MOD.151
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES ...... 7.23
FRONT SEATS 7.23
• REAR BENCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.23
HEAD-RESTS. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.23

Post MOD.151

I SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES ......

FRONT SEATS
REAR SEATS
HEAD- RESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 1997

Revision 1
7.23A
7.23A
7.23A
7.23A

7.1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

Page

• All
7.26
I
SEAT BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DO~:N EXITS .................................... . 7.28

7.28
EXiTS ............................................... . 7.28
CONTROLS LOCK .................................... .. 7.28
ENGINE 7.29
7.30

••
ENGINE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 7.30
IGNITION - STARTER SYSTEM 7.31
NEW ENGINE BREAK-IN AND OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM 7.32
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM. 7.32
EXHAUST SYSTEM . 7.37
PROPELLER .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.37
FUEL SYSTEM 7.37
BRAKE SYSTEM 7.40
BRAKING 7.40
PARKING BRAKE 7.40
STANDARD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.43

• ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT.

MAIN SWITCH .
ALTERNATOR CONTROL, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
AVIONICS POWER SWITCH, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
7.43
7.43
7.46
7.46
VOLTMETER, 7.47
AMMETER 7.47
7.48

• CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND FUSES " " " " " " " " " " " " ' "
"ALTr" WARNING LIGHT (LOW VOLTAGE) " " " " " " " " " " "
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE.
IFR AND NIGHT VFR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. .. .. .. .. .. ..
7.49
7.49
7.49

7.2 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

Page
LIGHTING SYSTEMS 7.49
EXTERIOR LIGHTING .................................... 7.49
INTERIOR LIGHTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
DEMISTING, AIR REGULATION, VENTILATION,
FIRE CUT-OFF. 7.51
DEMISTING ........................................... 7.51
AIR REGULATION 7.52
VENTILATION. 7.54
FIRE CUT-OFF.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.54

AIRSPEED INDICATING SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS .... 7.55

TRUE AIRSPEED INDICATOR. 7.55
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.58
ALTIMETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.58
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE 7.58

VACUUM SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS. 7.59

• ATTITUDE GYRO INDICATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.59
HEADING INDICATOR. 7.62
VACUUM GAGE 7.62

AUTOPILOTS .......................................... 7.62

STALL WARNING SYSTEM 7.62

STATIC DISCHARGERS.. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.63

RADIO EQUIPMENT 7.63
TURN AND BANK INDICATOR 7.63
CLEAR-VISION WINDOW 7.63

SUN VISOR. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 7.64

FIRE EXTINGUISHER. 7.64

• EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER 7.64

December 31, 1997 7.3

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

I INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

7.4 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

GENERAL
This section provides description and operation of the SOCATA Model TB 9
airplane and its systems. Some of the equipment described herein is optional
and may not be installed inthe airplane. Details of other optional systems and
equipment are presented in Section 9 "Supplements" of this manual.

AIRFRAME
The TB 9 is an all-metal, four (five-place, cantilever low wing, single-engine
airplane equipped with fixed tricycle landing gear and is designed to be used
in normal and utility categories.
The fuselage consists of an all-metal aluminium alloy structure of
semimonocoque design. It includes 10 frames. The main frames are as
follows:
Frame No. 0 on which firewall, engine mount and nose gear mount are
fixed.
Frame No.1 on which wing front attachments are fixed.
Frame No.2 double frame which allows crossing and attachment of the
wing spar.
Frame No.7 on which vertical stabilizer front attachment is fixed.
Frame No.8 on which vertical stabilizer rear attachment is fixed.
Frame No.9 on which horizontal stabilator hinge fittings are fixed.
The cabin section, from frame No. 0 to frame No.6, is reinforced by horizontal
spars made of extruded aluminium sections.
The streamlined fairing is ensured by a composite material upper duct which
includes the two access "gull-wing" doors.
Access to the baggage compartment (behind the rear seat) is provided by a
baggage door on the left side of the fuselage.
WINGS
Thewings contain integral fuel tanks. They are constructed of stamped metal
ribs riveted to the wing skin and to monobloc spar.

December 31,1997 7.5

SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

Wings characteristics:
Profile RA16-3C3
Aspect ratio 8
Dihedral 4"5
Aerodynamic chord 4.002 ft - 1.220 m
True chord 4.085 ft - 1.245 m
Wing area 128.091 sq.ft - 11.90 m2
Wing setting + 3"
Ailerons:
Unit area 4.897 sq.ft - 0.46 m 2
Mean span 4.081 ft - 1.244 m
Recoil and slotted type wing flaps:
Area 20.021 sq.ft - 1.86 m 2
Mean span 8.366 ft - 2.550 m
EMPENNAGE
The vertical stabilizer consists of a fin and a rudder.
The horizontal stabilizer is of stabilator type with an automatic anti-tab
controlled in its stabilator tab function.
Both are of conventional metal structure type (spar, ribs and skin).
Empennage characteristics:
Conventional type vertical stabilizer:

I
Fin area (fixed part)
Pre-MOD.151 9.472 sq.ft - 0.88 m 2
Fin area (fixed part)
Post-MOD.151 11.194 sq.ft - 1.04 m 2
Rudder area 6.781 sq.ft - 0.63 m 2
Stabilator type horizontal stabilizer:
Span 10.499 ft - 3.200 m
Stabilator area,
anti-tab included 26.694 sq.ft - 2.48 m 2
Tab area 5.813 sq.ft - 0.54 m 2
Tab automaticity 85%

7.6 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

FLIGHT CONTROLS
SURFACES
The airplane is equipped with a conventional three-axis surface system,
consisting of aileron, stabilator and rudder surfaces.
Each front seat is provided with a control wheel which actuates ailerons and
stabilator through rods and bellcranks. The control wheel being actuated
fully, ailerons deflection (angle reference: wing chord) must be :
upwards
downwards
Stabilator deflection (angle reference: fuselage upper spar) must be :
nose-up 1r::!:1°
nose-down + 2°::!: 10
The stabilator consists of an automatic anti-tab, which automaticity is 85 %.
This anti-tab can also be controlled through the pitch trim.
Each front seat is provided with a rudder pedal which controls the rudder
through rods and bellcranks.
Rudder deflection (angle reference: fin chord) to the left and to the right
is 25°::!: 2°.
TRIM
A manually-operated pitch trim is provided.
Stabilator trimming is accomplished by actuating on stabilator anti-tab
through a control wheel vertically mounted on L.H. side of the control panel.
This control wheel actuates stabilator anti-tab through cables and an
irreversibility system.

December 31,1997 7.7

 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

Push-to-talk Maps reading light

switch switch (If Installed)

Control wheel
ADF indicator
(if Installed)

I
Tachometer or tachometer
hourmeter (if not installed on
R.H Instrument panel)
Maps readind light
(if installed) Lights Altimeter
(See Figures 7.5 & 7.5A)
HOrizontal attitude
indicator (if installed)
Heading indicator
(if installed)
Radio call
Airspeed indicator
or true airspeed
indicator

I
Vertical speed
indicator
(if Installed)

Control
wheel tube
Vacuum gage Parking
(if Installed) brake knob

Vacuum gage lighting

(if installed) Handle

Figure 7.1 - EXAMPLE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL AND L.H. SUBPANEL

7.B December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

A pointer indicator located on the right of the trim control wheel gives the
anti-tab position. Forward rotation of the control wheel will trim nose-down,
conversely, rearward rotation will trim nose-up.
Stabilator tab deflection with stabilator in maximum nose-up attitude must
be:
nose-up 2.5 0
± 0.5 0

nose-down 1r ::!: 1.5 0

INSTRUMENT PANEL
L.H. instrument panel (see Figure 7.1) is designed around the basic ''T''
configuration.
The gyros (if installed) are located in front of the pilot and arranged vertically.
The airspeed indicator or the true airspeed indicator and the altimeter are to
the left and right of the gyros, respectively.
The upper edge of the instrument panel contains the advisory panel (see
Figures 7.5 and 7.5A).
The left side of the panel contains lighting controls, emergency beacon
switch (if installed) and registration (enabling airplane radio call).
The L.H. panel strip (see Figure 7.1) contains from left to right: L.H. air
outlet, magneto I start selector, parking brake knob; alternate static source
valve and vacuum gage (if installed) complete the L.H. panel strip.
The central console (see Figure 7.2) contains in the upper edge, the engine
• monitoring cluster then radio-navigation equipment vertically mounted to
console lower edge.

December 31, 1997 7.9

Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

R H fuel quantity indicator

L.H. fuel quantity indicator

Fuel pressure

Oil pressure

Oil temperature

Voltmeter

Radio navigation equipment

(if installed)

Switch breakers

Wing flap indicator

Throttle control

Carburetor heating control

Pitch trim

Stabilator tab position indicator

Micro
(if installed) Engine
controls
friction
adjustment

Mixture control

Fuel selector

Front reception connectors

(if installed)

Front micro connectors (if installed)

Figure 7.2 - EXAMPLE OF CONSOLE AND PEDESTAL

7.10 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

The central pedestal (see Figure 7.2) contains fore to aft :

the switch-breakers panel, flap control and indicator
the engine controls (from left to right carburetor heating, throttle,
mixture)
the pitch trim and its indicator
the fuel selector
the micro (if installed)
the reception and micro jacks (if installed)
on pedestal R.H. side, engine controls friction device .
• Pre-MOD.151
The R.H. instrument panel (if installed) (see Figure 7.3) contains locations
for additional equipment (manifold pressure indicator, 2nd altimeter,
VOR/LOC indicator, outside air temperature, cylinder head temperature,
exhaust gas temperature ... ).
Post-MOD.1S1

I The R.H. instrument panel (see Figure 7.3A) contains the

tachometer-hourmeter, the outside air temperature indicator (OAT), the
EGT/CHT indicator and locations for additional equipment (manifold
pressure indicator, 2nd altimeter, VOR/LOC indicator, ... ).
The R.H. panel strip (see Figure 7.3) contains a location for radio equipment
or any other one, cabin air selector, R.H. vent.

December 31, 1997 7.11

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

Push-to-talk switch ~

~ Cootcol wheel

Large instrument

1
panel (If Installed)

Small instrument
panel (if installed)

Control
wheel tube

-d~
~- @

~\ Front passenger's
air outlet

Cabin air \ Haodle

selector

Figure 7.3 - EXAMPLE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL AND R.H.

I 7.12 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

Push-ta-talk sWitch ~

Large instrument
~ Coc"ol wheel
panel (if installed;
Tachometer or EGT/CHT
tachometer hourmeter

OAT

~ Control

~O
wheel tube

o 0 d@-
@

~\ Front passenger's
air outlet

Cabin air \ Hacdle

selector

Figure 7.3A - EXAMPLE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL AND R.H.

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 7.12A

Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

7.12B December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

• Pre-MOD.151
Upper duct central part (see Figure 7.4) contains fore to aft :
Flight conditions placard
Instruction plate
Overhead light (if installed)
Radio loudspeaker (if installed)
Stall warning (buzzer).
Post-MOD.151
Upper duct central part (see Figure 7.4A) contains fore to aft :
Flight conditions placard
Instruction plate
Front overhead lights
Radio loudspeaker (if installed)
Blower switch (if installed)
Stall warning (buzzer)
Rear overhead light
Rear air outlets.

December 31, 1997 7.13

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

Flight conditions placard

Instruction plate

Overhead light (If Installed)

Radio loudspeaker (if installed)

Stall warning (buzzer)

Figure 7.4 - EXAMPLE OF UPPER DUCT CENTRAL PART

I 7.13A Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

Flight conditions placard

Instruction plate

Front overhead lights

Radio loudspeaker (If Installad)

Blower switch
(If installed)

Rear overhead
light

Stall warning
(buzzer)
L.H. aft air outlet
R.H aft alf outlet

Figure 7.4A - UPPER DUCT CENTRAL PART

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 7.13B

Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

ADVISORY PANEL
The advisory panel (see Figures 7.5 and 7.5A) is located at the top edge of
the L.H. instrument panel, directly in front of the pilot. The panel contains ten
separate indicator lights which illuminate green, amber or red when aspecific
condition occurs in the associated airplane system. A green colored light is
illuminated to indicate a normal or safe condition in the system. However, an
illuminated amber lamp indicates that a cautionary condition exists, but
which may not require immediate corrective action. When a hazardous
condition exists requiring immediate corrective action, a red light illuminates.
A day / night switch is installed in the centre of the advisory panel to control
the intensity of the green indicator lights and of the GPS annunciators (ifGPS
installed).
Additional annunciators, associated to the GPS (if installed) are installed in
the centre of the advisory panel.
SWITCH-BREAKERS PANEL
The general electrical equipment switch-breakers are located on the front
part of the central pedestal.
The switch-breakers located on this panel are illustrated in Figure 7.5A.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS PANEL
The electrical equipment circuit breakers are located on a separate panel
mounted on the L.H. cabin sidewall adjacent to the pilot.
Circuit breakers located on this panel are illustrated in Figure 7.6.

7.14 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

INDICATOR LIGHTS TEST

FUEL LOW LEVEL
(If installed) -
l! DAY I NIGHT TOGGLE SWITCH

IT]

VACUUM S YSTEM
(If installed) oc GREEN (Free)
STARTER M OTOR
(if installed) LAN DING LIGHT
(if Installed)
ALTERNATO R

FUELSELECTOR L.....- TAXI UGH T (if Installed)

PARKING B RAKE - HEATED PITO T (if installed)

OIL PRESS URE FUEL PUMP

Figure 7.5 - ADVISORY PANEL (BASIC)

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 7.15
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

...

Alternator
Fuel selector

P"kiog b;ek'
Landing light *

Fee' pemp l (Free)

I I L____ ____:____ ____

Oil pressure
GPS message &
annunciator switch!
\"" annunciators
\ (see Section 9) *
r'--rlCFc:';"'I-:c'cCTIm"'' 1 0 ,----,----;----,----, ~
ALTr COCK PARK PRESS I I I I I
"IPUMP
FoJC,';-cTIuwlcOClI---'---'
LIGHT

LOW
I. FUEL.
I~TARE
ON
GYRO
. SUCT.
I
I
i
~
I
I
~
I
I
~
I
I
~
I
I
.
I PITOT I
HEAT. LIGHT.
TAXI I

I I . t : ' g
Fuel low level *
~ " m v
Starter motor *

Day/night
(Free)
Toggle switch
Heated pltot *

TaxI light *

,: (*) If installed ,: (Free)

,------------"

Figure 7.5A - ADVISORY PANEL (EXTENDED)

7.16 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

© © © © © © ©
FUEL
PUMP
TURN
COORD
STROBE
LIGHT ""
LIGHT
PITOT
HEAT
TAXI
LIGHT
COG
LIGHT

© © © © © © ©
MAIN ALTr
SWITCH 'CO

© ©
~ ~

Figure 7.58 - SWITCH-BREAKERS (88)

December 31, 1997 7.17

 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

Key.

• Circuit breaker (Std)

@ "Pull off" type circuit breaker (Std)

o Circuit breaker (Opt)

@ "Pull off' type circuit breaker (Opt)

£:, SWitch (Opt)

FLAPS

•
0'"
0
COM
I ,
COM
AUDIO AUDIO
0 0 0 0
Radio and "'v ,
"'v
I J;ci'G~ ACe I OM' XPDR
instruments
0 0 0 0 0
lighting
R.M.
(if installed) STROBES AJC TRIM ~e SWITCH
0 OFF £:, 0" @ @ 0 @
ALTrFLD ~"
~. 0 0 0 @ 0
Alternator
Field ALTr
@ ""
@ B~S @ B~S @ B~S@

Figure 7.6 - CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLY

T,~i-
(Typical arrangement)

I 7.18 Pre-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

Key.

• Circuit breaker (Sid)

@ "Pull off' type circuit breaker (Sid)

o Circuit breaker (Opt)

@ "Pull off" type circuil breaker (Opt)

L Switch (Opt)

FLAPS
IT", • ""
flSO

Radio and
ic,'cem,c',
lighting
1- COM 0
NAV 1
OAT •

COM 0
NAV 2 "UDIO
0
AUDIO
0

INST
LIGHT •
ADF 0 N~V 0 ,
NAV 0
DME 0 XPDR 0

STROBES
o 6 A/P@ TRIM@ HFO RM @
OFF ON SWITCH
ALTr
FLD • o o o HSI@ HQRO
m

ALTr@ BAT@
,es t @ ,es , @\~es , @

Terminal striPS -

Figure 7.6A - CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLY

(Typical arrangement)

December 31, 1997 Post-MOD.151 7.1BA

Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

7.18B December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

GROUND CONTROL
Effective ground control while taxiing is accomplished through nose-wheel
steering by using the rudder pedals connected to nose-wheel through rods.
When a rudder pedal is fully pushed, the nose-wheel rotates through an arc
of approximately 22° to the left and 18°30' to the right. By applying either left
or right brake, the degree of turn may be increased.
The minimum turning radius of the airplane is obtained by using differential
braking and nose gear steering (see Figure 7.7).
Moving the airplane by hand is most easily accomplished by attaching a tow
bar (stowed in the baggage compartment) to the nose gear leg.
If the airplane is to be towed by vehicle, never turn the nose gear more
than 22° to the left and 18°30' to the right or structural damage to the nose
gear could result.

December 31, 1997 7.19

SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

-
17' 10.6"
60 21··

- -

Figure 7.7 - MINIMUM TURNING RADIUS

7.20 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

WING FLAPS
The wing flaps are of the large span, single-slot type. They are retracted or
extended by positioning to the desired flap deflection position the flaps
control located on the pedestal, on R.H. side of the switch-breakers.
The switch lever tilts up or down with stops at 0° and 25°30'. If your aircraft is
equipped with pre-setting flaps, the switch lever is moved up or down in a
slotted panel with mechanical stops at "retracted" (0°) ; "take-off" (10°) and
"landing" (25°30') positions (see Figure 7.2). An indicator located near the
control provides various flaps positions.
The wing flaps system is protected by a a-amp circuit breaker, labelled
"FLAPS", located on L.H. circuit breakers side panel (see Figure 7.6).

LANDING GEAR
Aircraft not equipped with modification MOD. 119 or MOD. 121 :
The landing gear system is of stationary tricycle type with conventional
steerable nose gear. Nose gear and main gears are equipped with telescopic
and oill airshock absorbers incorporated in landing gear leg. Each main gear
wheel is equipped with a hydraulically-actuated, single-disc brake on the
inboard side of the wheel.
• Aircraft equipped with modification MOD. 1190r MOD. 121 or MOD. 151 :
The landing gear system is of stationary tricycle type with conventional
steerable nose gear. The nose gear is equipped with a telescopic and oil I air
shock absorber incorporated in the landing gear leg. Each main gear
includes a rear shock compensating rocker beam connected to the landing
gear leg by means of an oil I air shock absorber. Each main gear wheel is
equipped with a hydraulically-actuated, single-disc brake on the inboard
side of the wheel.

December 31,1997 7.21

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT

I The baggage compartment extends from the rear bench or, Post MOD.151,
rear seats to the rear bulkhead of the cabin (former No.6). The access is
possible either through a lockable door located on the left side of the airplane,
or from the inside of the cabin.
Prior to any flight, check that this door is locked.
To open the access door, proceed as follows:

POUSSER POUR TOURNER

PUSH TO TURN - DRUCKEN UM ZU DREHEN

Figure 7.8

WARNING
ANY PARCEL OR BAGGAGE MUST BE FIXED WITH STRAPS.
IT IS FORBIDDEN TO TRANSPORT PEOPLE IN THE BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT.

ANY MATERIAL THAT MIGHT BE DANGEROUS FOR THE

AIRPLANE OR THE OCCUPANTS SHOULD NOT BE PLACED
IN THE AIRPLANE
CARGO CONFIGURATION
• The rear bench or, Post-MOD.151, rear seats may be taken off for easy
loading in cargo configuration. For further information, refer to Section 6
"Weight and balance".

7.22 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES

FRONT SEATS
The various possibilities of seats adjustment depend on the version chosen.
To move the seat forward and rearward (*) :
Use the adjustment bar located on the front part of the seat, under the
seating and grasp handle under instrument panel strip.
"Standard" version

I -To gain access to rear bench, move the front seat forward to maximum
position.
"Optional" version
To tilt the seat (*) :
Use the lever located on the outboard side of the seat.
To change the seat back angle (if installed) :
Use the knurled knob located atthe bottom part on the inboard side of the
seat back.
To adjust the back, at lumbar level (if installed) :
Use the knob located over the knurled knob on the inboard side of the seat
back.
Press on the knob and moderately lean back to the desired position,
release the button, the seat back should fit perfectly with your back.
(*) Lift up adjustment bar or lever to unlock; when in desired position,
release it and make sure it is locked.

I
REAR BENCH
- To remove rear bench, refer to Section 6 "Weight and Balance".
Rear bench is not adjustable.
HEAD-RESTS (if installed)
Before Model "95" :
To adjust and remove the head-rest:
Simply make it slide vertically.
To fit the head-rest into the seat back:
Turn the centering bush (bearing an arrow) of 1/4 turn clockwise (in the
arrow direction) and maintain it to fit the head-rest in the seat back.
Model "95":
To install, adjust and rernove the head-rest, simply rnake it slide
vertically.

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 7.23
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SHOULDER HARNESSES

FRONT SEATS
The various possibilities of seats adjustment depend on the version chosen.
To move the seat forward and rearward (*) :
Use the adjustment bar located on the front part of the seat, under the
seating and grasp handle under instrument panel strip.
To tilt the seat (*) :
Use the lever located on the outboard side of the seat.
To change the seat back angle (if installed) :
Use the knurled knob located atthe bottom part on the inboard side of the
seat back.
(*) Lift up adjustment bar or lever to unlock; when in desired position,
release it and make sure it is locked.
REAR SEATS
- To remove rear seats, refer to Section 14 "Weight and Balance".
Rear seats are not adjustable.
HEAD-RESTS (if installed)
- To install, adjust and remove the head-rest, simply make it slide vertically.

7.23A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 31, 1997 7.23B

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

I
"STANDARD" VERSION: Fixed FWD back-rest - Pre-MOD.1S1
"OPTIONAL" VERSION Adjustable FWD back-rest - Pre-MOD.1S1

··LUXE·· AND
··EXECUTlVE·' VERSIONS

Adjustment at lumbar
level (if installed)

Alternative
procedure

Figure 7.9 - FRONT SEATS AND REAR SEAT

7.24 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

FRONT SEAT BEL T

MOVABLE STRAP
\
~ UNLOCKING
PUSH-BUTTON

~
RIGID STRAP J
ADJUSTMENT REAR SEAT BELT

UNLOCKING HANDLE

ADJUSTMENT

S~
ADJUSTABLE STRAP

ADJUSTABLE

REAR SEAT REEL BELT

Post-MOD. 151

SHOULDER HARNESS -.J PIN

UNLOCKING HANDLE

, ADJUSTMENT

L ADJUSTABLE STRAP

Figure 7.10 - SEAT BELTS

December 31, 1997 7.25

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

SEAT BELTS (see Figure 7.10)

RECOMMENDATIONS
Misuse of the safety belt may introduce a risk.
Be sure the belt is tightened when it is fastened.
To be effective, the seat belt shall not be twisted.
In any case and for all types of belts, check that they are not impeded in their
operation,
Further to a severe accident, replace the belts which were installed when the
accident happened.
Front seat belts
To lock them:
Engage movable strap into rigid strap up to clipping.

I Should a blocking occur during operation, slightly ease back [5 in. (10 cm)
approximately], then unwind strap again.
To unlock them:
Depress red unlocking push-button to free movable strap,
Rear seat belts
To lock them:
Engage both straps up to clipping.
Be sure the belt is properly tightened (adjustment is possible on both
straps).
To unlock them:
Pull on unlocking handle to release straps.
Post MOD.151
Rear seat reel belts
To lock them:
Engage reel shoulder harness rigid part on adjustable strap pin. Then
engage straps so attached in the locking handle up to clipping.
Be sure the belt is properly tightened.
To unlock thern :
Pull on unlocking handle to release straps.
Disengage shoulder harness rigid part from the pin.

7.26 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

o
Detail see \
FigureY.11A

OUVERT
OPEN AUF
,t2
FERME
(0!=======ll - CLOSED ZU

Figure 7.11 - DOORS OPENING AND CLOSING

IN EMERGENCY
KICK OUT HERE

I Figure 7.11A - EMERGENCY EXIT - Pre-MOD.151

December 31, 1997 7.27

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

DOORS AND EXITS (see Figure 7.11)

DOORS
To open them:
Push handle forward.
Lift the door at the location marked with a shaded arrow.
Follow door up to maximum position.
To close them:
Close the door and set handle to "Closed" position.
WARNING

PRIOR TO EACH FLIGHT, CHECK THAT BOTH CABIN

ACCESS DOORS ARE NOT KEY-LOCKED

CHECK THAT BOTH LOCKING HOOKS ARE

PROPERLY NOTCHED
EXITS
• Pre-MOD.151
In case of L.H. and R.H. doors locking, and if it is necessary to leave the
airplane in a hurry (risks of fire, drowning ... ), jettisson one or both rear
windows, kicking out at the location of the placard.
The placard (see Figure 7.11A) is located on both rear windows and is legible
from the inside of the airplane.

CONTROLS LOCK

A locking pin located in lateral case on pilot's side is provided to block the
control wheel.
To insert the blocking pin into the control wheel tube, pull the control wheel
backwards to approximately half-way and line up the tube hole with that of
the fixed part on the panel. The blocking pin will be inserted vertically from top
to bottom.
A safety device preventing the introduction of the magneto / start selector key
forbids operation of the engine with blocked control wheel.
Pull the blocking pin upwards to freethe control wheel and the magneto/ start
selector.

7.28 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

ENGINE
The TB 9 airplane is powered by a four-cylinder, horizontally opposed, direct
drive LYCOMING 0-320-D2A engine rated at 160 BHP at 2700 RPM. It is
provided with a starter, a 24-volt I 70-amp alternator, an all-weather
shielded ignition harness, two magnetos, a vacuum pump drive, a fuel pump
and a manifold air filter.
The engine cowl is a laminate cantilever structure, fixed on the firewall and
made of two elements. The upper cowl is fitted with an inspection door
provided to check oil level; it can also be fitted with an access door to the
propeller deicing fluid tank. The lower cowl is fitted with incorporated air
intakes and may be fitted with an inspection door to easy quick drain. Both
cowls are completely removable without requiring removal of the propeller.
The engine mount is made of steel tube, rigidly attached on firewall. Engine
attachment is provided by dynafocal mounting brackets to attenuate
vibrations.
Engine and accessories cooling is provided by a downwards airflow. Air
penetrates through holes located on each side of the propeller cone, is
guided around the engine by airproof deflectors, then conducted to two air
outlets located on the lower cowl.
Engine inlet air penetrates through an air intake located on the left side of the
lower cowl and goes directly through a filter, before being admitted in the air
duct under the carburetor. The air duct comprises an alternate air intake with
mechanical closing, the purpose of which is to supply the carburetor with
heated air when the airplane is involuntary in icing conditions.

December 31,1997 7.29

 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

The stainless steel exhaust system comprises a silencer with a heat

exchanger in order to provide cabin hot air supply. Exhaust gases are
evacuated through the exhaust duct at the basis of engine lower cowl, on
R.H. side.
In order to obtain the maximum engine periormance and T.B.O, the pilot
should apply the procedures recommended by Lycoming Operator's Manual
concerning the engine.
ENGINE CONTROLS
Engine power is controlled by the throttle (large black knob) located on the
control pedestal. In the forward position, the throttle is open (full power) ;
in the aft position, it is closed (engine idling).
The mixture is controlled by the mixture control (red notched knob)
located on R.H. side of the central pedestal. In the forward position, the
mixture is open (full rich) ; in the aft position, the mixture is closed (idle
cut-off).
The carburated air temperature is controlled by the carburetor heating
control (grey round knob) located on the control pedestal on the L.H. side.
If control lever is in forward position, the outside temperature air is carried
through the air filter to the carburetor, if in the aft position, exchanger
heated air, mixed with outside temperature air, is directly carried to the
carburetor.
Engine controls friction is controlled by a knurled knob located in the
alignment of the controls on the R.H. side of the pedestal.
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
Indicators enable the pilot to assure a permanent check of fuel pressure, oil
pressure, oil temperature, tachometer and (if installed) EGT and CHT.

I 7.30 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

IGNITION - STARTER SYSTEM

Engine ignition is provided by two magnetos on two spark plugs per cylinder.
The R.H. magneto fires the R.H. lower and L.H. upper spark plugs; the
L.H. magneto fires the L.H. lower and R.H. upper spark plugs .
• Ignition is controlled by a key-operated rotating selector, located on L.H. side
of the L.H. panel strip.
The selector operates clockwise: "OFF" ; "L.H." magneto; "R.H." magneto;
"L.H. + R.H." magnetos; "STARTER" by pushing.
CAUTION

RELEASE THE PRESSURE ON THE KEY

AFTER ENGINE STARTING
NEW ENGINE BREAK-IN AND OPERATION
The engine has undergone a break-in at the factory and is ready for the full
range of use. It is, however, recommended that cruising flights be
accomplished at 65 to 75 % until a total of 50 hours has accumulated or oil
consumption has stabilized.
However for new, remanufactured or recently overhauled engines, as well as
engines on which cylinders have been recently installed, it is required to
perform according to TEXTRON LYCOMING Service Bulletin No. 480 at last
revision the following inspections:
- an inspection within the 10 first flight hours,
- an inspection within the 25 following flight hours.
Use dispersant oil in compliance with Specification MIL-L-22851 only after
the first 50 hours.

December 31, 1997 7.31

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM

The engine is lubricated by an oil system powered by a pump located on
engine rear accessory housing. A sump located at the bottom of the engine
allowing oil recovery and two strainer type filters, one located in sump, the
other one located on engine rear accessory housing, complete the system.
As an option, the latter may be replaced by a cartridge type filter.
A pressure probe and a temperature probe transmitting the values to two
indicators located on upper edge of the console enable the pilot to check the
oil system.
An inspection door located on engine upper cowl provides access to oil
system filling port.
A dipstick attached on the port blanking cap enables to check oil level in the
sump. A union located under the engine case enables a quick drain of the
latter.
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
The engine is supplied with an air intake located on the L.H. side of the lower
cowling. This air intake is fitted with a filter which removes dust and other
foreign matters from the induction air so that they do not penetrate into the air
duct. However, in the event the air filter becomes blocked, place carburator
heating control in the ON position to open an alternate air door allowing airto
enter the engine.
For flights in sandy or dusty atmosphere, install a second specific filter.

I 7.32 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
"Z [:l
zO ";;1,=
>
OF 0
-(L
f-_
~

"0
>"
"- "
""0 c<
~
"
(Jcr: 0
z "0zO" ".
0_
~
< 0
0 ""Z "" "0
W(J "
"" ," 0 ~

.
o..zz 0' 00" <
0000 , -<-0 00" 00 "> < 00 0
"
•"
,0
W 0""
000
:l<3
c.
"~
" >
"" ""
z< ~
" "0
"" 0
~
o 0" ~" ~> 00 "0
Q cr:
W
"o
" 0

"
Z
""
00

"
"~
0

<
~
tii
I
I
I
I )~ I
f-

1/ ~
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
"
"
W
f-
--+-
I
I
~
~
--'
I
I o,
"-- 0
0 N
""

'\ "
0
00
00

"" ~
"'"
'"
0
"
-
0>
u:
'"
<Il "" ," o.
""
," """0 "oz ""z ""<
~"
Z"
'"0;
" •"" "z
0
f-
e"--' ""0 " "<
" u
0
" < ><
0" ~
~
"
"o " E
",w
(Jo ""
0
" ~
0
Z • 0

0•
00 O~gZ nr\l\lli00006L tl
00"
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

SUMP
PROPELLER DRAINING
UNION

SUMP

FILLING PORT
+ GAGE

SUMP
STRAINER

PRESSURE VALVE
COOLER (Calibrated ball)

-=-_---
'"
TEMPERATURE
PROBE

PUMP
THERI'o'lOSTATIC
VALVE
BREATHER

FILTER
CARTRIDGE

r-+~
I I r-~

;:~C'
FIREWALL
/ d, C C
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
\ \~ PRESSURE INDICATOR

PRESSURE LIGHT \ TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

Figure 7.12A - OIL SYSTEM WITH FILTER CARTRIDGE

7.34 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

INDICATORS MARKINGS

FILLING PORT WITH GAGE

GRADUATED IN US Qt
GROOVE DRAINING

I
CLIP

t
PAUSE

DRAINING UNION

Figure 7.12B - OIL SYSTEM

December 31, 1997 7.35

SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

CARBURETOR

ENGINE PRESSURE SWITCH

DRIVEN PUMP

PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER

BOOST PUMP

FIRE WALL

11-
PRESSURE INDICATOR

~,/
BOOST PUMP
INDICATOR
LIGHT f - ' - - - - - + I L.H. FUEL

/1=
QUANTITY INDICATOR
INSTRUMENT
PANEL \ I HH. FUEL
\I!~"-t,jl?/'f I __Q~UANTIY INDICATOR

LOW LEVEL
WARNING LIGHT
jI/
FILTER
( If inst,-"c"cd-;'___'--_--1I-__J

J1j
i•
LDQR:'EV~- ~-
,g

g
ceA"

FILTER
DETECTOR
{ if installed}

TRANSMITTER
j
"
~
FUEL SELECTOR
FUEL
SELECTOR
AIR VENT
VALVE

Figure 7.13 - FUEL SYSTEM

7.36 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust gas from each cylinder is collected by pipes to be conducted, in
order to reduce its noise level to an exhaust duct which vents it outboard on
R.H. side of lower engine cowl.

PROPELLER
The airplane is fitted with an all-metal, two-bladed fixed pitch propeller.

FUEL SYSTEM
The fuel system (see Figures 7.13 and 7.14) consists of two vented integral
fuel tanks (one in each wing), a selector valve, a filter, an auxiliary fuel pump
as well as an engine-driven fuel pump and a carburetor.
Engine-driven fuel pump suction draws fuel from L.H. or R.H. tank through
the three-position selector valve and a filter.
The selector valve is controlled through a knob labeled "FUEL SELECTOR",
The selector valve knob has following positions labeled: "CLOSED", "LEFT",
"RIGHT".
Then, the fuel goes through the auxiliary fuel pump (electric) and supplies the
engine fuel pump. The engine pump supplies fuel under pressure to the
carburetor.
Fuel quantities:
Total maximum: 41.7 U.S Gal (1581)
Total usable 40.2 U.S Gal (1521)
Unusable 1.6 U.S Gal (6 I)
In cruise flight, a continuation of fuel flow must be assured as the new tank is
being selected. When switching from onetanktothe other, placethe auxiliary
fuel pump switch momentarily in the "ON" position until normal fuel flow has
been restored.

December 31, 1997 7.37

SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

FUEL SELECTOR
LEFT RIGHT
20.1 US.GAL 201 US.GAL
USABLE USABLE

PRESS
TO CLOSE

I CLOSED I

KEY
I Red

D Green

r Alternative
L.H.fuel
q"",,; 7
tY
indicator

US. GAL
R H. fuel
quantity
indicator

~'-,

+
_3/4
15
FUEL FUEL _1/2 FUEL
PRESS PRESS 10 OTY
_1/4 5
_0
0.8

CD
Figure 7.14 - FUEL SYSTEM MARKINGS

7.38 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

Each fuel tank is equipped with its own venting system, which is essential to
fuel system operation. A plugged venting system will result in a decreasing
fuel flow from the respective fuel tank and eventual stoppage of the engine.
Venting is accomplished by a vent line which terminates at each wing lower
surface.
Fuel quantity is measured by four fuel quantity gages and is shown by two
fuel quantity indicators located on the upper portion of the central console.
Airplanes equipped with resistor/float gages
The float type gages, two on each wing, are attached tothe rear of the tanks.
Airplanes equipped with capacity gages
The capacity type gages, two on each wing, are attached to the rear of the
tanks, on the wing spar.
Fuel quantity measured by the gages is transmitted to the fuel quantity
indicators by agaging conditioner located under the seating of the rear bench
or, Post-MOD.151, the rear seats.
All
Indicators are calibrated at 1/4, 1/2,3/4 and 4/4, zero indicating an empty
tank. When the indicator pointer is set to zero, approximately 0.8 U.S. Gal
(3 litres) remains in the tank as unusable fuel.
The indicators cannot be relied upon for accurate readings during skids, slips
or unusual attitudes. If both indicator pointers should rapidly move to a zero,
check voltmeter and oil temperature indicators. If they are not indicating, an
electrical malfunction has occurred.
A low level warning light (if installed), located on the advisory panel, comes
on whenever fuel quantity, remaining in one of both tanks, (airplane in line of
• flight) reaches approximately 4.22 U.S. Gal (16 litres). In this configuration,
the warning light illumination is controlled by a low level detector, located in
each tank.
The auxiliary fuel pump is controlled by a switch-breaker located on front part
of pedestal.
An indicator light located on the advisory panel shows operation of the
auxiliary pump.

December 31, 1997 7.39

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

The fuel system is equipped with drain valves to provide a means for the
examination of the fuel in the system for contamination and grade. The
system should be drained every day before the first flight and after each
refueling by using the fuel sampler provided to drain fuel from the wing tank
sump drain and the fuel strainers drains. The fuel tank sump drains are
located just outboard of each main landing gear well and the fuel strainer
drain is located under the R.H. front fuselage, near its intersection with
R.H. wing.
The fuel tanks should be filled after each flight to minimize condensation,
respecting the weight and balance limits.
The tanks are provided with a gage visible from the filling port.
Fuel tanks are full (fuel level not marked on the gage) when fuel is at the level
of the filling port.

BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKING
Braking is provided by hydraulic disk brakes actuated by brake pedals
located on the L.H. station rudder pedals.
The R.H. station may also be equipped with brake pedals.
Differential braking helps to maneuver during taxiing:
L.H. pedal actuates the L.H. wheel brake,
R.H. pedal actuates the R.H. wheel brake.
PARKING BRAKE
Parking brake is constituted with a knob located on the lower section of
the L.H. strip, actuating a valve.
To apply the parking brake, depress the pedals and turn the parking brake
knob rightward.
To release the parking brake, depress the pedals and set knob again in its
vertical position (turn it leftward).
An indicator light located on the alarms panel shows the position of the
parking brake knob.
NOTE:
Operating the brake knob does not cause the parking brake to operate.

I 7.40 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

r
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR

POWER PLANT

MASTER
CYLINDER

BRAKE PEDAL

MICROSWITCH

VALVE

PARKING BRAKE INDICATOR

CONTROL KNOB LIGHT

~ BLEED DISK BRAKE

UNIT

Figure 7.15 - BRAKE SYSTEM (L.H. station only)

December 31, 1997 7.41
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

r
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR

POWER PLANT

MASTER
CYLINDER

BRAKE PEDAL

IvlICROSWITCH

VALVE

PARKING BRAKE INDICATOR

CONTROL KNOB LIGHT

BLEED DISK BRAKE

UNIT

Figure 7.15A - BRAKE SYSTEM (L.H. + R.H. stations) (if installed)

7.42 December 31, 1997
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The airplane is equipped with a 28-volt, direct-current electrical system (see
Figures 7.16 and 7.16A). A belt-driven 70-amp alternator installed on the
engine and a battery located in the engine compartment on firewall R.H. side
supply the system.
The alternator is controlled by an alternator control unit providing voltage
regulation, plus overvoltage sensing.
A "pull-off" type circuit breaker calibrated at 60 amps limits the alternator
electrical load to the battery and the networks.

I
ALTERNATOR CONTROL UNIT
The alternator control unit located on the firewall on cabin side provides the
alternator voltage regulation and overvoltage protection.
In the event of overvoltage, the alternator control unit cuts off the alternator

I
field and the amber (red on UK airplanes) warning light labelled "ALTr"
illuminates. In this case, only the battery powers the airplane mains.
The reset of the alternator control unit is operated by disconnecting and
closing the switch-breaker labelled "ALTr FLO".
MAIN SWITCH
Battery connection to the electrical network is rnade through the
switch-breaker labelled "MAIN SWITCH".
Before connecting ground power receptacle (if installed) on external power
unit, check that main switch is OFF.

December 31, 1997 7.43

Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

c ________________________________________________________________ ,

~.'$
~
~I
0,
_
:
em~'
CIRCUIT GREAKER
~C
$ "
A
ClrlCUIT BrlEAKErl
1GB)
~GI SWITCH-
BREAKER

~-"
~

-~
BATTERY

B
U
S

ADVISORY
PANEL

ALTERNATOR
OUTPUT
M

B
ALTErlNATOn
u
ALT, f------I s

STARTEP
RELAY
~ BUS 2
30A
2

B
U
",

a
7004 BUS 3
S

STARTER
?1 3

Figure 7.16 - TYPICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

7.44 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

r-~B ~.:; ~
_
Outside Air Temperature IOAT.)
Heated Pltot
""'"
Land"'9 Ilghl
Fuel pump
Compass lighllng Alii coder, VlSar Ilghllng,
Carburetor temperature, Flap conlrol, Flap
indicator, Stoll wornlng, Tachomoter. Advisory
panel, Engine controls

FIr"lghl
Llghte'
Integrated lighting
CObin blower
TaXI Ilqht
Turn and bank indicator
Intorcom Clock Ovorhcod light
Chronometer, Statler relay

HOrIZon

• < Recognition lights

Navlgallon LlghlS
Anti-colliSion Ilght(")
m~1 Hourmeter Converter 26V 1400Hz
Radiu blower Map reading light
3

rr RADIO MASTER

-'u- s:~
"~,
COI'o'l 2 (VHF 2) or COM2 I NAV2
NAV 2 NOR 2) or GPS
AUDIO (SPK) (MKR)

~
-~
~"
RADIO ~ Slorrnscope
MASTER s~
RELAYS '"
<~
'"'
XPDR

COM 1 (VHF') or COM1 :' NAV1

NAV 1 \VOR 1)
selector 1
AUDIO (PHONE)
• Fuse
Clock Memory

Figure 7.16A - TYPICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

December 31, 1997 7.45
Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

ALTERNATOR CONTROL
Located on the R.H. side of the main switch, the alternator switch-breaker
labelled "ALTr FLO" controls the operation of the alternator through the
regulator.
In the event of an alternator disconnection, should the flight be continued,
only the necessary electrical equipment will be used.

I The opening of "BAT" and "ALTr FLO" pull-off type circuit breakers in flight
cuts off simultaneously all electrical power supplies.
AVIONICS POWER SWITCH (if installed)
A switch labelled ''RADIO MASTER" is installed on R.H. side of the L.H. strip
to control power supply to avionics and enables automatic disconnection of
avionics systems when the engine starts, or manual disconnection during
abnormal conditions.
When the switch is in OFF position, no electrical power will be applied to the
avionics equipment. The avionics power switch "RADIO MASTER" should
be placed in the OFF position prior to turning main switch ON or OFF, or
applying an external power source and may be utilized in place of the
individual avionics equipment switches .
• Pulling off the "R.M. SWITCH" circuit breaker enables to inhibit the "RADIO
MASTER" switch operation, and so to recover the power supply of the radio
set in case of faulty operation of the "RADIO MASTER" switch.
"RADIO MASTER" function does not concern some optional equipment such
as electric trim, autopilot, HF transceiver...

7.46 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

VOLTMETER
A voltmeter is incorporated to the engine control instruments module, located
on the upper part of the console, to monitor electric generation system
efficiency.
With the alternator operating, the indication must stabilize in the green
sector.
With the alternator off, indication may go down to the yellow sector.
If indication is within lower red sector, remove and charge the battery.
If indication is within the upper red sector with the alternator operating, the
regulator has to be adjusted.

RED_-+
-31

GREEN_-+·I -28

-26
YELLOW _--+. [
-24

-22
RED--+
-20

20 - 31

Figure 7.17 - VOLTMETER MARKING

AMMETER (if installed - standard equipment for "BRAZIL")

The ammeter indicates current flow, in amperes, from the alternator to the
battery, or from the battery to the electrical system. With the engine operating
and master switch "ON", the ammeter indicates the rate of charge being
applied to the battery.

December 31, 1997 7.47

 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND FUSES

Most of electrical circuits are protected by circuit breakers installed on the
L.H. side panel, adjacent to the pilot. Should an overload occur on a circuit,
the circuit breaker trips and will switch oft the circuit. Allow it to cool for three
• minutes approximately, then the circuit breaker may be closed again
(pressed down).
Avionics equipment are protected by circuit breakers grouped in the lower
part of the L.H. side circuit breakers panel.
In addition to protection of the alternator supply with a 60-amp pull-off type
circuit breaker labelled "ALTr", the following pull-off type circuit breakers
have been installed:
70 A labelled "BAT" between battery and network
30 A labelled "BUS 1" on bus bar 1 supply
30 A labelled "BUS 2" on bus bar 2 supply
30 A labelled "BUS 3" on bus bar 3 supply
These five pull-off type circuit breakers are manually-operated and can
isolate the various sources or bus bars.
Fuses located on L.H. firewall door protect following circuits (from left to
right) :
• Upper row: advisory panel, spare, advisory panel, compass
lighting (if installed), overhead light (if installed),
starter relay, electric tachometer,
and if installed: carburetor temperature, RMI, converter
26 V / 400 Hz, radio fan, spare.
• Lower row: engine monitoring cluster, engine monitoring cluster,
spare, flaps indicator, flaps control, stall warning,
visor lighting (if installed),
and if installed: chronometer, intercom, clock, alti-coder, map light,
spare, hourmeter, spare.

7.48 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

• "ALT," WARNING LIGHT (LOW VOLTAGE)

Anytime electrical system voltage falls below approximately 26 volts, as
directly sensed by the distribution systems, an amber (red on UK airplanes)
• warning light labelled "ALTr" illuminates on advisory panel to warn the pilot.
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE (if installed)
A ground power receptacle permits the use of an external power source for
cold weather starting and during maintenance work on the airplane electrical
system. Details of the ground power receptacle are presented in Section 17
"Supplements" .

IFR AND NIGHT VFR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (if installed)

See Section 17 "Supplements".

LIGHTING SYSTEMS (if installed)

EXTERIOR LIGHTING
• Pre-MOD.1S1
Basic exterior lighting consists of conventional navigation lights located on
the wing tips and tail cone, a landing light and a taxi light mounted on the
L.H. wing leading edge.
The airplane may beequippedwith an anticollision assembly, including alight
on each wing tip and, as a replacement forthe navigation light atthetail cone
end, if required, with a double-function light (navigation light I strobe light).
Post-MOD.1S1
Basic exterior lighting consists of :
a unit located on each wing tip including side and rear navigation lights, as
well as an anticollision light,
a landing light and a taxi light installed in the L.H. wing leading edge.
The airplane may be equipped, on each wing tip, with a recognition light.
All
In addition to the navigation lights, the exterior lighting may include a strobe
light installed on the vertical stabilizer and under the fuselage.

December 31, 1997 7.49

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

Lighting controls:
The switch-breakers, located on the central pedestal front part
(see Figure 7.58), control the lighting of the landing and taxi lights, the
navigation lights and anticollision lights.
NOTE:
The amperage of the wing tip anticollision light switch-breaker is increased
when the airplane is equipped with the tail cone strobe light.
A switch, located on the circuit breaker panel (see Figure 7.6), controls the
strobe light illumination. This circuit is protected by a circuit breaker located
on the left of the switch .
• Anticollision lights and strobe lights should not be used when flying through
clouds or overcast, the flashing light reflected from water droplets or particles
in the atmosphere, particularly at night, can produce vertigo and loss of
orientation.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Instrument panel and control panels lighting is provided by integral, flood,
post lights and electroluminescent lighting. Two lighting control knobs are
grouped together on the L.H. part of the L.H. instrument panel.
These two controls vary the intensity of all instrument panel and L.H. sidewall
• circuit breakers panellightings, except for the overhead light. The following
paragraphs describe the function of these controls.
Lighting controls:
They allow the operating from down to up of :
"Normal" control which controls and modulates L.H. and R.H. instrument
panels visors lighting.
"Radio and instruments" control (if installed) which controls and
modulates console visor lighting, instruments and equipment on
instrument panel and circuit-breakers panel.

I
Post-MOD.151
"Emergency" control which modulates lighting of overhead lights
controlled by rotating them.

7.50 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

NOTE:

I Both "normal" and "radio and instruments" controls and, Post-MOD. 151.
the "emergency" control operate and modulate lighting ; from high
position "OFF", turn clockwise for "FULL INTENSITY OPERATION" then
still clockwise, modulate towards "MINIMUM INTENSITY': turn back to
"OFF" position turning counterclockwise.

I
A courtesy light is installed in the cabin headliner, in front of the air outlets, to
facilitate boarding or deplaning the airplane during night operations. The light
circuit requires power to be applied to the main electrical system bus bars for
operation (Main switch ON).
This light is controlled by a toggle switch integrated to the light.
A maps reading light may be installed on the bottom of the control's wheel,
This light illuminates the lower portion of the cabin in front of the pilot and is
used for reading maps and other flight data during night operation. It is
controlled by a switch located on the right horn of the pilot's control wheel.

DEMISTING, AIR REGULATION, VENTILATION,

FIRE CUT-OFF
The temperature and air flow to the cabin are regulated by the air regulation
system and the air outlets (see Figure 7.18).
DEMISTING
The air intake located on the L.H. side of the propeller cone provides air
supply to the exchanger located around the exhaust duct, the heated air
supplies a box located aft of the firewall (in front of front passenger's feet).
This box may be shut off by a fire cut-off shutter and allows air distribution on
both sides of the windshield.
Hot air flow is regulated from the control panel located on R.H. side of
instrument panel strip.

December 31,1997 7.51

Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

AIR REGULATION
Hot air
Comes from the exchanger (located around exhaust duct).
This heated air supplies a cabin air mixer located aft of the firewall (in front of
front passenger's feet).
The hot airflow supplying this mixer is regulated by a fire cut-off shutter from
the control panel located on R.H. portion of the instrument panel strip.
Cold air
Comes from R.H. NACA. This cold air supplies cabin air mixer through the
central knob of the control panel.
Hot I cold air mixing in cabin air mixer
Hot and cold airflows in cabin air mixer are actuated through a single control.
Regulation is obtained by moving the control ; rightwards air becomes
warmer, leftwards air becomes colder, fully moved to the left in fire cut-off
position for the cabin.
Distribution of regulated air
The mixed airtlow in the cabin air mixer is regulated by a shutter before being
distributed in the cabin towards pilot's feet, front and rear passengers' feet
and in upper part of rear seat back-rest.

7.52 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

Air intake

Pilot's feet Exhaust muffler!

exchanger

Cabin alf mixer

Air intake

Windshield
t1
---- Air intake
demisling
Front passenger's
Radio ventilation feet
Air outlet Air outlet

Little window Cabin air selector

( if installed)
Little window
Rear passenger's ( If installed)
feet
:1 __- Scoop
-----1:
I I I I I "'" I I I I
Scoop f-:-H-HtH-:-+-:--: ( if installed)
( if installed) I
\.L_~
I I I I
~L,._
"'"
~~
I I

'-~

Rear regulated
air outlet

.-
Key
¢oD Cold air CABIN AIR FLO\','

+
Hot air +

Regulated air
Cabm air selector

Figure 7.18 - DEMISTING, AIR REGULATION, VENTILATION, CUT-

OFF SYSTEM

I December 31, 1997

Revision 1
Pre-MOD.151 7.53
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

.[!~ Air intake

~ Exhaust muffler/
exchanger

Cabin air mixer

l
~;:
Air outlet Air outlet

1 "
I H_>-<
I I 1
I
Cabin air selector
I,: : : : I
~

-+.;.::. .,
, ______ J

Rear passenger's
feet

Blower
( if installed)

Rear air intake

( fin root)

.-
Key
<?D Cold air
+
DE'.' ST"JC
Hot air C~"'N ILMPLHAIUHL
+

Regulated air
Cabin air selector

Figure 7.18A - DEMISTING, AIR REGULATION, VENTILATION, CUT-

OFF SYSTEM

7.53A Post-MOD.151 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

December 31, 1997 7.53B

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

VENTILATION
Low ventilation
See "Cold air" and "Distribution of regulated air" of the previous
"AIR REGULATION" paragraph.
High ventilation
Pilot + front passenger
Air (at outside temperature) coming from NACA L.H. and R.H. air intakes
supplies two swivelling air outlets which airflow may be regulated, located
on both parts of the instrument panel strip .
• Pre-MOD.151
A little window may be installed on the access doors to facilitate high
ventilation for pilot and front passenger.
Rear passengers
• Pre MOD.151
A swivelling scoop may be installed on rear windows to facilitate high
ventilation for rear passengers.
Post MOD.151
An air intake (at outside temperature), located at the bottom part of the fin,
supplies two air outlets (swivelling and with adjustable airflow) installed on
the upper duct.
A blower (if installed) attached on aft face of the baggage compartment
(former 6) and picking up outside air in aft fuselage permits to accelerate
the cool airflow at rear seats. The blower switch is located on the upper
duct, in front of air outlets (see Figure 7.4A).
FIRE CUT -OFF
CAUTION

TO PROVIDE THE CUT -OFF OPERATION, BOTH "DEMISTING" AND

"CABIN TEMPERATURE" CONTROLS MUST BE POSITIONED FULLY
TO THE LEFT

7.54 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

AIRSPEED INDICATING SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS

The airspeed indicating system (see Figure 7.19) supplies pitot air pressure
to the airspeed indicator or to the true airspeed indicator and a static air
pressure to the airspeed indicator orto the true airspeed indicator, the vertical
speed indicator (if installed) and the altimeter.
The system consists of a pitot, which can be heated, located on the lower
surface of the L.H. wing, two static ports located on L.H. and R.H. side of aft
fuselage, a static system drain located on the wings splicing.
The pitot heating system (if installed) is controlled by a switch-breaker
located on the central pedestal.
The alternate static source (if installed) is controlled by a knob located on the
L.H. strip, this knob controls a valve which supplies static pressure from
inside the cabin.
Refer to Sections 3 "Emergency procedures" and 5 "Periormance" of this
manual for the pressure variations influence on instruments indication.
When stopped, protect the static ports and pitot with covers.
TRUE AIRSPEED INDICATOR (if installed)
The true airspeed indicator is fitted with a rotable ring which works in
conjunction with its dial in a manner similar to a flight computer.
To set the indicator, first rotate the ring until pressure altitude is aligned with
outside air temperature.
To obtain pressure altitude, set the barometric scale of the altimeter
to 29.92 in.Hg (1013.2 hPa) and read pressure altitude. Pressure altitude
should not be confused with QNH altitude.
Having set the ring to correct for altitude and temperature, read the true
airspeed shown on the ratable ring by the indicator pointer.

December 31, 1997 7.55

SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

,0 0
.~\ L--r------ AIt;metec
Vertical speed indicator (if installed)
Airspeed indicator or true airspeed indicator

Airspeed indicator or Vertical speed

true airspeed indicator indicator
(if installed)

Pitot / - -1-7- Drain

Altimeter

Slatic port
KEY.

Dynamic system
Static system

Figure 7.19 - AIRSPEED INDICATING STANDARD SYSTEM

7.56 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

Altimeter n° 2
o

~
C Altimeter n° 1
• Vertical speed indicator
Airspeed indicator or true airspeed indicator
Alternate static source valve
Airspeed indicator or Vertical speed
true airspeed indicator indicator

Alternate slatic
source valve Altimeter n° 2

~-h/

Pitot ~ Drain

Altimeter n° 1

Static port KEY:

Dynamic system
Static system
Figure 7.19A - AIRSPEED INDICATING SYSTEM WITH
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE

December 31, 1997 7.57

SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (if installed)

The vertical speed indicator depicts airplane rate of climb or descent in feet
per minute. The pointer is actuated by atmospheric pressure changes
resulting from changes of altitude as supplied by the static source.
ALTIMETER
Airplane altitude is depicted by a barometric type altimeter. A knob near the
lower left portion of the indicator provides adjustment of the instrument
barometric scale to the current altimeter setting.
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE (if installed)
A two position selector allows the normal static source system of the airplane
to be isolated in case of clogging or icing of static ports.
The ON position ("PULL") of the alternate static source valve admits cabin
static pressure to the static system (see Figure 7.19A).

7.58 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

VACUUM SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS

The airplane may be fitted with a vacuum system (see Figures 7.20
• and 7.20A) providing the suction necessary to operate an attitude gyro
indicator and heading indicator.
The system consists of an engine-driven vacuum system, a vacuum relief
valve and an air filter installed between the firewall and instrument panel,
vacuum-operated instruments installed on L.H. instrument panel and a
vacuum gage installed on L.H. panel strip, near the pilot's control wheel.
The system may be provided with an alarm, red warning light labelled
• "GYRO SUeT" on the advisory panel ; this warning light indicating an
insufficient suction illuminates between 3 and 3.5 in.Hg.

I
ATTITUDE GYRO INDICATOR (if installed)
The attitude gyro indicator gives a visual indication of flight attitude. Bank
attitude is presented by an index at the top of the indicator relative to the bank
scale which has index marks at 10°, 20°, 30°, 60° and 90° either side of the
center mark.
Pitch and roll attitudes are presented by a miniature airplane superimposed
over a symbolic horizon area divided into two sections by a white horizon bar.
The upper "sky blue" area and the lower "ground" area have arbitrary pitch
reference lines useful for pitch attitude control.
A knob at the bottom of the instrument is provided for inflight adjustment of
the miniature airplane to the horizon bar for a more accurate flight attitude
indication.

December 31, 1997 7.59

Revision 1
 SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

( Regulating valve)

VACUUM GAGE

• I t
ATTITUDE GYRO
INDICATOR

t
B)oi-~:t4'r ~
I

:t
FILTER
....

(if installed)
_-.;~
~
0 "

-
- - ..
I
000
I
I
/

L
000 --

'" 000 """

AIR FILTER

HEADING INDICATOR

l 11\

ENGINE VACUUM PUMP

VENT LINE

KEY

Vacuum
_ _ _ _ Inlet air

I Discharge air

Figure 7.20 - VACUUM SYSTEM (With heading indicator)

7.60 December 31, 1997
Revision 1
 SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

VACUUM RELIEF VALVE

( Regulating valve)

ATTITUDE GYRO
I INDICATOR

-
---.,
I :,•
• •••
-" " ,
000
000
-
/
~

AIR FILTER
"

I~
l VENT LINE

ENGINE VACUUM PUMP , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,

KEY

Vacuum

-- -- Inlel air

Discharge air
I
Figure 7.20A - VACUUM SYSTEM (Without heading indicator)
December 31, 1997 7.61
Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

HEADING INDICATOR (if installed)

The heading indicator displays airplane heading on a compass card in
relation to a fixed simulated airplane image and index. The heading indicator
will precess slightly over a period of time. Therefore, the compass card
should be set in accordance with the magnetic compass just prior to take-off
and regularly re-adjusted on extended flights. A knob on the lower leff edge
of the instrument is used to adjust the compass card to correct for any
precession.
VACUUM GAGE (if installed)
Thevacuum gage is calibrated in inches of mercury and indicates the suction
available for operation of the attitude and heading indicators. The desired
suction range is 4.4 to 5.2 in.Hg.
A suction reading out of this range may indicate a system malfunction or
improper adjustment, and in this case, the indicators should not be
considered reliable.

AUTOPILOTS
Refer to Section 9 "Supplements".

STALL WARNING SYSTEM

The airplane is equipped with a vane-type stall warning unit in the leading
edge of the left wing. The unit is electrically connected to an aural warning.
The vane in the wing senses the change in airflow over the wing and operates
the warning unit, which produces a discontinuous tone on the buzzer located
on the upper duct. This warning tone begins between 5 and 10 knots above
the stall in all configurations.
The stall warning system should be checked during the preflight inspection
by momentarily turning on the battery switch and actuating the vane in the
wing. The system is operational if a discontinuous bell of the buzzer is heard.

7.62 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

STATIC DISCHARGERS (if installed)

As an aid in IFR flights, wick-type static dischargers are installed to improve

radio communications during flight through dust or various forms of
precipitation (rain, snow or ice crystals).
Under these conditions, the build-up and discharge of static electricity from
the trailing edges of the wings (flaps and ailerons), rudder, stabilator,
propeller tips and radio antennas can result in loss of usable radio signals on
all communications and navigation radio equipment. Usually, the ADF is first
to be affected and VHF communication equipment is the last to be affected.
Installation of static dischargers reduces interierence from precipitation
static, but it is possible to encounter severe precipitation static conditions
which might cause the loss of radio signals, even with static dischargers
installed. Whenever possible, avoid known severe precipitation areas to
prevent loss of dependable radio signals. If avoidance is impractical,
minimize airspeed and anticipate temporary loss of radio signals while in
these areas.

RADIO EQUIPMENT

Refer to Section 9 "Supplements".

TURN AND BANK INDICATOR (if installed)

The bank indicator located under the airspeed indicator or the true airspeed
indicator may be replaced by a turn and bank indicator; it is controlled by a
switch-breaker located in front of the pedestal and labelled
"TURN COORD.".

CLEAR-VISION WINDOW (if installed)

In case a lot of mist appears on the windshield, turn both clear-vision window
attachment knobs upwards and tilt window downwards.
NOTE:
Close the clear-vision window and lock it with both knobs prior to opening
"gull-wing" access door.

December 31, 1997 7.63

SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

SUN VISOR (if installed)

To remove sun visor, firmly pull downwards the foamed attachment pin.
Up to S / N 1115, the attachment pin is equipped (in its upper part) with an
adjusting screw which provides friction on arm swivelling. After adjustment,
lock the screw using varnish.
From S / N 1116, an adjusting knurled knob located under the attachment pin
stiffens sun visor arm rotation without removing the pin.
To reinstall the sun visor, hit it firmly upwards, at the base of the foamed
attachment pin.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER (if installed)

The fire extinguisher is located under L.H. front seat. It is accessible by

moving the seat full backwards. It is attached on the floor by means of a
quick-disconnect clamp. A pressure gage allows checking the fire
extinguisher condition, follow the recommendations indicated on the
extinguisher.

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (if installed)

The airplane may be equipped with an emergency locator transmitter, which

enables to locate it in case of distress. It is located in the baggage
compartment.
The emergency locator transmitter assembly is constituted of a transmitter
supplied by a battery, of a retractable antenna integrated in the locator
transmitter and allowing use of the latter outside the airplane and of a remote
control located on the instrument panel.
Operation of the emergency locator transmitter is obtained as follows:
from the instrument panel by setting "ELT" remote control switch to ON or
MAN position (locator transmitter "MANU-OFF-AUTO" or
"MAN/RESET -OFF-AUTO" control switch in stand-by on AUTO
position),
from the locator transmitter by setting its "MANU-OFF-AUTO" or
"MAN/RESET -OFF-AUTO" control switch to MANU or MAN/RESET
position,
automatically in case of shock, when both switches are set to AUTO.

7.64 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 7
MODEL TB 9 DESCRIPTION

When locator transmitter "MANU-OFF-AUTO" or

"MAN/RESET -OFF-AUTO" switch is set to OFF, transmission is
impossible.
"XMIT ALERT" indicator light (if installed) located above "ELT" remote control
switch indicates to the pilot the emergency locator transmitter is transmitting.
Reset after an inadvertent activation
ELT 90 (EUROCAEl - ELT 91 (TSO)

1) Set ELT switch to "MAN/RESET" a) The ELT keeps on

or remote control switch to "MAN", transmitting emergency
signal.
b) On remote control, the "XMIT
ALERT" red warning light
remains on.
c) On ELT, the red warning light
remains on.

2) Set again ELT switch or remote a) The ELT does not transmit
control switch to "AUTO". emergency signal any longer.
b) On remote control, the "XMIT
ALERT' red warning light
goes off.
c) On ELT, the red warning light
goes off.

ELT 96 (EUROCAE) - ELT 97 (TSO)

1) Set ELT switch to "MAN/RESET', a) The ELT does not transmit

then to "AUTO" or press push emergency signal any longer.
button "AUTO TEST/RESET' on b)
the remote control. On remote control and on
ELT switch, the "XMIT
ALERT' red warning light
illuminates during 2 seconds,
then goes off.

JE2, ELT 10 AND POINTER 3000

On ELT, press on button "RESET'.

December 31,1997 7,65

Revision 1
SECTION 7 SOCATA
DESCRIPTION MODEL TB 9

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

7.66 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

SECTION 8
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MAINTENANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL 8.3
IDENTIFICATION PLATE 8.3
PUBLICATIONS 8.4
INSPECTION PERIODS 8,4
ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS. 8.4
GROUND HANDLING ................................... 8.5
TOWING. 8.5
PARKING 8.5
TIE-DOWN. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8.7
JACKING ............................................. 8.7
LEVELING.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8.7
FLYABLE STORAGE 8.7
LONG TERM STORAGE WITHOUT FLYING POSSIBILITY. 8.8

SERVICING. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8.8
MAINTENANCE. 8.8
ENGINE OIL . 8.9
FUEL................................................ 8.11
LANDING GEAR ........................................ 8.16

December 31, 1997 8.1

SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

Page

AIRPLANE CLEANING AND CARE. 8.17

WINDOWS AND WINSHIELD ............................... B.17
PAINTED SURFACES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.17
PROPELLER CARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.18
ENGINE CARE 8.18
INTERIOR CARE. 8.18

8.2 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

GENERAL
This section contains the procedures recommended by SQCATA for the
proper ground handling and routine care and servicing of your SOCATA
Model TB 9 airplane. Also included in this section are the inspection and
maintenance requirements which must be followed if your airplane isto retain
its performance and dependability.
It is recommended that a planned schedule of lubrication and preventive
maintenance be followed, and that this schedule be tailored tothe climatic or
flying conditions to which the airplane is subjected.
For this, see Manufacturer's Maintenance Manual.

IDENTIFICATION PLATE
All correspondence regarding your airplane should include its serial number.
This number together with the model number, type certificate number and
production certificate number are stamped on the identification plate
attached to the rear part of the fuselage beneath the horizontal stabilizer.

December 31, 1997 8,3

SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

PUBLICATIONS
When the airplane is delivered from the factory, it is supplied with a
Pilot's Operating Handbook and supplemental data covering optional
equipment installed in the airplane.
In addition, the owner may purchase the following:
Maintenance Manual
Illustrated Parts Catalog
Price Catalog
Labor Allowance Guide

• CAUTION

PILOT'S OPERATING HANDBOOK MUST ALWAYS

BE IN THE AIRPLANE

INSPECTION PERIODS
Refer to regulations in force in the certification country for information
concerning preventive maintenance which is to be carried out by pilots.
A maintenance Manual should be obtained prior to performing any
preventive maintenance to ensure that proper procedures are followed.
Maintenance must be accomplished by licensed personnel.

ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS
It is essential that the Airworthiness authorities be contacted prior to any
alterations or repairs on the airplane to ensure that airworthiness of the
airplane is not violated. Alterations or repairs must be accomplished by
licensed personnel.

8,4 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

GROUND HANDLING
TOWING
CAUTION

USING THE PROPELLER FOR GROUND HANDLING COULD RESULT

IN SERIOUS DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY IF PRESSURE OR PULL IS
EXERTED ON BLADE TIPS
The airplane should be moved on the ground with the aid of nose gear strut
fork tow bar which is stowed in the baggage compartment or with a vehicle
which will not damage the nose gear steering device or exert excessive loads
on the latter.
CAUTION

DO NOT TOW THE AIRPLANE WHEN CONTROLS ARE

LOCKED

WHEN TOWING WITH A VEHICLE, DO NOT EXCEED THE NOSE

GEAR TURNING ANGLE, OR DAMAGE TO THE GEAR AND
STEERING DEVICE WILL RESULT
(see Figure 8.2)
PARKING
When parking the airplane, head into the wind. Do not set the parking brake
when brakes are overheated or during cold weather when accumulated
moisture may freeze the brakes. Care should be taken when using the
parking brake for an extended period of time during which an airtemperature
rise or drop could cause difficulty in releasing the parking brake or damage
the brake system.

December 31, 1997 8,5

SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

2.2° , 18°30'
1----
,

,
1

L.H. STOP - - - - - I ~ R.H. STOP

,

Figure 8.2 - TURNING ANGLE LIMITS

8,6 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

For long term parking, blanking covers (static ports, pitot), cockpit cover,
tie-downs, wheel chocks and control wheel lock are recommended. In
severe weather and high wind conditions, tie the airplane down as outlined in
the following paragraph.
TIE-DOWN
Proper tie-down procedure is the best protection against damage to the
parked airplane by gusty or strong winds. To tie-down the airplane securely,
proceed as follows:
Install control wheel lock.
Chock all wheels.
Tie sufficiently strong ropes or chains to hold airplane back; insert a rope
in each tie-down hole located on flaps hinge arms and in rear tie-down
fitting, located under horizontal stabilizer; secure each rope to a ramp
tie-down.
Check that doors are closed and locked.
JACKING
When it is necessary to jack the airplane off the ground or when jacking points
are used, refer to Maintenance Manual for specific procedures and
equipment required.
LEVELING
Level the airplane as described in Maintenance Manual.
FLYABLE STORAG E
Airplanes placed in storage for a maximum of 30 days or those which receive
only intermittent use for the first 25 hours are considered in flyable storage.
Every seventh day during these periods, the propeller should be rotated by
hand through several revolutions. This action "limbers" the oil and prevents
any accumulation of corrosion on engine cylinder walls.

December 31, 1997 8,7

SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

CAUTION

CHECK THAT THE MAGNETO SELECTOR IS OFF, THE THROTTLE

IS CLOSED, THE MIXTURE CONTROL IS IN THE IDLE CUT -OFF
POSITION, AND THE AIRPLANE IS SECURED BEFORE ROTATING
THE PROPELLER BY HAND, DO NOT STAND WITHIN THE ARC OF
THE PROPELLER BLADES WHILE TURNING THE PROPELLER
After 30 days in storage, the airplane should be flown for at least 30 minutes,
or a ground run up should be made just long enough to produce an oil
temperature within the lower green arc range. Avoid prolonged run ups.
Engine runup helps to eliminate excessive accumulations of water in thefuel
system and other air spaces in the engine. Keep fuel tanks full to minimize
condensation in the tanks. Keep the battery fully charged to prevent the
electrolyte from freezing in cold weather.
LONG TERM STORAGE WITHOUT FLYING POSSIBILITY
Refer to Maintenance Manual for the procedures to follow.

SERVICING

MAINTENANCE
In addition to the preflight inspection in Section 4, servicing, inspection, and
test requirements for your airplane are detailed in the Maintenance Manual.
Maintenance Manual outlines all items which require attention at 50, 100,
400,500 and 1000 hours intervals plus those items which require servicing,
inspection or testing at special intervals, first 25 flight hours, yearly
inspection, major inspection.

8,8 December 31, 1997

 SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

ENGINE OIL

• CAUTION

I
DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT BRANDS OR TYPES OF OIL
Grade and Viscosity for temperature range (Reference: TEXTRON
LYCOMING Service Bulletin No. 480 at last revision) :

Outside MIL-L-60B2 Spec. MIL-L-22B51 Spec.

Air Mineral Grades Dispersant Grades
Temperatures 50 first hours after 50 hours
All temperatures SAE 1SNSO or SAE 20WEfJ
Above BO°F (27°C) SAE 60 SAE 60
Above 60°F (15°C) SAE 50 SAE 40 or SAE 50
30°F (_loG) to gO°F (32°C) SAE 40 SAE 40
OaF (-lB°C) to 70°F (21°C) SAE 30 SAE 30, SAE 40
or SAE 20W40
OaF (-lB°C) to gO°F (32°C) SAE 20WSO or SAE 15W50
Below 10°F (-12°C) SAE 20 SAE 30 or SAE 20W30

NOTE:
This airplane was delivered from the factory with a corrosion-preventive
aircraft engine oil. If oil must be added during the first 50 hours, use only
aviation grade straight mineral oil conforming to specification MIL-L-6082.
Capacity of engine sump: 8 U.S. qt (7.6 litres)
Do not operate on less than 4 U.S. qt (3.8 litres). To minimize loss of
oil through breather, fill to 6 U.S. qt (5.7 litres) for normal flights of less
than 3 hours. For extended flights, fill to 8 U.S. qt (7.6 litres). These
quantities refer to oil dipstick level readings.
For engines equipped with the cartridge filter option, during filter drainage or
replacement, add 0.45 U.S. qt (0.4 litres) of oil for the filter.
NOTE:
Total capacity of the system: 8A5 US. qt (8 litres).

December 31, 1997 8,9

Revision 1
 SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

Oil and oil filter change:

l
in addition to the preflight inspection in Section 4, servicing, inspection, and
test requirements for your airplane are detailed in the Maintenance Manual.
Change engine oil at least every 4 months even though less than the
recommended hours have accumulated. Reduce intervals for prolonged
operation in dusty areas, cold climates, or even when short flights and long
idle periods result in sludging conditions.

I
The TB 9 airplane is equipped with a strainer. To have a 50-hour drain cycle,
instead of a 25-hour one, the oil system can be fitted with a cartridge type
filter - see SOCATA Service Letter No. SL 10-031-79.

8,10 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

FUEL
Approved fuel grades (and colors)
100 LL Grade Aviation Fuel (Blue)
100 Grade Aviation Fuel (Formerly 100/130) (Green).
CAUTION

NEVER FLY THE AIRPLANE WITH CONTAMINATED (WATER, SAND,

RUST, DUSL) OR UNAPPROVED FUEL
NOTE:
Isopropyl alcohol or ethylene glycol monomethyl ether may be added to the
fuel supply in quantities not to exceed 1 % or O. 15 % by volume, respectively,
of the total. Refer to "Fuel Additives" paragraph hereafter for additional
information.
Capacity each tank: 20.9 U.S Gal (79 I)
NOTE:
Service the fuel system after each flight and keep fuel tanks fuff to minimize
condensation in the tanks, respecting weight and balance limits.
WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE ANY AVIONICS OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
ON THE AIRPLANE DURING FUELING, DO NOT ALLOW OPEN
FLAME OR SMOKING IN THE VICINITY OF THE AIRPLANE WHILE
FUELING

DURING ALL FUELING OPERATIONS, FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

MUST BE AVAILABLE; ATTACH GROUNDING WIRE TO ANGLE (IF
INSTALLED) ON UPPER SURFACE OF WING NEAR THE CAP; IN
CASE THERE IS NO ANGLE, ATTACH CABLE TO A METALLIC PART
OF THE AIRPLANE WHICH IS NOT PAINTED

December 31, 1997 8,11

SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

Fuel additives
Strict adherence to recommended preflight draining instructions as called for
in Section 4 will eliminate any free water accumulations from the tank sumps.
While small amounts afwater may still remain in solution in the gasoline, itwill
normally be consumed and go unnoticed in the operation of the engine.
One exception to this can be encountered when operating under the
combined effect of use of certain fuels, with high humidity conditions on the
ground followed by flight at high altitude and low temperature. Under these
unusual conditions, small amounts of water in solution can precipitate from
the fuel stream and freeze in sufficient quantities to induce partial icing of the
engine fuel system.
While these conditions are quite rare and will not normally pose a problem to
owners and operators, they do exist in certain areas of the world and
consequently must be dealt with, when encountered.
Therefore, to alleviate the possibility of fuel icing occurring under these
unusual conditions, it is permissible to add isopropyl alcohol or ethylene
glycol monomethyl ether (EGME) compound to the fuel supply.
The introduction of alcohol or EGME compound into the fuel provides two
distinct effects:
it absorbs the dissolved water from the fuel
alcohol has a freezing temperature lowering effect.
Alcohol, if used, is to be mixed with the fuel in a concentration of 1 % by
volume. Concentrations greater than 1 % are not recommended since they
can be detrimental to fuel tank materials.
The manner in which the alcohol is added to the fuel is significant because
alcohol is most effective when it is completely dissolved in the fuel.

8,12 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION B
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

To ensure proper mixing, the following is recommended:

For best results, the alcohol should be added during the fueling operation
by pouring the alcohol directly on the fuel stream issuing from the fueling
nozzle.
An alternate method that may be used is to premix the complete alcohol
dosage with some fuel in a separate clean container (approximately 2
to 3 U.S. Gal - 7to 11 litres) and then transferring this mixture to thetank
prior to the fueling operation.
Any high quality isopropyl alcohol may be used, such as anti-icing fluid or
isopropyl alcohol (Federal specification TT-I-735a). Figure 8.3 provides
alcohol - fuel mixing ratio information.
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether (EGME) compounds, in compliance with
MIL-I-27686, if used, must be carefully mixed with the fuel in concentration
not to exceed 0.15 % by volume. Figure 8.3 provides EGME - fuel mixing
ratio information.

December 31, 1997 B,13

SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

CAUTION

MIXING OF THE EGME COMPOUND WITH THE FUEL IS EXTREMELY

IMPORTANT, A CONCENTRATION IN EXCESS OF THAT
RECOMMENDED (0,'5 % BY VOLUME MAXIMUM) WILL RESULT IN
DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS TO THE FUEL TANKS (DETERIORATION
OF PROTECTIVE PRIMER AND SEALANTS) TO FUEL SYSTEM AND
ENGINE COMPONENTS (DAMAGE TO SEALS), USE ONLY
BLENDING EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER
TO OBTAIN PROPER PROPORTIONING,

DO NOT ALLOW CONCENTRATED EGME COMPOUND TO COME IN

CONTACT WITH THE AIRPLANE FINISH AS DAMAGE CAN RESULT
Prolonged storage of the airplane will result in a water buildup in the fuel
which "leeches out" the additive. An indication of this is when an excessive
amount of water accumulates in the fuel tank sumps. The concentration can
be checked using a differential refractometer. It is imperative that the
technical manual for the differential refractometer be followed explicitely
when checking the additive concentration.

8.14 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

Add",,,
l
r
(U S q\) Add""e
( Lltres )
Fuel ( Lilres )

o 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

4.5
.......
4
· .. · ...
I ;/ 4
3.5
....... · .. · ...
V 3.5

.......
/'
/ I .
·1·,· 3
3

2.5
....... .... ALCOHOL ;/ · .. - · ... I. 2.5
I,
2
....... ,
.... .... .... ;/ •••
· .. - · ... I .... 2

1.5
V I
1.5
;/
·· ,
.'. '
.. · .. · ... I .....
.
V
0.5
;/ : EGME
1
1

I,
- 0.5

o ~ • • I o
o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Fuel ( U.S Gal)

Figure 8.3 - ADDITIVE MIXING RATIO

December 31, 1997 8.15

 SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

LANDING GEAR
Tires:
Nose gear
5.00-5 6 PRTT - Inflating pressure: 44.9 psi (3.1 bars)
Main gears
Aircraft not equipped with modification MOD. 119 or MOD. 121 :
Standard :15.6.00-6 4 PRTT - Inflating pressure: 33.3 psi (2.3 bars)
Variant: 15.6.00-66 PRTI - Inflating pressure: 33.3 psi (2.3 bars)

I Aircraft equipped with modification MOD. 119 or MOD. 121 or

MOD. 151 :
15.6.00-66 PRTT - Inflating pressure: 40.6 psi (2.B bars)
Shock absorbers:
Nose gear
Filling with hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606; inflate with pressurized dry air
or nitrogen.
Inflating pressure:
PIN TB10 42000: 94.2 psi (± 4) that is 6.5 bars (± 0.3)
PIN TB10 42001 : 98.6 psi (± 4) that is 6.8 bars (± 0.3)
Main gears
Aircraft not equipped with modification MOD. 119 or MOD. 121 :
Filling with hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606 ; inflate with pressurized dry air or
nitrogen to 130.5 psi (::!: 4) that is 9 bars (::!: 0.3)

I Aircraft equipped with modification MOD. 119 or MOD. 121 or

MOD, 151 :
Filling with hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606 ; inflate with pressurized dry air or
nitrogen to 479 psi (+ 15; - 0), that is 33 bars (+ 1 ; - 0).
Brakes:
Service as required with MIL-H-5606 hydraulic fluid.

8,16 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 8
MODEL TB 9 AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING
AND MANTENANCE

AIRPLANE CLEANING AND CARE

WINDOWS AND WINDSHIELD
The plastic windshield and windows should be cleaned with an airplane
windshield cleaner. Apply the cleaner sparingly with soft cloths and rub with
moderate pressure until all dirt, oil scum and bug stains are removed. Allow
the cleaner to dry, then wipe it off with soft flannel cloths.
CAUTION

NEVER USE GASOLINE, BENZINE ALCOHOL, ACETONE, FIRE

EXTINGUISHER OR ANTI-ICE FLUID, LACQUER THINNER OR
GLASS CLEANER TO CLEAN THE PLASTIC, THESE MATERIALS
WILL ATTACK THE PLASTIC AND MAY CAUSE IT TO CRAZE
Follow by carefully washing with a mild detergent and plenty of water. Rinse
thoroughly, then dry with a clean moist chamois. Do not rub the plastic with a
dry cloth since this builds up an electrostatic charge which attracts dust.
Waxing with a good commercial wax will finish the cleaning job. A thin, even
coat of wax polished out by hand with clean soft flannel cloths will fill in minor
scratches and help prevent further scratching.
Do not use a canvas cover on the windshield unless freezing rain or sleet is
anticipated since the cover may scratch the plastic surface.
PAINTED SURFACES
Refer to Maintenance Manual for the procedures to follow.

December 31, 1997 8,17

SECTION 8 SOCATA
AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICING MODEL TB 9
AND MANTENANCE

PROPELLER CARE
Preflight inspection of propeller blades for nicks and wiping them
occasionally with an oily cloth to clean off grass and bug stains will assure
long blade life. Small nicks on the propeller, particularly near the tips and on
the leading edges, should be dressed out as soon as possible since these
nicks produce stress concentrations, and if ignored, may result in cracks.
Never use an alkaline cleaner on the blades; remove grease and dirt.
ENGINE CARE
Refer to Maintenance Manual for the procedures to follow.
INTERIOR CARE
To remove dust and loose dirt from the upholstery and carpet, clean the
interior regularly with a vacuum cleaner.
For additional information, refer to Maintenance Manual.

8,18 December 31, 1997

SOCATA SECTION 9
T6 MODELS SUPPLEMENT A

LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS AND VALIDITIES

Supp. Edition
No. No. - Date
A· General
TB 9 110 I 200 I 20 I 21 - From 5 I N 1 , 0 31.01.93
1 . Day and night IFR equipment
T89/10· From 5 f N 1 to 947 1 31.01.88
T89/10 1200- From 51 N 948 2 30.09.89
1A· Day and night IFR equipment
T820 ·FromS/Nlto947,
except 5 I N 823 to 849 + 888 1 31.01.88
TB 20 - From 5 I N 948,
andS/N823to849+888. 2 30.06.88
18 . Day and night IFR equipment
TB 21 - From 5 / N 1 to 947 1 31.01.88
T821 -FromS/N948. 2 31.05.89
2· Night VFR equipment
TB 9 - From 5 IN 1 to 878, except 5 f N 765 1 31.01.88
T8 10 - From 5 I N 1 to 947 1 31.01.88
2A· Night VFR equipment
TB20 - FromSI N 1 to 947,
except 5 / N 823 to 849 + 888 . 1 31.01.88
T820 - From 5 I N 948,
and 5 I N 823to 849+888 2 30.06.88
2B· Night VFR equipment
TB2l -FromS/N 1 to 947 1 31.01.88
T821 -FromS/N948 2 31.05.89
2C· Night VFR equipment
TB 9 - From 5 / N 879 to 947, plus 51 N 765 0 30.09.88
TB 9 - From 5 / N 948 1 30.09.89
2D· Night VFR equipment
TB 10/ 200- From S / N 948 0 30.09.89

January31,1993 9.A.l
Revision 7
 SECTION 9 SOCATA
SUPPLEMENT A TB MODELS

3 - Electric pitch trim

TB 20 121 - From 5 IN 1 1 - 31.01.88
4- Fuel flow totalizer FT 1 01 "HOSKINS"
TB20/21
From 51 N 1 to 947,exceptS/ N 823 to 849+888 31.01.88
s- Propeller de-icing "T.K.S,"
TB 20 121 - From 5 IN 1 31.01.88
6 - "HARTZELL" constant speed propeller
TB 9 - From 5 I N 1 to 878, except 5 I N 765 31.01.88
n
7 - "KING autopilot type KAP 100
TB 101200/20 121 -FromS I N 275. 1 31.01.88
8- "KING" autopilot type KFC 150 and KAP 150
TB10/200/20/21-FromS/N27S. 1 31.01.88
9 - Stormscope "3M" WX-l0 A
TB9/10/20/21
From 5 I N 1 to 947, except 5 I N 823 to 849 +888 1 - 31.01.88
10- Oxygen equipment "PURITAN-BENNETI"
(Front seats pressure-demand type masks)
TB 20 121 - From SIN 1 1 - 31.01.88
lOA - Oxygen equipment "PURITAN-BENNETI"
(Front seats constant-flow type masks)
TB 20 121 - From SIN 1 1 30.04.97
11 - "MITCHELL" autopilot type CENTURY 21
TB 9/10120- from 5/ N 1 31.01.88
12 - "MITCi-lELL" autopilot type CENTURY 31
TB 20 ~ From 5 I N 1 . 31.01.88
13- Ground power receptacle
TB 9/10 120 121
From 51 N 1 to 947, except 51 N 823to 849+888 31.01.88
TB 9/10 1200 120 121
From 51 N 948 and 51 N 823to 849+888 2 30.06.88

I 9.A.2 January 31, 1993

Revision 7
 SOCATA SECTION 9
TB MODELS SUPPLEMENT A

14 Auxiliary dry air pump

T8 10/200/20/21 - From SIN 1. 1 31.01.88

15 "TKS" ice protection systems

T820/21 - From SIN 1 0 29.02.88
16 - "MITCHELL" autopilot type CENTURY I
TB9/10-FromS/N 1 31.01.88
17 - "MITCHELL" Butopilottype CENTURY liB
T89/10 - From SIN 1. 31.01.88

18 - Oxygen equipment "EROS"

T820/21 - From SIN 1 31.01.88

19 Intentionally left blank

20 Fuel flow totalizer Fe! FT 10 "ARNAV'
T820/21 - From SIN 731. 0 - 31.01.91
21 Fuel flow totalizer FT 101 A "HOSKINS"
TB20/21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 0 - 31.01.91

22 - "BFG" WX-1000 /1000+ or WX-900 or WX-500 stormscope

TB9/10/200/20/21
From S / N 948 and SIN 823 to 849+898 . 0 - 31.01.91
23 - Air conditioning system
TB20/21
From SIN 948 and S / N 823 to 849+888 0 - 31.01.91
24 - "KEITH" air conditioning system
TB 20
From S / N 948 and S / N 823 to 849+888

I TB 21
FromS/N2081. 0 - 30.09.94

25 - "GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS navigation system

interfaced with HSI KI 206
TB 20 (Valid for aircraft under FAA regulations)
From S / N 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 . 0 - 30.09.94

January 31, 1993 9.A.3

Revision 17
 SECTION 9 SOCATA
SUPPLEMENT A TBMODELS

26 - "BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS navigation system

interfaced with HSI KI 525A
TB 9/10/200/20/21 - From SIN 1 0 15.01.95

27 - Low noise exhaust

T89 - From SIN 1 0 31.10.95

28 Low noise exhaust

TB 10 - From SIN 1 0 31.10.95

29 Low noise exhaust

T8 20 - From SIN 1 0 - 31.10.95

30 - "BENDIX I KING" vertical speed and altitude

selector type KAS 2978
TB10/200/20/21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 0 - 31.12.95

31 - "BENDIX I KING" EHI 40

TB20/21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 . 0 - 30.04.96
32 - "BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS navigation system
interfaced with EHI 40 EHSI
TB20/21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 . 0 - 30.04.96

33 - "BENDIX I KING" KLN90B GPS navigation system

interfaced with the HSI KI 525A
TB10/200/20/21
From SIN 948 and S / N 823 to 849+888 0 - 30.04.96
34 - EDM 700
TB 20
From S / N 948 and S / N 823 to 849+888 . a - 15.11.96

35 - "SHADIN" digital fuel management system

TB20/21
From S / N 948 and S / N 823 to 849+888 o - 15.11.96

36 - Intentionally left free

I 9.A.4 January 31, 1993

Revision 17
 SOCATA SECTION 9
T8 MODELS SUPPLEMENT A

37 - "BENDIX I KING" KLN898 GPS navigation system -

"Stand Alone"
T8 9/10 /200 /20 /21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 . 0 - 30.06.97
38 - "BENDIX I KING" KLN90B GPS navigation system
interfaced with EHI 40 EHSI
T820/21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 0 - 30.06.97

39 - "GARMIN" 150 GPS navigation system

-"Stand Alone"
T89/10/200/20/21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 . 0 - 31.08.97
40 - "BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS navigation system
interfaced with the HSI KI 525A
T8 9/10/200/20/21
From SIN 948 and S / N 823 to 849+888 0 - 30.09.97
41 - "TKS" system
T8 20/T8 21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 0 - 15.11.98
42 Intentionally left free
43 "GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS navigation system
interfaced with GI 1DSA CDI

• T89/10/200/20/21
From SIN 2000, plus SI N 1633 + 1900 0 - 31.08.00
44 - "KEITW air conditioning system
T8200
From SIN 2013 0 - 31.08.00

45 - Three-blade propeller
T8 20 ITS 21
FromS/N 1. 0 - 28.10.00
46 - Intentionally left free

January 31, 1993 9A5

Revision 18
SECTION 9 SOCATA
SUPPLEMENT A TB MODELS

47 - "HONEYWL~ KFC 225 automatic flight control system

TB 20/TB21
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 0 - 31.01.01
"HONEYWELL KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV) navigation system
ft
48 -
interfaced with electromechanical instruments
TB9/10/200/20/21
From SIN 2000. plus SIN 1633 and 1900. 0 - 31.01.01

49 - ftHONEYWELL" KMD 550 Multi-function display

TB 9/1 0 1200 120 121
From SIN 948 and SIN 823 to 849+888 . 0 - 31.01.01

50 - ftSHADIN" MICROFLO-LTM digital fuel management system

TB200/20/21
From SIN 948andS/N 823 to 849+888 .... 0 - 15.05.01
51 - "GARMIW GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV) navigation system
interfaced with electromechanical instruments
(GPS # 1 : B-RNAV I GPS # 2: IFR)
TB9/10/200/20/21
From SIN 2000, plus SIN 1633 + 1900.. 0 - 15.05.01

52 - "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS navigation system

-"Stand Alone"
TB9/10/200/20/21
FromS/N2000,plusS/N1633and1900 0 - 30.05.01
53 - "GARMINft GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV) navigation system
interfaced with electromechanical instruments
(GPS # 1 : B-RNAV)
TB9/10/200/20/21
From SIN 2000, plus SIN 1633+ 1900... 0 - 15.01.02
. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -,(\~ ----~
: D.G.A.C.Approval iV"C/St::A,...,. . .;:.,v;.(f':: .": 'r.;<4~ ,
, ~ rnvli'N.AG i;.I\{" .:;\~"6 '
: ~ ;>0 ~
de C&r1fffeatfon .~':" ... ;'. .S:;z,\~ :
, d 1(; ~. ~,.!1\ I:! s.2 '
,, Gregory POMMERA .-~ t)-::. ... .- "'", . ....."'~ .l,A';:~ ,,< ',
,"v-r'. .:; ~i f7"I
'3 0 MAJ 7n02 0;-;'1,,% ......... 4i
Date: -" ....... -..... _. -------------------------..... -- .;..
.- - -- --- - - -- - - - - -- - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -- -_.
9.A.6 January 31, 1993
Revision 18
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

SUPPLEMENT

DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL. 9.1.3
2 LIMITATIONS.................................... 9.1.14
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES . 9.1.15
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.1.17
5 PERFORMANCE . 9.1.22

September 30, 1989 9.1.1

SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.1.2 January 31, 1988

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1
GENERAL
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR IFR OPERATION
The airplane is approved for day & night IFR operations when the appropriate
equipment is installed and operating correctly.
The type certification requires following equipment in addition to the basic
flight instruments. These equipment must be installed and operate perfectly
according to the indicated type of use.
CAUTION
IT IS THE PILOT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK THAT THE
FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT LIST IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SPECIFIC NATIONAL OPERATING RULES OF THE AIRPLANE
REGISTRATION COUNTRY DEPENDING ON THE TYPE OF
OPERATION
NOTE:
Systems and equipment mentioned hereafter do not include specific flight

I and radio-navigation instruments required by decree concerning the civil

airplanes operating general conditions or other foreign regulations (for
example FAR PART91 and 135).
Day Night
EQUIPMENT
IFR IFR

• Vertical speed indicator

Attitude gyro indicator
Turn-and-bank indicator
Heading indicator
ye,
ye,
ye,
ye,
ye,
ye,
ye,
ye,
ye,
ye,
Vacuum gage
Vacuum waming light ~ ~

Heated pitot ye, ye,

Carburetor temperature indicator ye, ye,
OAT indicator ye, ye,
Stop watch ye, ye,
Altemate static source ye, ye,
Anticollision light ye, ye,
Landing and taxi lights co ye,
Navigation lights co ye,
Adjustable interior lighting co ye,
Adjustable emergency lighting co ye,
1 microphone and headset assy ye, ye,
1 hand microphone and cabin loud-speaker ye, ye,
For reference
Flashlight with flashing device co ye,
Day and Night IFR placard ye, ye,

** Optional equipment; mandatory for BRAZIL

September 30, 1989 9.1.3

Revision 4
SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

BATTERY
RELAY
------ ",
'"
BUS 1
B
u

tft 71 S

BUS 2
B

71
B4TTERY U

~,
S

BUS ;)
B

~
U
ALTERNATOR
(J S

,\~
3

c ____________________ ,

, ,
, A ,
,

.~
,
~ PULL OFF TYPE ,
§ CIRCUIT BREAKER:
,
,

~
(PCB)
,c _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ",

Figure 9.1.1 - BUS BARS POWER SUPPLY

9.1.4 September 30, 1989

Revision 4
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

Flaps
Outside Air Temperature (0 AT)
Heated pilot
Landing light
Fuel pump
Compass lighting Altl-coder, Visor lighting.
Carburetor temperalure (except TB 200),
1 Flap control, Flap Indicator, Stall warning,
r- Tachometer or Tachometer-hourmeter,
Advisory panel, Engine controls

Autopilot (8~Gapt T6 9)
Fin light
LiQhter ie<cept TB B)
Integrated lighting
Cabin blower
Taxi light
Turn and bank indicator
2 Roor Dvarhcod light lighting Intercom Clock
Front overhead light I~htlnq (emerqenc)'l,
- Chranometrer, Slaner relay

r-
B HOrizon

< U Recognition lights

Navigation Lights
S Anti-collision light(s)
RMI, Hourmeter, Converter 26V 1400Hz,
Radio blower. Map reading light
3 RADIO MASTER
T SWITCH

-'-
'1
C"C
COM 2 (VHF 21 Or COM2 ,: NAV2
- NAV 2 <,lOR 2) Or GPS
AUDIO (SPKl (MKR)

-,~

"-I RADIO B
"ASTER U
Storm,cope

'"
'-
RELAYS S
'"
-~y". XPDR

, -~ COM 1 (VHF 1) or COM1 l NAVl

Magneto ~ :...:
Selector
Fuse
:...: NAV 1 (VOR 1)
AUDIO (PHONE)
• ~ Clock, Memory

Figure 9.1.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION IN IFR

September 30, 1989 9.1.5

Revision 4
SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23

47 45 43 41 39
46 44 42 40

52 34

49~
~
35

48 ~

Figure 9.1.3 - EXAMPLE OF NARCOVERSION INSTRUMENT

PANEL" IFR"

9.1.6 January 31, 1988

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

8 10 12 14 16 18 22 24
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23

7
6
5

I 4

3_-i.!.n
2 --'1_

45 43 41
44 42 40
32
33
50 51 52 34
~
49~
r1 35

0
~
48

Figure 9.1.3A - EXAMPLE OF KING VERSION INSTRUMENT

PANEL" IFR"
September 30, 1989 9.1.6A
Revision 4
SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

8 10 12 14 16 18 53 22 24
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23

7
6
5
4

3 --i!.n
2 --J.ln

45 43 41 28 29 27 26 25
46 44 42 40 38
37

50 51 52
~
49~
rl 35

0
~
48

Figure 9.1.36 - EXAMPLE OF COLLINS VERSION

INSTRUMENT PANEL" IFR "

9.1.68 January 31, 1988

 SQCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

INSTRUMENT PANEL EXAMPLE (NARCO, COLLINS OR KING)

1 - Normal lighting control (Std)
2 - Emergency lighting control (Std)
3 - Instruments and radio lighting control (Std)
• 4 - Emergency locator transmitter switch (if installed)
5 - Illuminated turn-and-bank indicator
6 - Illuminated heading indicator
7 - Illuminated true airspeed indicator (Std)
8 - L.H. instrument panel visor lighting
• 9 - Illuminated attitude gyro indicator
10 - Pitot heat indicator light
11 - Illuminated vertical speed indicator (Std)
12 - Illuminated altimeter (Std)
13 - VOR 1 receiver-indicator (NARCO)
13 - VOR 1 indicator (COLLINS - KING)
• 14 - Engine monitoring cluster (Std)
15 - Radio support visor lighting
16 - Illuminated compass (Std)
17 - Audio control panel
18 -VHF1
19-VHF2
20 - Manifold pressure gage (TB 9 - TB 10)
• 20 - Manifold pressure - fuel flow / pressure dual indicator (TB 200)
21 - Carburetor temperature indicator (TB 9 - TB 10)
22 - R.H. instrument panel visor lighting
23 - Illuminated CHT / EGT combination
24 - Illuminated OAT indicator
25 - R.H. air outlet (Std)
26 - Cabin air selector (Std)

I 27 - Illuminated tachometer (Std) or, Post-MOO.151 (All) and MOO.139

(TB 9), illuminated tachometer-hourmeter (Std)
28 - Transponder
29 - Radio compass
30 - OM E indicator
31 - Wing flaps control and illuminated indicator (Std)

I 32 - Lighter (Std) (TB 10 - TB 200)

33 - Ash-tray (Std) (TB 10 - TB 200)
34 - Pitch trim control wheel and illuminated indicator (Std)
35 - Fuel selector (Std)

September 30, 1989 9.1.7

Revision 4
 SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

INSTRUMENT PANEL EXAMPLE (Cont)

•
36 - Engine controls (Std)
37 - Switch-breakers for turn-and-bank indicator, anti-collision light(s),
navigation lights, heated pitot and landing lights
38 - Illuminated altimeter Nr 2
39 - VOR 2 receiver-indicator (NARCO)
39 - VOR 2 indicator (COLLINS - KING)
40 - Illuminated ADF indicator
41 - Parking brake knob (Std)
42 - L.H. subpanel post light (Std)
43 - Vacuum gage
44 - Alternate static source valve
45 - Circuit breakers panel post light
46 - Magneto / start selector (Std)
47 - L.H. air outlet (Std)
48 - Maps reading light (if installed)
49 - Push-ta-talk switch
50 - Clock I stop watch
51 - Clock I stop watch post light (if installed)
52 - Maps reading light switch
53 - NAV 1 receiver (COLLINS)
54 - NAV 2 receiver (COLLINS)
55 - VOR IlLS receiver (KING)
56 - VOR I LOC receiver (KING)
LIGHTING DEVICES
INSTRUMENT PANELS LIGHTING
- See Figure 9.1.3 .
• - Controlled and regulated by "Normal" and "Radio" controls.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
Pre MOD.151
- Front overhead lights controlled by turning post lights and regulated by
the "Ernergency" control. See Figure 9.1.3.
Post MOD.151 (All) and MOD.139 (T8 9)
Front overhead lights controlled and regulated by the "Emergency"
control. See Figure 9.1.3.

9.1.8 Septernber 30, 1989

Revision 4
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

CABIN LIGHTING
Pre-MOD.151
- Front overhead lights controlled by turning post lights and regulated by
the "Emergency" control. See Figure 9.1.3.
Post-MOD.t5t (All) and MOD.t39 (TB 9)
- Front overhead lights controlled and regulated by the "Emergency"
control. See Figure 9.1.3.
All
- Rear overhead light (manual).
INSTRUMENT PANEL ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
ADDITIONAL SENSITIVE ALTIMETER (if installed)
The second sensitive altimeter is connected to the airplane static pressure. It
may be switched over to cabin static pressure by means of the alternate static
source valve.
When the alternate static source valve is pulled, altitude compensation
should be performed as per Section 5 "Performance".
CLOCK I STOP WATCH
The clock I stop watch and its post light are installed in the center of the pilot's
control wheel.
OAT INDICATOR
The indicator is connected to the transmitter which is installed under L.H.
wing. The instrument is provided with integral lighting.
A red warning light is provided on the dial. This warning light, permanently lit,
becomes visible by the pointer rotation when the outside atmosphere is close
to 32° F.
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE
A two position selector allows the normal static source system of the airplane
to be isolated in case of clogging or icing of static ports.
The ON position ("PULL") of the alternate static source valve admits cabin
static pressure to the static system.

September 30, 1989 9.1.9

Revision 4
SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

Figure 9.1.4 - ANTENNAS

9.1.10 January 31, 1988

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

ANTENNAS
1 - VHF 1 antenna
2 - VHF 2 antenna
3 - VOR antenna
4 - Glide ILS antenna
5 - ATe transponder antenna
6 - Radio compass - loop and sense antenna
7 - Marker antenna
8 - DME antenna

January 31, 1988 9.1.11

 SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

-y-----:
I
O [ I
KEY'

• CIRCUIT BREAKER
@ PULL-OFF TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
o CIRCUIT BREAKER (Facultative in IFR)
@ PULL-OFF TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
(Facultative In IFR)

I f:J. OPTIONAL SWITCH

FLAPS FAN LlGHTE".,....- (TB10 - T8200)

• a .-
O.AT

,
•,
C'" COM AUDIO AUDIO

a a a a
RAD LIGHT
'" '", "", '"' '"
• • • • • <"•
STROBES
AiP TRIM ~c
SWITCH

@ @ a @

I
o OFFf:J. ON
~, ~c
ALTr FLD

• a a a @ a
BUS cp BUS BUS

~lr
Figure 9.1.5 - CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLY
(Typical arrangement)

I 9.1.12 Pre-MOD.151 September 30, 1989

Revision 4
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

-,------,
I
0 i j
KEY'

• CIRCUIT BREAKER
@ PULL-OFF TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
o CIRCUIT BREAKER (Facultative in IFR)
@ PULL-OFF TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
(Facultative In IFR)
f:J. OPTIONAL SWITCH
(T810 - T6200)

OAT.
RADIO AND
INSTRUMENTS
LIGHTING
82~ 1. 82~ 2. AUDIO • AUDIO 0

''',! .
LIGHT ADF

STROBES
N~V 0 N~V 0 DME. XPDR.

o OFF8 ON AlP@ TRIM @

ALTr
,CO
~c
• 0 0 0 HSI @ HOR 0

ALTr @ BAT @ BUS1 @ BUS2 @ BUS3 @

i i i i i
Figure 9.1.SA - CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLY
(Typical arrangement)

September 30,1989 Post-MOD.1S1 (All) and 9.1.12A

Revision 4 MOD.139 (TB 9)
SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.1.12B September 30, 1989

Revision 4
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLY

1 - Alternator "pull-off' type circuit breaker (60 A)
2 - Battery "pull-off' type circuit breaker (70 A)
3 - BUS bar 1 "pull-off" type circuit breaker (30 A)
4 - BUS bar 2 "pull-of!" type circuit breaker (30 A)
5 - BUS bar 3 "pull-off" type circuit breaker (30 A)

September 30, 1989 9.1.13

 SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT D.G.A.G. Approved

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

I These limitations supplement or replace those of the standard airplane

described in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
PLACARDS
This placard is located near the instruction plate:

FLIGHT CONDITIONS: DAY AND NIGHT IFR AND VFR

ICING CONDITIONS NOT ALLOWED

This placard is located on L.H. instrument panel:

CAUTION: DURING ILS APPROACH

AVOID ENGINE RPM HIGHER THAN 2600

9.1.14 September 30, 1989

Revision 4
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
D.G.A.G. Approved DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

These procedures supplement those of the standard airplane described in

Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
AIRSPEED INDICATING SYSTEM FAILURE
Check the operation of the heated pitot, green indicator light "ON", If the

I switch-breaker is "ON" and the indicator light "OFF", check that BUS 1
"pull-off" type circuit breaker is "ON".
Erroneous indications of true airspeed indicator and altimeters:
Alternate static source "PULL"
Open air outlets and / or actuate cabin air regulation flow lever to open
position. Then, airspeed indicator and altimeter errors are slight.
If the failure persists, perform a precautionary approach, maintaining an
adequate airspeed margin above the stall warning activation speed using the
pre-setting (see Figure 9.1.6).
NORMAL LIGHTING FAILURE
- Switch on emergency lighting system (front overhead lights)
- Check that radio and instruments lighting circuit breaker is "ON".
LANDING LIGHT FAILURE

I The left light has a wide beam and is considered as a taxi light, and the right
one has a narrow beam and is considered as a landing light, but either or both
can be used as desired.
When landing without lights, it is suggested to use the same pitch attitude as
that required to maintain the ILS Glide Slope.

September 30, 1989 9.1.15

Revision 4
 SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT D.G.A.G. Approved

FIRE OR SMOKE OF ELECTRIC ORIGIN

I
Disengage "pull-off" type circuit breakers of BUS bars 1, 2, 3.
After a few moments reset "pull-off' type circuit breakers in the numerical
order with a delay between each operation for observation. Disengage
the faulty BUS bar and disconnect all the equipment supplied by the latter.
See Figure 9.1.2.
Reset "pull-off' type circuit breaker and reconnect one after the other all
the disconnected equipment to isolate the failed item. Let the "pull-off'
type circuit breaker tripped for this item.
VACUUM SYSTEM FAILURE
If the vacuum gage is below green arc or shows zero:
the pneumatically operated attitude gyro indicator and I or heading
indicator I HSI are inoperative.
electric turn-and-bank indicator and magnetic compass continue to
function normally.
Leave IMe conditions, fly airplane carefully in partial panel mode, and
proceed with landing as soon as possible.

9.1.16 September 30, 1989

Revision 4
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
D.G.A.G. Approved DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

• These procedures supplement those of the standard airplane described in

Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

4.1 - PROCEDURES FOR IFR FLIGHT OR NIGHT FLIGHT

PRELIMINARY STEPS
Study the meteorology in order to avoid flying in hazardous conditions
(minima, icing ... ).
Check that fuel level is sufficient to comply with regulations.
BEFORE FLIGHT (may be undertaken or continued at night)
Check the operation:

• · of anti-collision light(s)
· of navigation lights
· of cabin and instrument panel lighting
· of landing lights
· of day I night selector switch.
A flashlight must be provided on board the airplane.
TAXIING
Check the operation of gyroscopic instruments by performing alternate
turns:
• Attitude gyro indicator - set miniature airplane as required
Heading indicator - correct rotation
Turn-and-bank indicator - proper direction.
At night, preferably use only the taxi light (left landing light).

September 30, 1989 9,1,17

Revision 4
 SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT D.G.A.G. Approved

BEFORE TAKE-OFF
Heated pitot
Check vacuum gage in green arc
Check installed radio-navigation equipment
Set transponder to "stand-by"
• At night or in damp weather, set the cabin air selector to maximum
demisting.
LINED UP ON RUNWAY
• Check heading indicator and attitude gyro indicator bar.
At night, turn on landing lights as required.
TAKE-OFF
See Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
Always maintain a positive rate of climb.
At night, switch off the landing lights when safely airborne.
CLIMB, CRUISE AND DESCENT
See Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
Beware of the risk of eye-sight problems above 8000 feet (without oxygen).

9,1,18 September 30, 1989

Revision 4
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
D.G.A.G. Approved DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

ILS APPROACH (pre-setting)

• These values are given for a weight of 2535 Ibs (1150 kg - TB 10 - TB 200) -
23371bs (1060 kg - TB 9).
In order to facilitate air traffic, it is advisable to proceed with final approach at
VIAS = 86/92 KIAS - 99/106 MPH lAS with flaps retracted.
In short final run, fully extend the flaps, VIAS will then drop to 70 /76 KIAS -
81 /87 MPH lAS. It is not necessary to modify the power to maintain the angle
of descent.

Vert.
MP
Wing MPH Propeller Speed

•
KIAS in.Hg
flaps lAS RPM indic .
(T61 0-T8200)
ft!min

2500
(TB1 0-TB200)
Holding 0" 86/92 99/106 20.7 0
2350
(TB 9)

2500
ILS (TB1 0-T8200)
0' 86/92 99/106 14.8 - 450
Approach 2000
(TB 9)

Full low pitch

Final 25°30' 70/76 81 /87 • (T61 0-T8200) - 450
(T6 9) *

("') As required

Figure 9.1.6 - PRE-SETTINGS, ILS APPROACH

September 30, 1989 9.1.19

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT D.G.A.G. Approved

ILS approach with KING ILS

"Erratic deviations have been observed with airplane flown down an ILS path
with KING RADIO-NAV installations. Analysis of the phenomenon indicates
that the fluctuations are due to an interference between propeller rotation
frequency and one of LOC frequencies. The more sensitive conditions are
met when the localizer beacon is right ahead and the engine speed is
adjusted toward 2650 RPM.
The localizer use is not significantly impaired by the phenomenon when:
engine speed is reduced to lower than 2600 RPM
localizer beacon lies right or left by more than 30 degrees from airplane
heading.
Autopilot APR mode operation should be discontinued whenever high
engine power settings are anticipated. This can be done by switching to HOG
mode or CWS mode or by switching off the autopilot. Of course from above
one understands that REV mode or BCK COURSE mode are not concerned
by this limitation after take-off (lac. beacon lies 180" from airplane heading in
this case)."
LANDING
At night, preferably use the R.H. landing light (long range) or both lights
simultaneously.

9.1.20 September 30, 1989

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 1
D.G.A.G. Approved DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT

4.2 - USE OF AVIONICS

AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
• These knobs permit the selection of transmission and reception of VHF 1 or
VHF 2, double VHF reception, reception ofVOR 1, VOR 2, ADF, Marker and
DME.
TRANSMISSION
Transmission may be made either through the hand microphone, or through
the headset boom microphone with its push-to-talk-switches located on the
control wheels. Headsets that will not be used should be unplugged.
RECEPTION
Select the loud-speaker or headset reception by means of the
corresponding button on audio control panel (SPKR or PHONE).
In I.M.e. or at night, it is recommended to use the headset.
VOR, ADF, MKR AND DME (if installed)
• They operate independently of VHF comm transceivers, but at least one VHF
comm transceiver must be turned on to provide an audio amplifier for
loud-speaker operation, unless the audio control panel contains an integral
amplifier. Headphone operation is normal regardless of VHF operation on
loud-speakers.
LIGHTING
Three controls are located on the left side of the L.H. instrument panel. See
Figure 9.1.3 :
Lower control (normal)

I
Controls and regulates lighting of L.H. and R.H. instrument panels' visors.
Central control (emergency) Pre-MOD.151
Regulates lighting of both forward overhead lights. Rotating the overhead
lights turns them on and off.
Central control (emergency) Post MOD.151 (All) and MOD.139 (TB 9)
Controls and regulates lighting of both forward overhead lights.

September 30, 1989 9.1.21

Revision 4
 SUPPLEMENT 1 SOCATA
DAY AND NIGHT IFR EQUIPMENT D.G.A.G. Approved

• - Upper control (radio-equipment) operates and regulates:

Radio equipment lighting
Instruments and indicators lighting on instrument panel
Circuit breakers panel lighting
NOTE,

I Both "normal" and "radio-equipment" controls and, Post-MOD. 151 (All) and
MOD. 139 (TB 9), the "emergency" position control operate and regulate
lighting; from high position "OFF" turn clockwise for "FULL INTENSITY
OPERATION", then, still clockwise, rotate towards "MINIMUM INTENSITY";
tum back to "OFF" turning counterclockwise.

I The "Emergency" position control, Pre MOD. 1St. regulates lighting,' from
high position "FULL INTENSITY" turn clockwise to regulate to "MINIMUM
INTENSITY" ; turn back to high position "FULL INTENSITY" turning
counterclockwise.
LANDING LIGHTS
The lights are controlled by two switch-breakers. See Figure 7.5B of the
basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
The L.H. light has a wide beam which facilitates taxiing.
The R.H. light has a long range beam and should be used for take-off and
landing.
Simultaneous operation is possible.
DAY I NIGHT DIMMER
A day / night switch allows the indicator lights for the fuel pump. pitot heater
and landing lights to be dimmed during night operations.

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

The installation and the operation of the day and night IFR equipment do not
change the basic performance of the airplane described in Section 5
"Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
However. the installation of the externally mounted antennas will result in a
minor reduction in cruise performance. See Section 5 "Performance" of the
basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

9.1.22 September 30, 1989

Revision 4
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

SUPPLEMENT

NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL....................................... ...................... 9.2.3
2 LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 9.2.13
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................................... 9.2.13
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES .......................................... 9.2.15
5 PERFORMANCE .................................................... 9.2.20

September 30,1989 9.2.1

SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.2.2 September 30, 1988

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

SECTION 1
GENERAL
LIST OF APPROVED AND MANDATORY EQUIPMENT
ALLOWING FLIGHT OF THE AIRPLANE
IN NIGHT FLIGHT
(in addition to the basic flight instruments)

EQUIPMENT

RADIO-NAVIGATION

I
VHF - Category 2
VOR , LOC - Category 2 (NAV)
or
Radio compass - Category 2 (ADF)

NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT

Horizontal attitude gyro indicator

Turn and bank indicator
Directional J;lyro indicator
Gyro "ON" Indicator
Vertical speed indicator
Anti-collision light
Navigation lights
Landing and taxi li!;1hts
Interior panel lighting
Flashlight (Personal equipment)
Night VFR placard

NOTE:
Refer to the prevailing regulation, which can evolve anytime.

September 30, 1989 9.2.3

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

B
-"- -"- I U
~ 70A 30A

1
S

....
BATTERY

B
T II U 5..
Figure
30A S 9.2.2

B
..I. J.. 1 U

~ ~) ~
-
,~
60A 30A
S
3

--
ALTERNATOR
,Nt,

Figure 9.2.1 - BUS BARS POWER SUPPLY

9.2.4 September 30, 1989

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHTVFR EQUIPMENT

~ Clock.
Flaps
B :.:r.. Outside Air Temperature (O.A.T.)
U Heated pitot (If installed)
5 Landing light
Fuel pump
Compass lighting, Alti-coder, Visor lighting,
1 Carburetor temperature, Flap control, Flap
ind icator, Stall warning, Tachometer, Advisory
panel, Engine controls

Fin light
Lighter
B Integrated lighting
U Cabin blower
5 ~ Taxi light
Tu rn and bank indicator
2 Intercom, Clock, Overhead light,
Chronometer, Starter relay

B ~
Horizon
U ~ Navigation lights
5 -<> Anti-collision light(s)
RMI. Hourmeter, Converter 26V f 400Hz,
3 Radio blower, Map reading light

RADIO MASTER

I~S
L •
u ~
• COM 2 (VHF 2) orCOM2! NAV2
NAV2 (VOR 2) or GPS
s -<>~
AUDIO (SPK) (MKR)
3
------
IlADIO
MASTER
•
U
S
--"
H5I
Stormscope
-<l
RELAYS 2 AD'
[W I~ <>-0
DME
------
•~
U
XPDR

Magneto
selector
,
S
~
COM 1 (VHF 1) or COM1 I NAV1
NAV 1 (VOR 1)
<>-+ AUDIO (PHONE)

Figure 9.2.2 - POWER DISTRIBUTION IN VFR

September 30, 1989 9.2.5
Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHTVFR EQUIPMENT

8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19
9 11 13 15

7
6
5
4

3 --4Co

41
~
29

Figure 9.2.3· EXAMPLE OF NARCO VERSION INSTRUMENT

PANEL" VFR»

9.2.6 September 30, 1988

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHTVFR EQUIPMENT

8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 20
11 13
I
7
6

~-Ir="

38 37 36 35 33 23 22 21

31

29

39-~

Figure 9.2.3A· EXAMPLE Of KING VERSION INSTRUMENT

PANEL" VFR»

September 30, 1988 9.2.6A

SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHTVFR EQUIPMENT

o 12 14 16 17 18 19 20
15

7
6
5
4
3 _-'.' .. 'C

38 37 36 35 34 33 23 22 21

31

30

40~
29

Figure 9.2.38 - EXAMPLE OF COLLINS VERSION INSTRUMENT

PANEL « VFR"

9.2.68 September 30,1988

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

INSTRUMENT PANEL EXAMPLE (NARCO. COLLINS or KING)

1 - Normal lighting control
3 - Instruments and radio lighting control
4 Emergency radio beacon switch (if installed)
5 Illuminated turn and bank indicator
6 Illuminated directional indicator
7 Illuminated true airspeed indicator
8 LH. instrument panel visor lighting
9 Illuminated horizontal attitude indicator
10 Pitat heat indicator light
11 Illuminated vertical speed indicator
12 Illuminated altimeter (Std)
13 VOR indicator (COLLINS - KING)
13 VOR receiver-indicator (NARCO)
14 Engine controls panel (Std)
15 Radio support visor lighting
16 Illuminated compass
17 VHF 1
18 Illuminated tachometer
19 Manifold pressure gage
20 Illuminated combination CHT / EGT
21 R.H. vent (5td)
22 Cabin air selector (Std)
23 R.H. instrument panel visor lighting
24· Radio compass
25 - Wing flaps control and indicator
28 Pitch trim illuminated control wheel and indicator
29 Fuel selector (Std)
30 Engine controls (Std)
31 Switch-breakers for turn and bank indicator, anti-collision,
navigation lights. heated pitot and landing lights
32 Illuminated ADF indicator
33 Parking brake knob (Std)
34 L.H. subpanel post light
35 Vacuum system suction gage

September 30, 1988 9.2.7

SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHTVFR EQUIPMENT

o 0
3-i

tc==-' .. ..
c:] • ....

iJ'
2/ L-

Figure 9.2.4 - ANTENNAS

9.2.8 September 30,1988

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

INSTRUMENT PANEL EXAMPLE (Cont.)

36 Circuit-breakers panel post light

37 Magneto /start switch (Std)
38 L.H. lIent (Std)
39 Maps reading light (if installed)
40 Push-to-talk switch
41 Maps reading light switch
42 VOR I LOC receiver (KING - COLLINS)

LIGHTING DEVICES
INSTRUMENT PANELS LIGHTING

See Figure 9.2.3.

Controlled and modulated by "Normal" and "Radio" controls.
CABIN LIGHTING

- OlJerhead light (Manual).

ANTENNAS
- VHF antenna
2 - VOR antenna

3 - Radio compass -loop and sense antenna.

September 30,1988 9.2.9

SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

r-I~' ......... .
r
L--.J c::::::::::: KEY:

• CIRCUIT BREAKER
@ PULL-OFF TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
, o CIRCUIT BREAKER (FacUftMive in VFR)
@ PULL-OFF TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
(Facultative in VFR)
6. SWITCH (Facultative in VFR)

FLAPS

OAT
•
0
mM , ,
'OM
AUDIO AUOIO

RAD.lIGHT ADF
~v
•, 0
,
'AV
OM'
0 0
."

•
STROBES
0

~P
0
• 0
•
R,M,
SWITCH
'~
~,

OOFF6. 0N 0 0 @
ALTr,FLD

• 0 0 0 0 0

BUS~
ALT'@ BAT ~ , ,i
BUS@
B~S

L~j 2 I3 , 4 I 5

Figure 9.2.5 - CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLY

(Typical arrangement)

9.2.10 September 30, 1989

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

CIRCUIT-BREAKERS ASSEMBLY
Alternator" Pull-off" type circuit-breaker (60 A)
2 Battery "Pull-off" type circuit-breaker (70 A)
3 Bus bar 1 "Pull-off" type circuit-breaker (30 A)
4 - Bus bar 2 "Pull-off" type circuit-breaker (30 A)
5 - Bus bar 3 "Pull-off" type circuit-breaker (30 A)

September 30, 1989 9.211

SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.2.12 September 30, 1988

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.A.C. Approved

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
The installation and the operation ofthe night VFR equipment do not
change the basic limitations of the airplane described in Section 2
I "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
PLACARDS
This placard is located near the instruction plate:

FLIGHT CONDITIONS: DAY AND NIGHT VFR

ICING CONDITIONS NOT ALLOWED

This placard is located on L.H. instrument panel:

CAUTION: DURING ILS APPROACH

AVOID ENGINE RPM HIGHER THAN 2600

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
These procedures complete those of standard airplane described in

I Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating

Handbook.
LIGHTING FAILURE
I Check that radio and instrument lighting circuit breaker is "ON".
Use the flashlight and the overhead light if necessary.
NOTE:
The pane/lighting (underneath the instrument panels' visors) and the
radio / instruments lighting have separated circuits. Then a
simultaneous failure of both lightings is unlikely except in case of a
total electrical failure.

September 30, 1989 9.2.13

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.A.C Approved

LANDING LIGHT FAILURE

The left light has a wide beam and is considered a taxi light, and the
right has a narrow beam and is considered a landing light, but either or
both can be used as desired.
When landing without lights, it is suggested to use the same pitch
attitude as that required to maintain the Il5 Glide Slope.
FIRE OR SMOKE OF ELECTRIC ORIGIN
Disengage "pull-off" type circuit-breaker of bus bars 1,2,3.
After a few moments reset "pull-off" type circuit-breakers in the
numerical order with a delay between each operation for
observation. Disengage the faulty bus bar and disconnect all the
equipment supplied by the latter. See Figure 9.2.2.
Reset "pull-off" type circuit-breaker and reconnect one after the
other all the disconnected equipment until the faulty equipment is
found and isolated. Leave the "pull-off" type circuit-breaker for
this item tripped.
VACUUM SYSTEM FAILURE
Vacuum below green arc or zero: Pneumatically operated
horizontal attitude and I or directional gyro I HSI inoperative.
Electric turn and bank indicator and magnetic compass continue
normal operation.
Fly the airplane carefully in partial panel mode, and proceed with
landing as soon as possible.

92.14 September 30, 1988

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHTVFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.A.C. Approved

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
These procedures complete those of standard airplane described in

I Section 4 "Normal procedures"

Handbook.
4-1 - PROCEOURES FOR VFR NIGHT FLIGHT
of the basic Pilot's Operating

FIRST STEPS
Study the meteorology in order to avoid flying in hazardous conditions
(minima, icing ... ).
Check that fuel level is sufficient to comply with regulations.
BEFORE FLIGHT (may be undertaken or continued at night)
Check: operation:
· of anti-collision light
· of navigation lights
· of cabin lighting (instrument panels and instruments)
· of landing lights
· of day I night selector switch.
A flashlight must be provided on board the airplane.
TAXIING
Check: operation of gyroscopic instruments by performing alternate
turns:
Horizontal attitude indicator - set miniature airplane as required
Directional indicator - correct rotation
Turn and bank indicator - proper direction.
At night, preferably use only the taxi light (left landing light).

September 30, 1989 9.2.15

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHTVFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.A.C.Approved

BEFORE TAKE-OFF
Check suction gage in green arc
Check VHF
VOR or radiocompass
At night or in damp weather, set the air conditioning system to
maximum demisting.
LINED UP ON RUNWAY
Check directional gyro heading and horizontal attitude gyro bar.
At night. turn on landing lights as required.
TAKE-OFF

I See Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating

Handbook.
Always maintain a positive rate of climb.
At night. switch off landing lights when safely airborne.
CLIMB. CRUISE AND DESCENT

I See Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating

Handbook.
Beware of the risk of eye-sight problems above 8000 feet (without
oxygen).

9.2.16 September 30, 1989

Revision 1
SOCATA SU PPLEM ENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.AC Approved

Il5 APPROACH (pre-setting)

These values are given for a weight of 2337 lbs (1 060 kg).
In order to facilitate air traffic, it is advisable to proceed with final
approach at VIAS = 86/92 KIAS - 99/106 MPH lAS with flaps retracted.
In short final run, fully extend the flaps, VIAS will then drop to 70 I 76
KIA5 - 81 I 87 MPH lAS. It is not necessary to modify the power to
maintain the angle of descent.

Vert.Sp.
Wing MPH Propeller
KIAS indicator
flaps lAS RPM
fUmin

Holding 0' 86/92 99/106 2350 0

IL5
0' 86/92 99/106 2000 - 450
Approach

Final 25'30' 70/76 81/87 As required - 450

Figure 9.2.6 - PRE·SETTINGS, IL5 APPROACH

September 30,1989 9.2.17

SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.A.C Approved

ILSapproach with KING ILS

"Erratic deviations have been observed with airplane flown down an

ILS path with KING RADIO-NAV installations. Analysis of the phe-
nomenon indicates that the fluctuations are due to an interference
between propeller rotation frequency and one of LOC frequencies. The
more sensitive conditions are met when the localizer beacon is right
ahead and the engine speed is adjusted toward 2650 RPM.

The localizer use is not significantly impaired by the phenomenon

when:
engine speed is reduced to lower than 2600 RPM
localizer beacon lies right or left by more than 30 degrees from
airplane heading.

Autopilot APR mode operation should be discontinued whenever high

engine power settings are anticipated. This can be done by switching
to HDG mode or CWS mode or by switching off the autopilot. Of course
from above one understands that REV mode or BCK COURSE mode are
not concerned by this limitation after take-off {Ioc. beacon lies 180"
from airplane heading in this case)."
LANDING
At night, preferably use the R.H. landing light (long range) or both
lights simultaneously.

9.2.18 September 30, 1989

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 2C
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.A.C Approved

4·2· USE OF AVIONICS

TRANSMISSION
Transmission may be made either through the hand microphone, or
through the headset boom microphone with its push-to-talk-switches
located on the control wheels. Headsets that will not be used should be
unplugged.
RECEPTION
The loud-speaker is the main equipment, the headset being considered
as a stand-by equipment.
A selector switch selects reception on the loud-speaker or headset.
On headset operation, all receptions are simultaneous.
LIGHTING
Two controls are located on the left side of the L.H. instrument panel.
See Figure 9.2.3:
Lower control (normal)
Controls and modulates lighting of L.H. and R.H. instrument
panels' visors.
Upper control (radio-equipment) operates and modulates:
Radio equipment lighting
Instruments and indicators lighting on instrument panel
Circuit-breakers panel lighting
NOTE:
Both "normal" and "radio-equipment" controls operate and modulate
lighting; from high position "OFF" turn clockwise for "FULL INTENSITY
OPERATION", then, still clockwise, modulate towards "MINIMUM
H
INTENSITY turn back to "OFF" turning counterclockwise.
;

September 30,1989 9.2.19

 SUPPLEMENT 2C SOCATA
NIGHT VFR EQUIPMENT
D.G.A.C. Approved

LANDING LIGHTS
The lights are controlled by two switch-breakers. See Figure 7.5 of the
I basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
The l.H.light has a wide beam which facilitates taxiing.
The R.H. light has a long range beam and should be used for take-off
and landing.
Simultaneous operation is possible.
DAY I NIGHT DIMMER
A day I night switch allows the indicator lights for the fuel pump, pitat
heater and landing lights to be dimmed during night operations.

5ECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
The installation and the operation of the night VFR equipment do not
change the basic performance of the airplane described in Section 5
I "Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
However, the installation of the externally mounted antennas will
result in a minor reduction in cruise performance. See Section 5
I "Performance" ofthe basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

9.2.20 September 30, 1989

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 13
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE

SUPPLEMENT

GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE

•
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL. 9.13.3
2 LIMITATIONS. 9.13.3
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES..................... 9.13.4
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.13.4
5 PERFORMANCE . 9.13.6

June 30, 1988 9.13.1

Revision 3
SUPPLEMENT 13 SOCATA
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.13.2 January 31, 1988

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 13
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE

SECTION 1
GENERAL

The ground power receptacle permits the use of an external power source for
cold weather starting and during lenghty maintenance work on the electrical
and avionics equipment. The receptacle is located under the baggage
compartment access door, near the anti-twist edge.
NOTE:
If no avionics equipment is to be used or worked on, the avionics power

I
switches should be turned off or the circuit breakers should be released or, if
installed, set "Radio Master" switch to OFF.
If maintenance is required on the avionics equipment, it is advisable to utilize
a battery catt external power source to prevent damage to the avionics
equipment by transient voltage.
NOTE:

I
The auxiliary power source relay disconnects battery automatically, when the
ground power receptacle is powered. Therefore it is impossible to selVice
battery without having removed it from the airplane.

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane

described in Section 2 ·'Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

I
PLACARDS
The following placards are located above the ground power receptacle
access door :

EXTERNAL POWER TOMADA EXTERNA

28 volts DC 28 volts CC
TURN MASTER SWITCH DESLIGUE A CHAVE GERAL
OFF BEFORE INSERTING ANTES DE COLOCAR OU
OR REMOVING PLUG RETIRAR A TOMADA

Valid for English Valid for Brazil

speaking countries

June 30, 1988 9.13.3

Revision 3
 SUPPLEMENT 13 SOCATA
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The installation and the operation of the ground power receptacle do not
change the basic emergency procedures of the airplane described in
Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane

described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.
Engine starting using auxiliary power does not change the basic procedures,
however:
WARNING
IF THE BATIERY HAS BEEN REMOVED, BEFORE CONNECTING THE
AUXILIARY POWER SOURCE, ISOLATE ELECTRICAL HARNESS
TERMINAL LUGS USING RUBBER OR PLASTIC
OR CHECK THEIR ISOLATION
CAUTION

I IT IS RECOMMENDED TO LET THE ENGINE RUN WITH THE

AUXILIARY POWER ONLY IF THE "RADIO MASTER" IS OFF,
Airplanes not equipped with the "Radio Master" switch
The avionics power switches should be turned off.

I
Airplanes equipped with the "Radio Master" switch
Electrical power supply of radio communication and radio navigation
systems is automatically cut off during engine starting sequence.

9.13.4 June 30, 1988

Revision 3
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 13
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE

• All
WARNING
WHEN TURNING ON THE MAIN SWITCH, USING AN EXTERNAL
POWER SOURCE, OR PULLING THE PROPELLER
THROUGH BY HAND,
TREAT THE PROPELLER AS IF THE MAGNETO SWITCHES
WERE ON :
DO NOT STAND, NOR ALLOW ANYONE ELSE TO STAND, WITHIN
THE ARC OF THE PROPELLER, SINCE A LOOSE OR BROKEN WIRE,
OR A COMPONENT MALFUNCTION, COULD CAUSE THE ENGINE
TO START
The ground power receptacle circuit incorporates a polarity reversal
protection. Power from the external power source will flow only if the ground
power receptacle is correctly connected to the airplane. If the plug is
accidentally connected backwards, no power will flow to the electrical
system, thereby preventing any damage to electrical equipment.
The following check should be made after starting engine and removing the
external power source, if there is any question as to the condition of the
battery.
• (1) Main switch - OFF.
(2) Taxi and landing lights switch-breakers - ON.
(3) Engine RPM - REDUCE to idle.
(4) Main switch - ON (with taxi and landing lights ON).
(5) ALTr FLO switch-breaker - ON.
(6) Engine RPM - INCREASE to approximately 1500 RPM.
(7) Voltmeter - CHECK.
If the voltmeter is in red sector or, Post-MOO.182, if V < 24 Volts
(VOC lamp illuminated) : remove the battery for servicing.
(8) Lights switch-breakers - OFF.

June 30, 1988 9.13.5

Revision 3
 SUPPLEMENT 13 SOCATA
GROUND POWER RECEPTACLE

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

The installation and the operation of the ground power receptacle do not
change the basic performance of the airplane described in Section 5
"Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

I 9.13.6 June 30, 1988

Revision 3
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 22
I "BFG" WX-l000 / WX-l000+ OR WX-900 OR WX-500
STORMSCOPE

SUPPLEMENT

I "BFG" WX-1000 /1000+ OR WX-900 OR WX-500

STORMSCOPE

I
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22.2
2 - LIMITATIONS .................................... 9.22.2
3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES..................... 9.22.3
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES ......................... 9.22.3
5 PERFORMANCE ................. . 9.22.3

6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE ................... . 9.22.4

7 - DESCRiPTION................................... 9.22.5

January 31, 1991 9.22.1

Revision 5
SUPPLEMENT 22 SOGATA
"8FG" WX-I000 / WX-I000+ OR WX-BOO OR WX-500
STORMSGOPE

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement supplies information to the pilot about limitations, normal

and emergency procedures when the optional "BFG" WX-I000/1000+ or
WX-900 or WX-500 stormscope is installed on the SOCATA T8 airplanes.
The stormscope must be used within limits of this supplement.

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

These limitations supplement those of standard airplane described in

Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.
The "BFG" WX-100D/1000+ or WX-900 or WX-500 stormscope systems
signal displays are not intended for the purpose of penetrating thunderstorm
areas or areas of severe turbulence; such intentional use is prohibited.
NOTE:
Range selector determines receiver sensitivity Bnd therefore relative range.
Displayed range is based on signal strength and is notto be used for accurate
determination of thunderstorm location.
The ~BFG" WX-1 000/1 000+ stormscope systems check-list functions are for
reference only.
CAUTION

THE STORMSCOPE MUST NOT BE USED FOR THUNDERSTORM

PENETRATION
The "BFG" Stormscope Pilot's Handbook, Range II,
No. 75-0299-7690-1 (WX-1000/1000+)
or
- The WX-900 Pilot's guide, No. 78-8060-6027-9
or

I
The WX-500 Pilot's guide, No. 009-11501-001 with:
. the KMD 550/850 Multi-function Display Pilot's Guide
No. 006-18222-0000
or
. the "GARMIN" GNS 530 Pilot's Guide, No.1 90-00181-00,

attheir last revision, shall be readily availabletothe pilot, each time the "BFG"
stormscope operation is foreseen.

9.22.2 January 31, 1991

Revision 6
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 22

I "BFG" WX-1000 / WX-1000+ OR WX-900 OR WX-500

STDRMSCOPE

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

• Installation and operation of "BFG" WX-1 000/1 000+ or WX-900 or WX-500

stormscope systems do not change the basic emergency procedures of the
airplane described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook.

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

Normal operating procedures are outlined in the "BFG" WX-100D/1000+

stormscope Pilot's Handbook, Range II, No. 75-0299-7690-1 at last
revision.
Normal operating procedures are outlined in the "BFG" WX-900 stormscope
Pilot's Guide, Range II, No. 78-8060-6027-9 at last revision.

I Normal operating procedures are outlined in the "BFG" WX-500 stormscope

Pilot's Guide, Range II, No. 009-11501-001 at last revision.

SECTIONS
PERFORMANCE

I H
Installation and operation of HBFG WX-1000/1000+ or WX-900 or WX-500
stormscope systems do not change the basic emergency procedures oftha
airplane described in Section 5 "Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.

January 31, 1991 9.22.3

Revision 5
 SUPPLEMENT 22 SOCATA
I "BFG" WX-1000 / WX-1000+ OR WX-900 OR WX-500
STORMSCOPE

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft in

Section 6 ~Weight
ft
and balance of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

WEIGHT
A ARM
EQUIPMENT per unit
0' OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT in.
SUPPLIER Ib
a Ikg)
1m)

34 - NAVIGATION

A Siormscope WX-l000 BFG 15.432 83.07

(on panel strip) (7.000) (2.11)
(J620 OOM)

A Stormscope WX-l000 BFG 15.432 83.07

(on R.H. instrument panel) (7.000) (2.11)
(J820 10M)

A Stormscope WX-l000+ BFG 15.432 83.07

(J82800M) (7.000) (2.11)

A Stormscope WX-1000+ BFG 15.432 83.07

(with converter assy) (7.000) (2.11)
(J82810M)

A Stormscope WX-900 BFG 4.906 85.43

(J91S OOM) (2.180) (2.17)

A Stormscope WX-500 BFG 4.960 117.32

(OPT10 34502A) (2.250) (2.98)

9.22.4 January 31,1991

Revision 5
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 22

I "BFG" WX-l000 / WX-l000+ OR WX-900 OR WX-500

STORMSCOPE

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

• The "BFG" (Series II) WX-l000/1000+ or WX-900 or WX-500 stormscope

weather mapping systems provide B visual screen readout of the electrical
discharges associated with thunderstorms. This information with proper
interpretation, will allow the pilot to detect severe thunderstorm activity.
Stormscope information (dots or strike points according to stormscope type)
will be displayed on the screen to indicate the electrical discharge areas.
Storms cope information may be displayed on two selectable views : 360"

I view of surrounding airspace and 120" view of forward airspace only

CNX-l000/1000+ or WX-500).
The display scope provides full scale selectable ranges of :
• - 200,100,50 and 25 nautical miles (WX-1 000/1 000+ or WX-500)
- 100,50 and 25 nautical miles (WX-900).

January 31, 1991 9.22.5

Revision 5
 SUPPLEMENT 22 SOCATA
I "BFG" WX-1000 / WX-1000+ OR WX-900 OR WX-500
STORMSCOPE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.22.6 January 31,1991

Revision 5
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 25
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SUPPLEMENT

"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION

SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

"OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT No. J870 00 - J870 30 - J870 40"

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1 GENERAL. ............................................................ 9.25.3

2 LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 9.25.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................................... 9.25.5
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES .......................................... 9.25.6
5 PERFORMANCE ..................................................... 9.25.10
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE .......................................... 9.25.10
7 DESCRiPTION ........................................................ 9.25.11

September 30,1994 9.25.1

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 25 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.25.2 September 3D, 1994

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 25
"GARMIN" 100AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation
when the aircraft is equipped with the option "GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A.
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB 20 aircraft is equipped with the option
"GARMIN" 100AVD GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI
K1525A.
Using information provided by satellites ("GARMIN" 100 AVD is able to
track up to 8 satellites at a time), GPS is an automatic tridimensional
(latitude, longitude, altitude) location and navigation means. It also
uses data recorded in a data base (two different data bases are
available: North American base or international base). The data base
has to be updated every 28 days.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, intersections, flight service stations ...
There is also room for up to 100 user defined waypoints and
10 different flight plans.

September 30, 1994 9.25.3

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 25 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 2 "limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the aircraft is equipped with the option "GARMIN"
100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI K1525A.
GPS "GARMIN" 100 AVD is installed in accordance with FAA notice
8110.47 dated 23 April 93.
This equipment is approved for use as a VFR navigation system for en
route and terminal area only. Therefore, GPS navigation must be
crosschecked with usual means.
Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
GPS "GARMIN" 100 AVD is not approved for navigation as a primary
source.

LIMITED TO
VFR USE ONLY
GPS

Figure 9.25.1· GPS limitation placard

"GARMIN" 100 AVD Owner's Manual at its latest revision shall be

readily available to the pilot whenever the operation of the GPS
navigation system is predicted.

9.25.4 September 30, 1994

Revision 2
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 25
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the

standard aircraft described in Section 3 II Emergency procedures" of the
I basic Pilot's Operating Handbook, when the aircraft is equipped with
the option "GARMIN" 100 AVO GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
I WITH HSI KI 525A.

If "GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS information is flagged (Flag "NAV" on

HSI), revert to remaining operational navigation equipment. Press
the ,NAV 11 button-switch to select the NAV 1 navigation source.
GPS

September 30,1994 9.25.5

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 25 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

aircraft described in Section 4" Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the aircraft is equipped with the option
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI
K1525A.
Normal operating procedures of the "GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS are
outlined in the "GARMIN" 100 AVD Owner's Manual at the latest
revision.
However, it is essential to precise the following points:
SET UP CONDITIONS
- Verify if the data base is current.
Check. that COl settings are as follows :
. COl scale> ± 5.00 (Section 11.3 of the Owner's Manual) .
. STEER TO > 0 - BAR (Section 11.3 ofthe Owner's Manual),
- Check tone setting: MSG and key or MSG only (Section 11.5 of the
Owner's Manual).
- Check that MAP DATUM is WGS 84 or as indicated on the navigation
charts used (Section 11.7 of the Owner's Manual).
- Check that OUTPUT parameter is set to AVIATION (Section 11.7 of the
Owner's Manual).

9.25.6 September 30, 1994

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 25
"GARMIN" 100AVDGPSNAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR
The system annunciator is located above the ADJ.
MESSAGE (MSG) - Will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that
requires attention. It also generates an audible tone to alert the pilot
of the message. Messages that require immediate attention such as an
arrival alarm or a loss of GPS data generate a quick tone that will not
stop until MSG key is pressed. All other messages generate a slow tone
that will cease after 15 seconds.

SYSTEM SWITCHES

iNAV'i
GPS - This button-switch is used for selecting data to be presented
on the pilot's HS', either NAV data from the number one navigation
receiver or GPS data from the "GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS.
The INAV'
GPS
I button-switch is located above theAD1.

September 30, 1994 9.25.7

Revision 2
 SUPPLEMENT 25 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
I SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

PILOT'S DISPLAY

Left I right steering information is provided via the course deviation

indicator on the pilot's HSI as a function of the source selected with
the iNAV
GPS
11 button-switch position.

GPS navigation parameters are presented on the HSI as:

desired track (DTK) information.
cross track error (XTK).
About one minute prior to reaching a waypoint, MSG alarm lights on,
audio warning is on for 15 seconds. The message "Approaching
waypoint" can be displayed.
As HSI is not slaved to DTK GPS output, it is necessary to adjust
manually the selected course of the HSI to the present DTK of the
navigation leg. This has to be made when crossing a waypoint.

9.25.8 September 30, 1994

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 25
"GARMIN" 100AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI525A

FLIGHT DIRECTOR I AUTOPILOT COUPLED OPERATION

NAV1
Whether the
i i
GPS button-switch is selected on GPS data or NAV
data engaging the NAV mode on the autopilot mode controller will
make the FD appear, using selected course and left I right steering
information presented on the HSI.

The autopilot is coupled to the HSI when AP is engaged on the mode

controller.
WARNING
WHEN CROSSING A WAYPOINT, WITH THE AUTOPILOT ENGAGED ON
NAV MODE AND USING GPS DATA, IF THE COURSE POINTER IS NOT
ADJUSTED AT THE VALUE OF THE NEW DESIRED TRACK AND IF THE
COURSE CHANGE IS MORE THAN 5°, THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR AND
AUTOPILOT WILL STEER A DIVERGENT ROUTE AFTER THE WAYPOINT.
NOTE:
When the HSf is selected on GPS navigation source, the RMI remains
seJected on NAV 1 or NAV 2 source.

CAUTION

"GARMIN" 100 TURN OFF

THE "GARMIN" 100 AVO GPS HAS AN INTEGRATED BATIERY PACK.

WHEN SELECTING RADIO MASTER SWITCH OFF AT ENGINE SHUT
DOWN,GPS STAYS ON, USING THE BATIERY PACK.
PRESS AND HOLD THE OFF I DIM SIDE OF THE ON I OFF KEY FOR 3
SECONDS UNTIL THE DISPLAY IS BLANK.

September 30, 1994 9.25.9

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 25 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

Installation and operation of the nGARMIN" 100 AVD GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 52SA do not change
the performance of the aircraft described in Section 5 "Performance"
of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook..

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Weight and balance corresponding to the "GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A are given in the
optional equipment list attached to Section 6 "Weight and balance" of
the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook..

9.25.10 September 30. 1994

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 25
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures are described in the "GARMIN" 100 AVD

Owner's Manual at the latest revision.

CONTROLS - see Figure 9.25.2

The front panel consists of a 3-line, 22-character LCD display and

21 keys. Information displayed on the LCD is commonly referred to as a
page.
Access to the pages is made by the keys on the left and bottom of the
LCD. Alphanumeric keys on the right of the LCD are used to enter data.
The rocker key (+- --+) activates a cursor that can be moved on the
page to locations called fields. This function is visible by an area of
inverse video on the screen.
The CLR key erases information in the cursor field or toggles through
several available options on a cyclic field.
ENT key completes the process of data entry and indicates approval.

ANNUNCIATORS - see Figure 9.25.3

The annunciators include:
, amber warning light marked "MSG",
1 button-switch composed of:
a green indicator light marked "NAV''',
a blue indicator light marked "GPS".

September 30, 1994 9.25.11

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 25 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 100AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI525A

D CJ
MESSAGE AUTOSTORE ALPHANUMERIC
FUNCTION KEY KEYBOARD

GPS1Ca

~
~ IM:oj ~
II ~ I~' [1]
~ 1-IBGj~
L 1°"

~ ~
< • plM

SET UP PAGE
KEY
'OCKE'
KEY
ClEA'
KEY
ENTER
KEY
J
POWER! NAVIGATION
BRIGHTNESS PAGES KEYS

Figure 9.25.2 - Controls

9.25.12 September 30. 1994

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 25
"GARMIN" 100AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

o MS.
~o
GF'S MESSAGE ..J GPS BunON-SWITCH
WARNING LIGHT

Figure 9.25.3 - GPS annunciators

September 30, 1994 9.25.13

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 25 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 100 AVD GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.25.14 September 30, 1994

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 26
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SUPPLEMENT

"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH HSI KI 525A

"OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT No. K860 10M - K860 30M-

K86040M"

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL ............................................................. 9.26.3
2 LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 9.26.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................................... 9.26.5
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES .......................................... 9.26.6
5 PERFORMANCE .............. .......... ....... ......... ............. 9.26.11
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE .......................................... 9.26.11
7 DESCRIPTION ................... ................ ....... .............. 9.26.12

January 15, 1995 9.26.1

Revision 3
SUPPLEMENT 26 SOCATA
"BENDIX! KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9262 January 15, 1995

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 26
"BENDIX / KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation
when the aircraft is equipped with the option ""BENDIX/KING"
KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A",
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the aircraft is equipped with the option" "BENDIX'
KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI
52SA",
Using information provided by satellites ("BENDIX I KING" KLN90A is
able to track up to 8 satellites at a time), GPS is an automatic
tridimensional (latitude, longitude, altitude) location and navigation
means. It also uses data recorded in a data base (two different data
bases are available: North American one or International one). The
data base is housed in a cartridge plugged into the back of the KLN90A
and is updated every 28 days by means of diskettes and a computer {a
jack located on left lower panel provides a means of interfacing the
KLN90Awith the computer via an interface cable}.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, Intersections, flight service stations ...
There is also room for up to 250 user defined waypoints and 26
different flight plans.
The KLN90AO receives altitude code from the encoding altimeter.

January 15, 1995 9.26.3

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 26 SOCATA
"BENDIX! KING" KLN90AGPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A
D.G.A.C. Approved
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the aircraft is equipped with the option ''''BENDIX I
KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERfACED WITH HSI KI
525A",
Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
NOTE:
The KLN90A genuine data base is referenced to WGS 84 geodetic
datum.
If the data base or chart are not referenced to WGS 84 or to NAD 83
geodetic datum, in the absence of agreed operating procedure. the
GPS navigation must be disabled for terminal area.
GPS "BENDIX I KING" KLN90A is not approved for navigation as a
primarysQurce.

GPS NOT APPROVED

FOR NAVIGATION AS
A PRIMARY SOURCE

Figure 9.26.1 - GPS limitation placard

The navigation must be performed with the primary navigation means.

In any case, GPS use is limited to "en route" and terminal areas.
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A Pilot's Guide at its latest revision shall be
readily available to the pilot whenever the operation of the GP5
navigation system is predicted.

9.26.4 January 15,1995

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 26
"BENDIX! KING" KLN90AGPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A
D.G.A.C. Approved
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the

standard aircraft described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the
basic Pilot's Operating Handbook. when the aircraft is equipped with
the option ''''BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH HSI KI S25A".

If KLN90A GPS information is flagged (Flag "NAV" on HSl) or GPS

integrity (RAIM) capabimy is lost, revert to remaining operational
i GPS ibuton~swich
navigation equipment. Press the NAV1 to select the
NAV 1 navigation source.

January 15. 1995 9.26.5

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 26 SOCATA
"BENDIX / KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A
D.G.A.C. Approved

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

aircraft described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook. when the aircraft is equipped with the option
""BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH HSI KI S2SA".

Normal operating procedures of the KLN90A GPS are outlined in the

"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.

However, it is important to precise the following points:

SET UP CONDITIONS
- Verify if the data base is current.
- Verify the baro setting.
- Set turn anticipation mode (SET / 6) to :
. ENABLE (turn anticipation ENABLED) : recommended mode,
. DISABLE (turn anticipation DISABLED): not recommended mode.
- Check that the proper criteria are used for nearest airport selection.

COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR

In any mode, the course deviation indicator sensitivity is plus or minus
5 Nm full scale.
NOTE:
Transmission on VHF 1 or 2 communication frequencies 121.15,
121.175, 121.20, 131.25, 131.275 and 131.30 MHz may adversely affect
reception of the GPS signal. Transmissions in excess of 10 seconds may
result in loss of GPS signal reception and WRN annunciator activation.
Navigation will be restored within 5 seconds after the completion of
the transmission. If UHF communication system is installed, the same
behaviour can be observed on the first harmonic of the VHF
frequencies, 242.30, 242.35, 242.40, 262.50, 262.55 and 262.60 MHz.

9.26.6 January 15, 1995

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 26
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90AGPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A
D.G.A.C Approved

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS
The system annunciators are located above the main horizon:
1) WAYPOINT (wPD - Prior to reaching a waypoint in the active flight
plan, the KLN90A GPS will provide navigation along a curved path
segment to ensure a smooth transition between two adjacent legs
in the flight plan. This feature is called turn anticipation.
Approximately 20 seconds prior to the beginning of turn
anticipation the WPT annunciator will flash, going solid upon
initialization of the turn, and extinguishing upon turn completion.
WARNING
TURN ANTICIPATION IS AUTOMATICALLY DISABLED FOR
WAYPOINTS USED EXCLUSIVELY IN SID I STARS WHERE
OVERFLIGHT IS REQUIRED. FOR WAYPOINTS SHARED BETWEEN
SID I STARS AND PUBLISHED EN ROUTE SEGMENTS (REQUIRING
OVERFLIGHT IN THE SID I STARS) PROPER SELECTION ON THE
PRESENTED WAYPOINT PAGE IS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE
ADEQUATE ROUTE PROTECTION ON THE SID I STARS.
2) MESSAGE (MSG) - Wifl flash to alert the pilot of a situation that
requires attention. Press the MSG button on the KLN90A GP5 to
view the message (Appendix B of the KLN90A Pilot's Guide
contains a list of all of the message page messages and their
meanings).
3) WARN (WRN) - Annunciates that GP5 integrity (RAIM) capability is
lost.
NOTE:
The warning annunciator may be tested by pressing on "TEST"
knob of the alarm panel.

January 15, 1995 9.26.7

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 26 SOCATA
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A
D.G.A.C. Approved

SYSTEM SWITCHES

iNAV'i
GPS - This button-switch is used for selecting data to be presented
on the pilot's HSI, either NAV data from the number one navigation
receiver or GPS data from the KLN90A GPS.
TheINAV'i
GPS
button-switch is located below the HSI.

9.26.B January 15, 1995

Revision 2
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 26
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A
D.G.A.C. Approved

PILOT'S DISPLAY

Left I right steering information is provided via the course deviation

indicator on the pilot's HSI as a function of the source selected with
theiNAV'
GPS
1 button-switch position.
EN ROUTE-LEG mode
When using the en route-leg mode, it is necessary to adjust manually
the course indicator at the value of the desired track between two
waypoints.
When the KLN90A is used with the TURN ANTICIPATION ENABLED, at
the beginning of turn anticipation, WPT alert annunciator goes on
steady, MSG annunciator begins flashing. At this time, the KLN90A will
notify the pilot with a message on the Message Page of the new
desired track to select on the HSI. This message will not be given if the
course change is less than 5°.

CAUTION
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO USE KLN90A WITH TURN ANTICIPATION
ENABLED
WHEN TURN ANTICIPATION IS DISABLED, waypoint alerting occurs
approximately-3S seconds prior to actually reaching the waypoint.
MSG annunciator remains OFF. There is no course change message
displayed by the KLN90A.

When the KLN90A is used WITH TURN ANTICIPATION DISABLED, the

"Super NAV 5" page allows a rapid visualisation of the aircraft position
in horizontal navigation with regards to the route and the waypoints.
It is strongly recommended to use this page.
EN ROUTE-OBS mode
When using the en route-OBS mode, it is also necessary to adjust
manually the course indicator at the value of the OBS selected on the
KLN90A. The desired track selection is made only from the KLN90A
control box.

January 15, 1995 9.26.9

Revision 2
SUPPLEMENT 26 SOCATA
"BENDIX f KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

FLIGHT DIRECTOR I AUTOPILOT COUPLED OPERATION

The HSI can be coupled to KAP 100, KAP 150 or KFC 150 autopilots.
The NAV mode engagement on the autopilot mode controller arms the
autopilot in navigation mode, using selected course and left I right
steering information presented on the HSI. It makes the FD appear in
the case of the KFC 150 autopilot.
When AP is engaged on the mode controller, the autopilot is coupled
to the HSI.
WARNING
WHEN CROSSING A WAYPOINT, WITH THE AUTDPILDT ENGAGED ON
NAV MODE AND USING GPS DATA. IF THE COURSE POINTER IS NOT
ADJUSTED AT THE VALUE OF THE NEW DESIRED TRACK AND IF THE
COURSE CHANGE IS MORE THAN 5°, THE FLIGHT DIRECTDR AND
AUTOPILOT WILL STEER A DIVERGENT ROUTE AFTER THE WAYPDINT
(EN ROUTE-LEG MODE SELECTED ON THE KLN90A)_
NOTE:
When the HSf is selected on GPS navigation source, the RMI (if
installed) remains selected on NAV 1 source (VOR or RNA V).

9.26.10 January 15, 1995

Revision 3
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 26
"BENDIX/ KING" KLN90AGPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

Installation and operation of the "BENDIX I KING" KlN90A GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A do not change
the performance of the aircraft described in Section 5 "Performance"
of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft

in Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.

A ITEM WEIGHT ARM

0' OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
0 No. Ib in.

A K86010M GF'S KLN gOA "KING"

interlaced with HSI and AlP, with RMI 9.17 21.65

A K860 30M GPS KLN gOA "KING"

interfaced with HSI, with RMI 9.17 21,65

A K86040M GPS KLN goA "KING"

interfaced with HSI and AlP, without RMI 9.17 21.65
(For export only)

January 15, 1995 9.26.11

Revision 3
SUPPLEMENT 26 SOCATA
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI S2SA

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures are described in the "BENDIX I KING"

KLN90A Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.

CONTROLS - see Figure 9.26.2

Controlled by two sets of concentric knobs and two cursor buttons, the
KlN90A can present a variety of information in a number of different
page formats.
The various display types can be considered as chapters in a book. each
chapter having as many as 26 numbered pages at once. With a few
exceptions, each of these pages can be changed independently.
Generally the 2 concentric knobs and the cursor button to the left of
the screen are used to select data on l.H. page, just as the right knobs
and cursor on the right control the R.H. page.
The large outer knobs control the chapters and the small inner knobs
turn the pages.
To change data in a page use the cursor function. This function is an
area of inverse video on the screen brought up by depressing the cursor
buttons.
Then rotate the outer knob to position the cursor and the inner knob
to select the desired characters. Repeat this operation as many times as
necessary and valid (ENT button).

9.26.12 January 15, 1995

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 26
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

I I

I'DATALOADER" JACK

LEFT CURSOR lEFT OUTER RIGHTCURSOR POWER!

BUTTON KNOB BUTTON
BRIGHTN;ZSS
KNOB

LEFT PAGE RIGHT PAGE

,..
., CALC
,..
~" o STAT L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---'
SETUP
OTllfR~ ~ ~ 1m I I {NT I
""
AerY
REF
'"
SUPL

LEFT
INNER KNOB
ALTIUD~ BUTTON
CLEARr
BUTTON OUTER
KNOB

MESSAGE DIRECT TO ENTER RIGHT

BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON INNER KNOB

Figure 9.26.2 - Controls

January 15, 1995 9.26.13

SUPPLEMENT 26 SOCATA
"BENDIX I KING" KLN90A GPS NAVIGATION
SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH HSI KI 525A

I
c:J D I

GPS NOT APPROVED

FOR NAVIGATION AS
A PRIMARY SOURCE

NAV1
MSG
GPS

BUTTON-SWITCH
ANNUNCIATORS AND LIGHTS

Figure 9.26.3 - GPS placard and annunciators

9.26.14 January 15, 1995

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 27
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

SUPPLEMENT

LOW NOISE EXHAUST

"OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT N° A890"

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 GENERAL ............................................................. 9.27.3
2 LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 9.27.3
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................................... 9.27.3
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES .......................................... 9.27.4
5 PERfORMANCE ............... ........ ......... .............. ....... 9.27.5
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE .......................................... 9.27.5
7 DESCRIPTION ........................................................ 9.27.6

October31,1995 9.27.1
SUPPLEMENT 27 SOCATA
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.27.2 October 31, 1995

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 27
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation
when the aircraft is equipped with the option "LOW NOISE EXHAUST".

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The installation and the operation of the option "LOW NOISE

EXHAUST" do not change the basic limitations of the aircraft described
in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The installation and the operation of the option "LOW NOISE

EXHAUST" do not change the emergency procedures of the aircraft
described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook,

October31.1995 9.27.3
SUPPLEMENT 27 SOCATA
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter partially replace those of the standard

aircraft described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the aircraft is equipped with the option
"LOW NOISE EXHAUST".

PREFLIGHT INSPECTIONS
AIRFRAME
6 - FOlWard fuselage
Windshield and window panels Clean
Engine cowling attachment Check
Oil Check level
and absence of leak
Propeller Clean, good condition
Propeller cone Check (no play)
Air intakes Clean
Oil pump breather Unobstructed
Exhaust pipe Check
Exhaust muffler Check condition and attachment
Fuel filter draining Fuel free of water
and sediment
Fuel filter drain Check CLOSED

9.27.4 October 31. 1995

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 27
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

SECTION 5

PERFORMANCE
The performance hereafter partially replace those of the standard
aircraft described in Section 5 "Performance" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook..

ACOUSTIC LIMITATION
With a noise level lower than the limit noise level by 5.5 dB (A) the
TB 9 aircraft complies with Chapter 10. appendix 6, annex 16 of the
agreement relative to International Civil Aviation Organization {I CAD).
The noise limit authorized in above~mntid leAD conditions is
84.0 dB (A).
The noise level which was determined in above-mentioned ICAD
conditions at maximum continuous power and at 2645 RPM is
78.5 dB (A).
Consequently, according to above-mentioned leAD conditions, the
noise limitation type certificate is extended to SOCATA TB 9 aircraft
equipped with the option Nr A890.

SECTION 6

WEIGHT AND BALANCE

The weight and balance hereafter complete those of the standard

aircraft described in Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook.

A WEIGHT ARM
0'
ITEM
N'
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT • Ib ;0
0 (k.g) (m)

A· ENGINE & ACCESSORIES

A A89000M LOW NOISE EXHAUST 14.33 15.75

(6.50) (0.40)

October 31, 1995 9.27.5

SUPPLEMENT 27 SOCATA
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION
The description hereafter partially replaces those of the standard
aircraft described in Section 7 "Description" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook.

EXHAUST SYSTEM ~ see Figure 9.27.1

Exhaust gases from each cylinder are collected by pipes to be
conducted, in orderto reduce their noise level to an exhaust duct which
is located at the front, crosswise under the power plant.
Then. exhaust gases route through a pipe under engine compartment
R.H. side up to an additional muffler located longitudinally under the
fuselage, in aircraft centerline. Then they are discarged in the
atmosphere.

9.27.6 October 31, 1995

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 27
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

POWER PLANT FRONT FUSELAGE

,r-~"' ,r--...,"'----__,

LOG. GR. MOUNT

ENGINE

MUFFLER
I- ':!GID PIPE

EXHAUST DUCT

Figure 9.27.1 - EXHAUST SYSTEM (PRINCIPLE)

October 31, 1995 9.27.7

SUPPLEMENT 27 SOCATA
LOW NOISE EXHAUST

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.27.8 October 31. 1995

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 37
"BENDIX/ KING" KLN89B GPS- "STANDALONE"

SUPPLEMENT

"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM -
"STAND ALONE"

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT No_ K920 OOM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 GENERAL ....... .... .......... .................. ........ ... ........ ... 9.37.3
2 LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 9.37.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................................... 9.37.5
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES .......................................... 9.37.6
5 PERFORMANCE ..................................................... 9.37.9
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE .......................................... 9.37.9
7 DESCRiPTION ........................................................ 9.37.10

June 30, 1997 9.37.1

SUPPLEMENT 37 SOCATA
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS - "STAND ALONE"

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.37.2 June 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 37
"BENDIX! KING" KLNB9B GPS- "STANDALONE"

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation
when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ''''BENDIX/ KING"
KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND ALONE"".
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option" "BENDIX
! KING" KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND ALONE"".
Using information provided by satellites ("BENDIX I KING" KLN89B is
able to track. up to 8 satellites at a time), GPS is an automatic
tridimensional (latitude, longitude. altitude) location and navigation
means. It also uses data recorded in a data base (three different data
bases are available : Americas, Atlantic, Pacific). The data base is
housed in a cartridge plugged into the front face ofthe KLN89B and is
updated every 28 days by means of diskettes.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, Intersections. SIDs, STARs, instrument
approaches, flight service stations ...
There is also room for 500 user defined waypoints and 26 different
flight plans.
CAUTION
IT IS STRONGLY ADVISED NOT TO LOAD USER WAYPOINTS IN DATA
BASE IN TERMINAL AREA NAVIGATION DUE TO THE INCREASE OF
WORK LOAD FOR THE PILOT
The KLN898 can receive altitude code from the encoding altimeter.

June 30, 1997 9.37.3

SUPPLEMENT 37 SOCATA
"BENDIX / KING" KLN89B GPS - "STAND ALONE"

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook. when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option
""BENDIX / KING" KLNB9B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND
ALONE"",
Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
NOTE:
The original KLN898 data base is in accordance with the WGS84
geodetic model.
If the data base or the cartridge are not in accordance with WGS84 or
NAD 83 geodetic model, and as there is no means of operation
published, GPS navigation system must be disengaged in terminal area.
GPS "BENDIX' KING" KLN898 can only be used as a supplemental
source for navigation in VFR (the instruments required for navigation
in VFR must be available onboard).

GPS USEO FOR NAVIGATION IN VFR ONLY I

Figure 9.37.1 • GPS limitation placard
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B Pilot's Guide at its latest revision shall be
readily available to the pilot.

9.37.4 June 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 37
"BENDIX I KING" KLNB9B GPS- "STANDALONE"

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the

standard airplane described in Section 3 Emergency procedures" of
II

the basic Pilot's Operating HandbooK, when the T8 aircraft is equipped

with the option" "BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM-
"STAND ALONE"".

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

1 - "MSG" push-knob of KLN89B .. ,.,.............. PRESS

Check the message.
If the message mentions the loss of GPS system integrity (RAIM
NOT AVAILABLE):
2 - Continue the VFR flight with the primary sources of
navigation (VOR, ADF".) if they exist.

When the system integrity is restored. the return to GPS mode must be
accompanied by the validation of the followed and desired track
concordance by using the other sources of navigation, if they exist.

June30,1997 9.37.5
SUPPLEMENT 37 SOCATA
"BENDIX / KING" KLN89B GPS - "STAND ALONE"

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

airplane described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the T8 aircraft;s equipped with the option
""BENDIX / KING" KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND
ALONE"",
Normal operating procedures of the KLN89B GPS recommended by
"BENDIX I KING" manufacturer are outlined in the "BENDIX I KING"
KLN898 Pilot's Guide at the latest revision and KLN89B Memory Jogger
at the latest revision.
However, it is important to precise the following points for the use of
KLNB9B on T8 :

SET UP CONDITIONS
The system must utilize DRS level 20 or later in compliance with the
Pilot's Guide.
Verify if the data base is current. Verify data on the self test page.
Verify that altitude data is valid for the Kl.N89B prior to flight.
Set turn anticipation mode (SET 14) to :
ENABLE (turn anticipation ENABLED): recommended mode,
DISABLE (turn anticipation DISABLED) : not recommended
mode.
Check that the proper criteria are used for nearest airport selection
(SET /6).

9.37.6 June 30,1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 37
"BENDIX / KING" KLN89B GPS - "STAND ALONE"

COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR

The course deviation indicator sensitivity is adj ustable with a maximum
value which is the default value selected by the KLN89B. It is
recommended not to change the default value which is ± 5 NM full
scale.
NOTE:
Transmission on VHF 1 or 2 communication frequencies 121.15,
121.175, 121.20, 131.25, 131.275 and 131.30 MHz may adversely affect
reception of the GP5 signal. Transmissions in excess of 10 seconds may
result in loss of GPS signal reception. Navigation will be restored within
5 seconds after the completion of the transmission. ff UHF
communication system is installed, the same behaviour can be
observed on the first harmonic of the VHF frequencies, 242.30, 242.35,
242.40,262.50,262.55 and 262. 60 MHz.

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS / SWITCHES / CONTROLS

"MSG" message annunciator
CAUTION
"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF
THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS. "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ONLY FLASHES.
It will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that requires his attention.
Press the "MSG" button on the KLN 90B GPS to view the message.
(Appendix B of the KLN89B Pilot's Guide contains a list of all the
messages likely to appear on the "Message" page and their meanings).
"MSG" annunciator is amber.
"WPT" Waypoint annunciator
Prior to reaching a waypoint in the active flight plan, the KLN89B GPS
will provide navigation along a curved path segment to ensure a
smooth transition between two adjacent legs in the flight plan. This
feature is called turn anticipation. Approximately 20 seconds prior to
the beginning of the turn anticipation, the "WPT" annunciator will
flash, going solid upon initiation of the turn, and extinguishing upon
turn completion.
"WPT" annunciator is amber.
June 30, 1997 9.37.7
SUPPLEMENT 37 SOCATA
"BENDIX / KING" KLN89B GPS - "STAND ALONE"

"LEG" mode
The use of "LEG" mode is selected by the "OBS" button.
When the KLN89B is used with the TURN ANTICIPATION ENABLED, at
the beginning of turn anticipation, WPT alert annunciator goes on
steady, MSG annunciator begins flashing. At this time, the KLN898 will
notify the pilot with a message on the Message Page of the new
desired track.. This message will not be given if the course change is less
than 5°,
CAUTION
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO USE KLN89B WITH TURN ANTICIPATION
ENABLED
WHEN TURN ANTICIPATION IS DISABLED. WAYPOINT ALERTING
OCCURS APPROXIMATELY 3S SECONDS PRIOR TO ACTUALLY
REACHING THE WAYPOINT. MSG ANNUNCIATOR REMAINS OFF.
THERE IS NO COURSE CHANGE MESSAGE DISPLAYED BY THE
KLN89B.

When the KLN89B is used WITH TURN ANTICIPATION DISABLED, the

"Super NAV 5" page allows a rapid visualisation of the airplane
position in horizontal navigation with regards to the route and the
waypoints.lt is strongly recommended to use this page.
"OBS" mode (selected by the" OBS" button)
The "OBS" mode has to be selected as follow:
press the "OBS" button to select the "LEG" mode, then the "OBS"
mode,
when selecting the "OBS" mode, the active "WPT" of the "LEG"
mode is chosen as reference "WPT" forthe "OBS" mode.

9.37.8 June 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 37
"BENDIX/KING" KLN898 GPS- "STANDALONE"

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

Installation and operation of the ""BENDIX I KING" KlN89B GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM· "STAND ALONE"" do not change the
performance of the aircraft described in Section 5 "Performance" of
the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft

in Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.

A ITEM WEIGHT ARM

0' OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
0 No. Ib in.

A K92000M "BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS navigation system- 4.519 25.20

"Stand Alone"

June 30, 1997 9.37.9

SUPPLEMENT 37 SOCATA
"BENDIX / KING" KLN89B GPS - "STAND ALONE"

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures of the" "BENDIX I KING" KLN898 GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND ALONE"" are described in the
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.

CONTROLS - see Figure 9.37.2

Controlled by one set including concentric knobs and one cursor
button, the KLN89B can present a variety of information in a number
of different page formats.
The various display types can be considered as chapters in a book, each
chapter having some number of pages. With a few exceptions, each of
these pages can be changed independently.
The large outer knob controls the chapters and the small inner knob
turns the pages.
To change data in a page, use the cursor function. This function is an
area that flashes on the screen brought up by depressing the cursor
button.
Then rotate the outer knob to position the cursor and the inner knob
to select the desired characters. Repeat this operation as many times as
necessary and valid (ENT button).

9.37.10 June 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 37
"BENDIX! KING" KLN89B GPS- "STANDALONE"

I I

CURSOR
BUTTON

INNER KNOB
/ DATA CARD

0rFF
ON

_
APT VOR
~
MSG ~
__
NDB INT

~
un ACT Nfl" ·Pl CAL SET OTH
[NRSTI
_
0
__
>ClR
___
~ t
PULL SCAN

OUTER
ON/OFF ALTITUDE KNOB
KNOB BUTTON
"CLEAR"
BUTTON
MESSAGE "NEAREST"
"ENTER"
BUTTON BUTTON
BUTTON
"DIRECT TO"
BUTTON

Figure 9.37.2 - Controls

June 30, 1997 9.37.11

SUPPLEMENT 37 SOCATA
"BENDIX/ KING" KLN89B GPS- "STANDALONE"

GPS USED FOR

NAVIGATION IN VFR ONLY

MSG

WPT

MSG/WPT
annunciator
~
•

I
Figure 9.37.3 - GPS placard and annunciators

9.37.12 June 30,1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 39
"GARMIN" 150 GPS- "STANDALONE"

SUPPLEMENT

"GARMIN"'50 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM-
"STAND ALONE"

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT No. J925 DDM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 GENERAL ............................................................. 9.39.3
2 LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 9.39.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................................... 9.39.5
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES .......................................... 9.39.6
5 PERFORMANCE ..................................................... 9.39.8
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE.. ........................................ 9.39.8
7 DESCRIPTION ........................................................ 9.39.9

August 31.1997 9.39.1

SUPPLEMENT 39 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 150 GPS- "STANDALONE"

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.39.2 August 31, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 39
"GARMIN" 150 GP5- "sTAND ALONE"

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations. description and operations necessary to the operation
when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option"" GARMIN" 1SO GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND ALONE"",
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the T8 aircraft is equipped with the option
""GARMIN" 1S0 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND ALONE" ",
Using information provided by satellites ("GARMIN" 150 GPS is able to
track up to 8 satellites at a time), GPS is an automatic tridimensional
(latitude. longitude, altitude) location and navigation means. It also
uses data recorded in a data base (three different data bases are
available: Americas, International and Worldwide). The data base is
contained in a NavData card plugged into the front face of the
"GARMIN" 150 GPS and is updated every 28 days by means of new
cards.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, Intersections ...
There is also room for 1000 user defined waypoints and
20 reversible flight plans.
The "GARMIN" 150 GPS can be connected to a "SHADIN" or "ARNAV"
fuel flowmeter.

August 31, 1997 9.39.3

SUPPLEMENT 39 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 150 GPS - "STAND ALONE"

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the T8 aircraft is equipped with the option
.... GARMIN .. 150 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - .. STANDALONE .....
Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
"GARMIN" 150 GPS can only be used as a navigation source in day VFR
in sight of ground or water (the instruments required for navigation in
VFR must be available onboard).

GPS USED ONLY FOR NAVIGATION IN DAY VFR

IN SIGHT OF GROUND OR WATER

Figure 9,39.1 - GPS limitation placard

The GPS integrity is not ensured.

It is therefore the responsibility of the pilot to verify that its position is
correct using the other available navigation sources.
"GARMIN" 150 GPS Pilot's Guide at its latest revision shall be readily
available to the pilot.

9.39.4 August31.1997
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 39
"GARMIN" 150GPS- "STANDALONE"

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the

standard airplane described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of
the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped
with the option '"'GARMIN" 150 GP5 NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND
ALONE"",

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

1 - "STAT" button ................................ PRESS

Check the message.
If the message mentions the loss of GPS system or part of the
system:
2 - Continue the VFR flight with the primary sources of
navigation (VOR, ADF."l if they exist.

When the system is restored, the return to GPS mode must be

accompanied by the validation of the followed and desired track.
concordance by using the other sources of navigation, if they exist.

August 31, 1997 9.39.5

SUPPLEMENT 39 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 150 GPS- "STANDALONE"

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

airplane described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" ofthe basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the T8 aircraft is equipped with the option
''''GARMIN'' 150 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - "STAND ALONE"",
Normal operating procedures of the "GARMIN" 150 GPS are outlined
in the "GARM1N" 150 GPS Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.
However, it is important to precise the following points for the use of
"GARMIN" 150GP$onTB:

SET UP CONDITIONS
Verify ifthe data base is current.
Check that the proper criteria are used for nearest airport selection.
Check that the COl sensitivity scale is set to ± 5 NM.
Check that MAP DATUM is set to WGS 84 or as indicated on the
used navigation charts.

COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR

The course deviation indicator sensitivity is adjustable with a maximum
value which is the default value selected by the "GARMIN" 150 GPS.lt
is recommended not to change the default value which is ± 5 NM full
scale.

9,39,6 August 31, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 39
"GARMIN" 150GPS- "STANDALONE"

NOTE:
Transmission on VHF 1 or 2 communication frequencies 121.15,
121.175, 121.20, 131.25, 131.275 and 131.30 MHz may advenely affect
reception of the GPS signal. Transmissions in excess of 10 seconds may
result in loss of GPS signal reception. Navigation will be restored within
5 seconds after the completion of the transmission. If UHF
communication system is instal/ed, the same behaviour can be
observed on the fim harmonic of the VHF frequencies, 242.30, 242.35,
242.40,262.50,262.55 and 262.60 MHz.

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS I SWITCHES I CONTROLS

"MSG" message annunciator
CAUTION
"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF
THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS. "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ONLY FLASHES.
It will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that requires his attention.
Press the "STAT" button on the "GARMIN" 150 GPS to view the
message. (Appendix C of the "GARMIN" lS0 GPS Pilot's Guide contains
a list of all the messages likely to appear on the "Message" page and
their meanings).
"MSG" annunciator is amber.
"WPT" Waypoint annunciator
About 1 minute before reaching a waypoint. "MSG" and "WPT"
warning lights come on and audio warning is ON for 15 seconds. The
message "Approaching waypoint" can be displayed by pressing the
"STAT" button.
"WPT" and "MSG" annunciators are amber.

August31,1997 9.39.7
SUPPLEMENT 39 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 150 GPS - "STAND ALONE"

SECTION S
PERFORMANCE

Installation and operation of the IIOIGARMIN" 150 GPS NAVIGATION

SYSTEM - "STAND ALONE"" do not change the performance of the
aircraft described in Section 5 "Performance" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft

in Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.

A ITEM WEIGHT ARM

0' OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
a No. Ib in.

A J92500M "GARMIN" 150 GPS - "StandAlone" 4.696 25.59

9.39.8 August 31, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 39
"GARMIN" 150 GPS- "STANDALONE"

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures are described in the "GARMIN" 150 GPS

Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.

CONTROLS - see Figure 9.39.2

The front panel consists of 3-line, 20-character LCD display and 10 k.eys.
Information displayed on the LCD is commonly referred to as a page.
Access to the pages is made by the keys on the right and bottom of the
LCD.
Item 1 POWER I BRIGHTNESS KNOB - This knob controls unit power
and screen brightness.
Item 2 "DIRECT TO" KEY - The direct-to key performs an instant
direct-to, allows to enter a waypoint and sets a direct course
to the destination.
Item 3 - "NRST" KEY - The nearest key is used to obtain information
on the 9 nearest airports, VORs, NDBs, intersections, user
waypoints and 2 nearest FSSs. This key also accesses any
active SUA information.
Item 4 "SET" KEY - The set key allows to customize the settings on
the" GARMIN" 150 GPS to pilot's preference.
Item 5 "RTE" KEY - The route key enables to create, edit, activate
and invert routes. Search-and-rescue, parallel offset and
closest point of approach are also performed using the route
key.
Item 6 - "WPT" KEY - The waypoint key is used to view information
such as runways, frequencies, position and comments on
airports, VORs, NDBs, intersections and user waypoints.
Item 7 - "NAV" KEY - The navigation key is used to view navigation
and position information. Planning operations are also
performed using the" NAV" key.

August 31,1997 9.39.9

SUPPLEMENT 39 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 1S0 GPS- "STAND ALONE"

Item 8 - DOUBLE CONCENTRIC KNOB (INNER I OUTER) ~ The outer

knob is used to advance through pages, advance the cursor
or move through data fields. The inner knob is used to
change data or scrol, through information that cannot fit on
the screen all at once.
Item 9 - "ENT" KEY - The enter key is used to approve an operation
or complete data entry. It is also used to confirm
information, such as during power on.
Item 10- "STAT" KEY - The status key is used to view receiver and
satellite status, as well as system messages.
Item 11 - "CRSR" KEY - The cursor key ;s used to activate I deactivate
the cursor. An active cursor is indicated by flashing
characters on the screen. It is used to highlight fields for data
entry, changing information or cycling through available
options.
Item 12- "CLR" KEY - The clear key is used to erase information or
cancel an entry.

9.39.10 August 31, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 39
"GARMIN" 150GPS- "STANDALONE"

I
DD I

L NAVDATACARD 12 11 10

GARMIN Gf>S 150

Figure 9.39.2 - Controls

August31,1997 9.39.11
SUPPLEMENT 39 SOCATA
"GARMIN" 150 GPS- "STANDALONE"

ANNUNCIATORS· See Figure 9.39.3

The annunciators include 2 amber warning lights marked "MSG" and
"WPT",

I
or-o I

GPS USED ONLY FOR NAVIGATION IN DAY VFR

IN SIGHT OF GROUND OR WATER

~
~
)
I MSG/WPT
annunciator

Figure 9.39.3 - GPS placard and annunciators

9.39.12 August 31, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BENDIX/ KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

SUPPLEMENT

"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH THE HSI KI525A

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT No. K926 DDM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 GENERAL ............................................. ..... ........... 9.40.3
2 LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 9.40.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................................... 9.40.S
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES .......................................... 9.40.6
S PERFORMANCE ..................................................... 9.40.12
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE .................. ................... ..... 9.40.12
7 DESCRIPTION ........................................................ 9.40.13

September 30, 1997 9.40.1

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX! KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.40.2 September 30,1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BENDIX! KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI52SA

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations. description and operations necessary to the operation
when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""BENDIX I KING"
KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH THE
HSI KI525A".
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the T8 aircraft is equipped with the option" "BENDIX
! KING" KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH THE
HSI KI525A".
Using information provided by satellites ("BENDIX I KING" KlN898 is
able to track up to 8 satellites at a time), GPS is an automatic
tridimensional (latitude, longitude, altitude) location and navigation
means. It also uses data recorded in a data base (three different data
bases are available : Americas, Atlantic, Pacific). The data base is
housed in a card plugged into the front face of the KLN898 and is
updated every 28 days by means of diskettes or by replacing the card.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NOBs, Intersections, SIDs, STARs, instrument
approaches, flight service stations ...
There is also room for 500 user defined waypoints and 25 different
flight plans.
CAUTION
IT IS STRONGLY ADVISED NOT TO LOAD USER WAYPOINTS IN DATA
BASE IN TERMINAL AREA NAVIGATION DUE TO THE INCREASE OF
WORK LOAD FOR THE PILOT
The KLN89B can receive altitude code from the encoding altimeter and
be interfaced with a fuel flowmeter.

September 30, 1997 9.40.3

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option
""BENDIX I KING" KLNS9B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH THE HSI KIS2SA".
Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
NOTE:
The original KLN898 data base is in accordance with the WGS84
geodetic model.
If the data base or the card are not in accordance with WGS84 or NAD
83 geodetic model, and as there is no means of operation published,
GPS navigation system must be disengaged in terminal area.
Navigation must be controlled using primary sources. In any case, GPS
use is limited to the En route or terminal area of the flight.
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B Pilot's Guide at its latest revision shall be
readily available to the pilot.
The use of GPS KLN89B approach mode is prohibited.

I USE OF GPSAPPROACH MODE IS PROHIBITED

Figure 9.40.1- GPS limitation placard

IFR navigation is restricted as follows:
IFR en route and terminal area navigation is prohibited unless the
pilot verifies the currency of the data base and verifies each
selected waypoint for accuracy by reference to the aeronautical
documentation.

9.40.4 September 30,1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BEND~/Gn
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the

standard airplane described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of
the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook. when the TB aircraft is equipped
with the option ""BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KIS1SA".

NAV FLAG
If the NAV flag appears on the HSI when it is interfaced with GPS
KLN89B. this means that the GPS signal integrity has been lost.
1 - "NAV 11 GPS" inverter ......................... PRESS
Return to the NAV1 navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

1 - "MSG" push-knob of KLN898 ................... PRESS

Check the message.
If the message mentions the loss of GPS system integrity (RAIM
NOT AVAILABLE) or detects a too important position error
(RAIM POSITION ERROR) :
2- "NAV1/GPS" inverter ......................... PRESS
Return to the NAV1 navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.

When the system integrity is restored, the return to GPS mode must be
accompanied by the validation of the followed and desired track
concordance by using primary sources of navigation.

September 30,1997 9.40.5

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX! KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KIS2SA

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

airplane described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option
""BENDIX f KING" KLN89B GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH THE HSI KIS1SA",
Normal operating procedures of the KLN89B GPS recommended by
"BENDIX I KING" manufacturer are outlined in the "BENDIX I KING"
KLN89B Pilot's Guide at the latest revision and KLN89B Memory Jogger
at the latest revision.
However, it is important to precise the following points for the use of
KLNB98 on T8 :

SET UP CONDITIONS

Verify if the data base is current. Verify data on the self test page.
Verify that altitude data is valid for the KLN89B prior to flight.
Set turn anticipation mode (SET 14) to :
ENABLE (turn anticipation ENABLED) : recommended mode,
DISABLE (turn anticipation DISABLED) : not recommended
mode.
Check that the proper criteria are used for nearest airport selection
(SET f 6),

9.40.6 September 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BENDIXI KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR

The course deviation indicator sensitivity is adj ustable with a maximum
value which is the default value selected by the KLN89B. It is
recommended not to change the default value which is ± 5 NM full
scale.
NOTE:
Transmission on VHF 1 or 2 communication frequencies 121.15,
121.175,121.20,131.25,131.275 and 131.30 MHz mayadverse/yaffect
reception of the GPS signal. Transmissions in excess of 10 seconds may
result in loss of GPS signal reception and WRN annunciator activation.
Navigation will be restored within 5 seconds after the completion of
the transmission. ff UHF communication system is installed, the same
behaviour can be observed on the first harmonic of the VHF
frequencies, 242.30, 242.35, 242.40, 262.50, 262.55 and 262.60 MHz.

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS I SWITCHES I CONTROLS

"NAV 1/GPS" inverter
It may be used to select data for presentation on the pilot's HSI (L.H.
instrument panel); either NAV data from NAV 1 navigation receiver or
GPS data from the KLN898 GPS. The presentation on the HSI is also
required for the autopilot connection.
"MSG" message annunciator
CAUTION
"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF
THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS. "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ONLY FLASHES. IN THIS CASE.
RETURN TO NAVIGATION PRIMARY MEANS BY PRESSING ON
"NAV1IGPS" INVERTER
It will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that requires his attention.
Press the "MSG" button on the KLN898 GPS to view the message.
(Appendix 8 of the KLN898 Pilot's Guide contains a list of all the
messages likely to appear on the" Message" page and their meanings).
"MSG" annunciator is amber.

September 30, 1997 9.40.7

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX/ KING" KLNB9B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

"WPT" Waypoint annunciator

WARNING
TURN ANTICIPATION IS AUTOMATICALLY DISABLED FOR WAYPOINTS
WHERE OVERFLIGHT IS MANDATORY ("SID/STARS" FOR EXAMPLE).
FOR WAYPOINTS SHARED BETWEEN "SID/STARS" AND PUBLISHED
ENROUTE SEGMENTS (REQUIRING OVERFLIGHT IN THE ··SID/STARS··),
PROPER SELECTION ON THE PRESENTED "WAYPOINT" PAGE IS
NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ROUTE PROTECTION ON THE
"SID/STARS" .
Prior to reaching a waypoint in the active flight plan, the KLN89B GPS
will provide navigation along a curved path segment to ensure a
smooth transition between two adjacent legs in the flight plan. This
feature is called turn anticipation. Approximately 20 seconds prior to
the beginning of the turn anticipation, the "WPT" annunciator will
flash, going solid upon initiation of the turn, and extinguishing upon
turn completion.
"WPT" annunciator is amber.
GPS approach "GPS APR ARM I GPS APR AClV" switch I annunciator

CAUTION
THE USE OF GPS KLN89B APPROACH MODE IS PROHIBITED

This switch I annunciator is used to select or deselect approach mode of

the KLN89B. This operation mode is not certified and is, furthermore,
inhibited by programming the maintenance pages.

9.40.8 September 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BENDIX! KING" KLNB9B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

"LEG" mode
The use of "LEG" mode is selected by the "OB5" button.
When the KLN898 is used with the TURN ANTICIPATION ENABLED. at
the beginning of turn anticipation, WPT alert annunciator goes on
steady, MSG annunciator begins flashing. At this time, the KLN898 will
notify the pilot with a message on the Message Page of the new
desired track. This message will not be given if the course change is less
than 5°,
CAUTION
WHEN TURN ANTICIPATION IS DISABLED. WAYPOINT ALERTING
OCCURS APPROXIMATELY 3S SECONDS PRIOR TO ACTUALLY
REACHING THE WAYPOINT. "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR REMAINS OFF.
THERE IS NO COURSE CHANGE MESSAGE DISPLAYED BY THE KLNB9B
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO USE KLNB9B WITH TURN ANTICIPATION
ENABLED

When the KLN898 is used WITH TURN ANTICIPATION DISABLED, the

"Super NAV 5" page allows a rapid visualisation of the airplane
position in horizontal navigation with regards to the route and the
waypoints.lt is strongly recommended to use this page.
"OBS" mode (selected by the "OBS" button)
The "OB5" mode has to be selected as follows:
press the "OBS" button to select the "LEG" mode, then the "OB5"
mode,
when selecting the "OB5" mode, the active "WPT" of the "LEG"
mode is chosen as reference "WPT" for the "OBS" mode.

September 30, 1997 9.40.9

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

FLIGHT DIRECTOR I AUTOPILOT COUPLED OPERATION

The HSI may be coupled with KAP 150 or KFC 150 autopilot.
Engaging the "NAV" mode on the autopilot mode controller engages
the autopilot in navigation mode by using the selected course and left
I right steering information presented on the HSI. It makes FD appear,
When AP is engaged on the mode controller. the autopilot is coupled
to the HSI.
WARNING
WHEN CROSSING A WAYPOINT:
- IF THE AUTOPILOT IS ENGAGED ON NAV MODE USING GPS DATA,

-IF NOT, THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR AND AUTOPILOT WILL STEER A

DIVERGENT ROUTE AFTER THE WAYPOINT CROSSING (EN ROUTE-LEG
MODE SELECTED).
NOTE:
When the H51 is selected on GP5 navigation source, the RMI (if
installed) remains selected on NAV 1 source (VOR or RNA V).

"SID" PROCEDURE
NOTE:
"SID" procedure can only be loaded in the Active Flight Plan (FPL 0).
Prior to take-off - Select an appropriate "SID" from the ACT 7 page. If
necessary, select runway and transition point.
NOTE 1:
Using right hand outer knob, select the ACT (Active Flight Plan
waypoints) pages. Pull right hand inner knob out and scroll to the
departure airport then push the inner knob in and select the ACT 7
page.
To delete or replace a "SID", select FPL 0 page. Place the cursor over the
name of the procedure, press ENT to change it, or CLR then ENT to
delete it.

9.40.10 September 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BENDIX! KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

NOTE2:
After "5ID" loading in the Active Flight Plan, using right hand outer
knob, select the ACT (Active Flight Plan waypoints) pages. To check
position of the "SID" waypoints, pull this knob and scroll each
waypoint of the departure procedure.

"STAR" PROCEDURE

NOTE :
"STAR" procedure can only be loaded in the Active Flight Plan (FPL 0).
Prior to arrival- Select an appropriate "STAR" from the ACT 7 page.
NOTE 1 :
Using right hand outer knob, select the ACT (Active Flight Plan
waypoints) pages. Pull right hand inner knob out and scroll to the
destination airport, then push the inner knob in and select the ACT 7
page.
To delete or rep/ace a STAR, select FPL 0 page. Place the cursor over the
name of the procedure, press ENT to change it, or eLR then ENT to
delete it.
NOTE 2:
After "STAR" loading in the Active Flight Plan, using right hand outer
knob, select the ACT (Active Flight Plan waypointsJ page. To check
position of the "STAR" waypoints, pull this knob and scroll each
waypoint of the arrival procedure.

September 30, 1997 9.40.11

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX/ KING" KLNB9B GPS
INTERfACED WITH THE HSI KI52SA

SECTION 5
PERfORMANCE

Installation and operation of the ''''BENDIX' KING" KLN898 GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH THE HSI K1525A" do not
change the performance of the aircraft described in Section 5
"Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft

in Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.

A ITEM WEIGHT ARM

oc OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
0 No. Ib in.

A K92600M "BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS interfaced with the

HSI KI525A 5.578 22.83

9.40.12 5eptember 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures of the" "BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KIS1SA" 'r'
described in the "BENDIX! KING" KLN898 Pilot's Guide at the latest
revision.

CONTROLS - see Figure 9.40.2

Controlled by one set including concentric k.nobs and one cursor
button, the KLN89B can present a variety of information in a number
of different page formats.
The various display types can be considered as chapters in a book. each
chapter having some number of pages. With a few exceptions, each of
these pages can be changed independently.
The large outer knob controls the chapters and the small inner knob
turns the pages.
To change data in a page, use the cursor function. This function is an
area that flashes on the screen brought up by depressing the cursor
button.
Then rotate the outer knob to position the cursor and the inner knob
to select the desired characters. Repeat this operation as many times as
necessary and valid (ENT button).

September 30, 1997 9.40.13

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX/ KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

DIID
I I [g

CURSOR
BUTTON

INNER KNOB
/ DATACARD

ON/OFF
KNOB
-- ;s--- r
01FF
ON APT

~
MSG
VO~
~
NDB INT

ALTITUDE
BUnON
USR ACT NAV

I NRST I 0
FPL CAL SET OTH

>CLR ~
'"u~,
OUTER
KNOB

"CLEAR"
BUnON
MESSAGE "NEAREST"
"ENTER"
BUnON BUTTON
BUTTON
"OBS" "DIRECT TO"
BUnON BUnON

Figure 9.40.2 - Controls

9.40.14 September 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 40
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KIS2SA

USE OF GPS APPROACH MODE

IS PROHIBITED

NAV 1 MSG GPS APR

ARM
GPS WPT GPS APR
AeTV

I \
MSGIWPT
annunciator

I L Inverter NAV1/GPS L GPS approach

Switch/annunciator

Figure 9.40.3 - GPS placard and annunciators

September 30.1997 9.40.15

SUPPLEMENT 40 SOCATA
"BENDIX I KING" KLN89B GPS
INTERFACED WITH THE HSI KI525A

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.40.16 September 30, 1997

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 43
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH Gll06A COl

SUPPLEMENT

"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION

SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH GI106A COl

•
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
- GENERAL....................................... 9.43.3
2 - LIMITATIONS ................................. . 9.43.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.43.6
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES ......................... 9.43.8
5 PERFORMANCE.......................... 9.43.10
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE...................... 9.43.10
7 DESCRIPTION .................................. . 9.43.11

August 31, 2000 9.43.1

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT43 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH G1106A COl

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.43.2 August 31, 2000

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 43
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH GI106A COl

SECTION 1

GENERAL

Approved utilization type:

- Day/Night VFR
Certification rule:
- AC 20-138
This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment
limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation when the
TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS

I NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH GI 106A COl" for a day/night

VFR operation.
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH GI106A CD I".
The GPS is an automatic tridimensional (latitude, longitude, altitude) location
and navigation means using information provided by satellites ("GARMIN"
GNS 430 is able to track up to 12 satellites at a time). It also uses data
recorded in a data base (two different data bases are available: North
American one or International one). The data base is housed in a Nav data
card plugged into the GNS 430 front face and is updated every 28 days by
replacing the card.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, Intersections, flight service stations ...
There is also room for up to 1000 user defined waypoints and 20 different
flight plans.
The GNS 430 GPS receives altitude code from the encoding altimeter.
• The GI 106A CDI may be coupled with the KAP 150 autopilot (if installed).

August 31, 2000 9.43.3

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT43 SOCATA
"GARMtN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH Gt106A CDt

SECTION.
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft described

in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook, when the
TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH GI 1 06A COl".
Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
NOTE:
The GNS 430 genuine data base is referenced to WGS 84 geodetic datum.

GPS USED FOR NAVIGATION IN VFR ONLY

Figure 9.43.1 - GPS limitation placard

I
"GARMIN" GNS 430 Pilot's Guide, PIN 190-00140-00 Revision A or any
applicable following edition, shall be readily available to the pilot whenever
the operation of the GPS navigation system is predicted.
The GNS 430 GPS may replace the VOR or the ADF.
• 2.1 - COl not coupled with KAP 150 autopilot
The system must utilize the following software versions or more recent ones:

Subsystem Software

MAIN 2.16

GPS 2.03

COM 3.00

VOR/LOC 2.05

GIS 2.02

9.43.4 August 31, 2000

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 43
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH GI106A COl

2.2 - COl coupled with KAP 150 autopilot

The system must utilize the following software versions or more recent ones:

Subsystem Software

MAIN 2.22

GPS 2.10

COM 4.01

VOR/LOC 3.01

GIS 2.03

August 31, 2000 9.43.5

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT43 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH G1106A COl

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

aircraft described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the T8 aircraft is equipped with the option
""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
GI 106A COl".

I COl NAV FLAG OR "INTEG" WARNING

Return to the VOR au ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"COl" push-button . .... VLOC

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

1 - "MSG" push-button of GPS ................. . PRESS

Check the message.

"RAIM is not available", "Poor GPS Coverage", "Searching the
sky" or "RAIM position warning" :
Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.

2 - "COl" push-button. . ................ VLOC

I
9.43.6 August 31, 2000
Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 43
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH GII06A COl

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION (Con!'d)

If the message mentions an error of course deviation;

aBS set to DTK value
Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"COl" push-button. . ..................... VLOC
OBS not set to DTK value
Set the CDI to the value of DTK.
CDI coupled with autopilot: Check the correct interception of
the segment, if the AP interface is used.

August 31, 2000 9.43.7

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT43 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH G/f06A COl

SECTION.
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS
430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH GilDeA COl".
Normal operating procedures of the GPS recommended by the manufacturer
are outlined in the "GARMIN" GNS 430 Pilot's Guide atthelatest revision and
Memory Jogger at the latest revision.
However, it is important to precise the following points forthe GPS use on T8 :
SET UP CONDITIONS
Verify if the data base is current. Verify data on the self test page.
- Verify that altitude data is valid for the GPS prior to flight.

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS I SWITCHES I CONTROLS

"COl" push-button
This push-button may be used to select data to be displayed on the COl; the
NAV data come either from NAV 1 navigation receiver or from the GPS.
When pressed once, the push-button illuminates "VLOC" (white), pressed
one more time illuminates "GPS" (green).
"MSG" message annunciator (amber)
CAUTION

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF

THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS, "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR JUST FLASHES.
"MSG" message annunciator will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that
requires his attention. Press the "MSG" push-button located on the GPSto
view the message (Chapter 10 of "GARMIN" GNS 430 Pilot's Guide contains
a list of all the messages likely to appear on the "Message" page and their
meanings).

I 9.43.8 August 31, 2000

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 43
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH G/f06A COl

"WPT" Waypoint annunciator (amber)

This annunciator illuminates 10 seconds before warning "TURN TO XXX",
"APR" annunciator is not used.
"GPS" mode
When using the "GPS" mode, GPS navigation data (course deviation,
TO/FROM) are presented on the COl.
When crossing a waypoint, the track resetting on the following navigation leg
must be hand-performed on the COL
Autopilot (if installed) coupled operation
The COl may be coupled with KAP 150 autopilot.
The autopilot "NAV" mode uses lefUright course deviation information and the
COl heading.
This information is related to the navigation source (VLOC or GPS) selected
by the "CDr push-button of the GPS.
When AP is engaged on the mode controller, the autopilot is then coupled
with the COl and uses displayed information (track and course deviation).

I
REMARK:
The change of steering source for the autopilot, when the latter is set to "NAV'
side mode, implies a sequence of checks, some of which may be omitted or
require a particular attention. Therefore it is strongly recommended to
temporarily disengage the autopilot "NAV" mode before changing source.

August 31, 2000 9.43.9

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT43 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH GI10BA COl

SECTIONS
PERFORMANCE

Installation and operation of the "GARMIW GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION

SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH GI 106A COl do not change the performance
of the TB aircraft described in Section 5 "Performance" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft in

Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

WEIGHT
A ARM
EQUIPMENT per unit
oc OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT in.
SUPPLIER Ib
0 1m)
Ikg)

23 - COMMUNICATIONS

A COM-NAV-GPSIf1 GNS 430 GARMIN 9.700 24.90

interfaced with GI10BA CDI (4.400) (0.630)
(OPT10 23003A)

I 9.43.10 August 31, 2000

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 43
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH G1106A COl

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures of the "GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION

SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH GI 1OSA COl are described in the "GARMIN"
GNS 430 Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.
The option includes:
one GNS 430 GPS installed in radio rack - see Figure 9.43.2,
- one GI 106A COlon pilot's instrument panel,
- one "MSGJWPT" repeater on advisory panel.

I August 31, 2000

Revision 1
9.43.11
 SUPPLEMENT43 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH GII06A COl

®
IMSGI
WPT

o/ NavData card Map scale,

change "
YJ RNG

~ lENT)
DEFAULT GPS

""

- COM volume - Navigation source

(VLO C/G PS)selection
- VOR volume
lOBS) -CBS/Leg mode
selection

(Q\ - Selection of VORNHF - Message viewing

~ frequencies
- Create
- Edit
- Activate

~
Selection of group
PUSH pages
CASR Procedures:
Group selection: - Arrival
- Departure
- NAV - Approach
- WPT
- AUX
1-9+1 MDirect TO"
- NRST

Figure 9.43.2 - "GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS SYSTEM

I 9.43.12 August 31, 2000

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 48
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SUPPLEMENT

"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 - GENERAL....................................... 9.48.2
2 - LIMITATIONS.................................... 9.48.3
3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................... 9.48.5
4 - NORMAL PROCEDURES ......................... 9.48.7
5 - PERFORMANCE................................. 9.48.10
6 - WEIGHT AND BALANCE.......................... 9.48.10
7 - DESCRiPTION................................... 9.48.11

January 31,2001 9.48.1

SUPPLEMENT 48 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation when the
TB airplane is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
(B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS".
Approved utilization types;
IFR in continental and Terminal Enroute areas as additional source,
- B-RNAV.
Certification rules:
- AMJ 20X2 Section 4,
- AC 20-138.
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL" KLN 94
GPS (B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS".
This supplement does not constitute an operational utilization authorization.
The GPS is an automatic tridimensional (latitude, longitude, altitude) location
and navigation means using information provided by satellites (the KLN 94
system is able to track uptoBsateliites atatime).ltalso uses data recorded in
a data base. The data base is housed in a Navdata card to be inserted in the
front face and is updated every 28 days by replacing the card.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NOBs, Intersections, SIOs, STARs, instrument
approaches, flight service stations ...
There is also room for up to 500 user defined waypoints and 25 different flight
plans.

9.48.2 January 31, 2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 48
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SECTIDN2
LlMITATIDNS

2.1 - General
The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane
described in Section 2 "Umitations" afthe basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ''''HONEYWELL'' KLN 94
GPS (B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS·,
"HONEYWELL"KLN 94 Pilot's Guide, PIN 006-18207-000 Revision o dated
09/00 or any applicable following edition, shall be readily available to the pilot,
each time the GPS navigation system is used.
The system must utilize the ORS 01 software version or a more recent one.
Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
The navigation sources required for the anticipated flight shall be serviceable
and allow an immediate crossed check on available ground aids or shall allow
to return to primary navigation sources in case of GPS navigation Joss.
Use of GPS as a navigation source is PROHIBITED, unless the pilot verifies
the currency of the data base and the coordinates of each selected way point.
For every navigation into areas reserved for B-RNAV, the pilot must be
provided with a predicted availability of RAIM on the route, ifthe constellation
disposes of less than 23 satellites.
The check of navigation system information consistency must be regularly
performed during the flight:
when reaching each waypoint or before reaching the positlon report paint
ofthe ATe,
before leaving a published route and then every 15 minutes during this
type of operation (function "Direct To").
The check of position information consistency may be performed by
comparing this position with the one determined by the primary
radionavigation sources.

January 31 , 2001 9.48.3

SUPPLEMENT 46 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (9-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

2.2 - SID/STAR
The use of SIDs and STARs stored in GPS data base is PROHIBITED.
The use of user waypoints on SID/STAR is PROHIBITED.

2.3 - Instrument approach (Non precision approach)

Use of the GPS is PROHIBITED.

GPS1
APPROVED FOR B-RNAV
SID/STAR AND APPROACH MODE PROHIBITED

Figure 9.48.1 - GPS limitation placard

9.48.4 January 31, 2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 48
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

airplane described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the T8 airplane is equipped with the option
""HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS".

HSI NAVFLAG
Return to remaining operational navigation equipment.
"NAV1/GPS1" push-button ................................. NAVl

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

1 - "MSG" push-button of GPS . . ............ PRESS
Check the message.
"Bad Satellite Geometry", Nav Super Flag Failure", "RAIM
position error", "RAIM not available", "Searching the sky" or
"No GPS Receiver Data" :
Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"NAV1/GPS1" push-button ... .................. NAVI

January 31,2001 9.48.5

SUPPLEMENT 48 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (8- RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION (Cont'd)

If the message mentions an error of course deviation ("Adj Nav

eRS to XXX" or "GPS course Is )()(}(B'') ;
- aBS set to DTK value
Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"NAV1/GPS1" push-button.. ......... NAV1

08S not set to DTK value

Set the OBS to the value of DTK. Check the correct interception of
the segment, if the AP interface is used.

WHEN IN 8-RNAV VERIFY THE IFR PROCEDURE APPLICABLE TO

EACH ONE OF THESE NEW SITUATIONS WITH THE AIR TRAFFIC
CONTROL:
OUT OF B-RNAV AREA: IT IS PROHIBITED TO ENTER THE B-RNAV
AREA.
IN B-RNAV AREA : INFORM THE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TO
INDICATE THE LOSS OF B-RNAV CAPABILITY.
When the system integrity is restored, the return to GPS mode must be
accompanied by the validation of the followed and desired track concordance
by using primary sources of navigation.

9.48.6 January 31, 2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 46
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane

described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB airplane is equipped with the option
""HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS",
Normal operating procedures aftha GPS recommended by the manufacturer
are outlined in the "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 Pilot's Guide attha latest revision
and Memory Jogger at the latest revision.
However, it is important to precise the following points for the GPS use on TB:
SET UP CONDITIONS
- Verify if the data base is current. Verify data on the self test page.
- Verify that altitude data is valid for the GPS prior to flight.
- In case of 8-RNAV use:
During the preflight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) shall be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time).
B-RNAVflight dispatch shall not be made in the event of acontinuous loss
of RAIM for more than 5 minutes predicted in any part of the intended flight.
With 23 or more satellites available, the predicted availability of RAIM is
valid for 7 days.
When less than 23 satellites are available, the predicted availability of
RAIM shall be confirmed short before each flight.

January 31,2001 9.4B.7

SUPPLEMENT 46 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS / SWITCHES / CONTROLS

"NAV1/GPS1" push-button
This push-button may be used to select data to be displayed on the pilot's
HSI ; the NAV data come either from NAV1 navigation receiver or from the
GPS1.
When pressed once, the push-button illuminates "NAV1" (green), pressed
one more time illuminates "GPS1" (blue).
"MSG" message annunciator (amber)
CAUTION

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF

THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS, "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR JUST FLASHES
"MSG" message annunciator will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that
requires his attention. Press the "MSG" push-button located on the GPSto
view the message (Appendix B of "HONEYWELL KLN 94 Pilot's Guide
ft

contains a list of all the messages likely to appear on the "Message" page and
their meanings).
"WPT" Waypoint annunciator (amber)
This annunciator flashes approximately 20 seconds before warning "NEXT
DTK".
"APR" annunciator is not used.
"TERM" annunciator is not used.

9.48.8 January 31, 2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 48
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

"GPS" mode
When using the "GPS" mode, GPS navigation data (course deviation,
TO/FROM) are presented on the HSI.
When crossing a waypoint, the track resetting on the following navigation leg
must be hand-performed on the HSI.
Autopilot coupled operation
The GPS may be coupled with the autopilot via the HSI, which receives the
information relative to the navigation source (VORl or GPS) selected by the
"NAV1/GPS1" push-button.
When AP is engaged on the mode controller, the autopilot is then coupled
with the HSI and uses displayed information (track and course deviation).
Autopilot with flight director
Engaging the "NAV" mode on the autopilot mode controller will activate the
FD on the ADJ. The FD uses selected course and left/right steering
information displayed on the HSI.
GPS use in Terminal area
The COl full scale must be set by hand to ± 1 Nm.

January 31,2001 9.48.9

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 48 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

The installation and the operation of the "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS

(B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS do not change the basic
performance of the airplane described in Section 5 "Performance" of the
basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTIONS
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement the one given for the standard airplane in
Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

WEIGHT
A ARM
EQUIPMENT per unit
0< OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT in.
SUPPLIER Ib
a (kg)
("11

34 - NAVIGA'rION

• A GPS (B-RNAV) KLN94

interfaced with electromechanical
instruments
(OPT10 34301A)
HONEYWELL 5.952
(2.700)
25.98
(0.66)

9.48.10 January 31, 2001

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 46
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures afthe "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL
INSTRUMENTS are described in the "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 Pilot's Guideat
the latest revision.
GPS system consists of :
- one KLN 94 GPS - see Figure 9.48.2 :
This GPS may be a navigation source for the autopilot. Course deviation
information is then displayed on the HSI.
- one repeater/control unit integrated to the advisory panel - see
Figure 9.48.3 :
This instrument allows to select the navigation source for the Butopilot
(NAV1 or GPS1). It is used also to duplicate the MSG, WPT warnings and
to recopy GPS TERM and APR data.

January 31, 2001 9.48.11

SUPPLEMENT 48 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

r
NavOata card M ap sea e
change

'LN .. no
0
'"
~
PUSH ON
""
~ 0
f¢RSAI

I(!,\ 0
~ ~ [m] ~.J-I ~ ~ PULLS<'"

L on 10 ff
Brightness
- Message viewing

- DSS/Leg mode
selection
- Altitude functions

- Nearest VOR, NDB, Airports, interceptions,

User defined way paints

"Direct TO"

~ - Procedure

@]] - Clear

Iitill - Enter

Figure 9.48.2 - "HONEYWL~ KLN 94 GPS SYSTEM

9.48.12 January 31, 2001
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 48
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

I
[!] D I

GPS 1
APPROVED FOR 8-RNAV
SID/STAR AND APPROACH MODE PROHIBITED

NAV1 MSG TERM

GPS1 WPT APR

~ - NAV1/GPS1 push-button

EJ
Annunciators:

- NAV1 : NAVt navigation source

- GPS1 : GPS1 navigation source

- MSG, WPT : Repeater of GPS, MSG, WPT warnings
- TERM, APR: Repeater of TERM, APR data ( not used)

Figure 9.48.3 - Repeater/control unit and GPS placard

January 31, 2001 9.48.13
SUPPLEMENT 48 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.46.14 January 31, 2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 49
"HONEYWELL" KMD 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

SUPPLEMENT

"HONEYWELL" KMD 550

MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49.2
2 - LIMITATIONS .................................... 9.49.3
3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................... 9.49.3
4 - NORMAL PROCEDURES ......................... 9.49.4
5 - PERFORMANCE................................. 9.49.5
6 - WEIGHT AND BALANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49.5
7 - DESCRiPTION................................... 9.49.6

January 31, 2001 9.49.1

SUPPLEMENT 49 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KMO 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation when the
TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL" KMD 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY".
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL" KMD 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY".
The KMD 550 is a multi-function display screen which allows to display
topographical type information (rivers, roads, ...), aeronautical type
information (VOR, Airport, NOB, ... ), as well as information issued from B
WX 500 stormscope and/or the active flight plan issued from a GPS.
Aeronautical items of information are stored in a data card. This data base is
updated every 26 days by replacing the data card.

9.49.2 January 31, 2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 49
"HONEYWELL" KMO 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft described

in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook, when the
TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL" KMD 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY".
KMD 550/850 Multi-function Display Pilot's Guide, PIN 006-18222-0000,
Revision a dated OcV2000 orany applicable following edition, shall be readily
available to the pilot.
The KMO 550 may be used only as an aid to navigation, if:
- navigation is based on other approved instruments,
- the KMD 550 data base is current and compatible with the flight,
KMO 550 and associated GPS data bases cover the same geographical
areas.
CAUTION

KMD 550 TOPOGRAPHICAL DATA MUST NOT BE USED FOR

TERRAIN AND/OR OBSTACLES AVOIDANCE

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Installation and operation of the "HONEYWELL" KMD 550 multi-function

display do not change the emergency procedures described in Section 3
"Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

January 31, 2001 9.49.3

SUPPLEMENT 49 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KMD 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL"
KMD 550 MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY".
KMD normal operating procedures recommended by the manufacturer are
outlined in the KMD 550/850 Multi-function Display Pilot's Guide,
PIN 006-18222-0000, Revision 0 dated Oct/2000 or any applicable
following edition.
CAUTION

DISPLAY ON STORMSCOPE PAGE

IS ALWAYS SET IN "TRACK UP".
DISPLAY ON "MAP" PAGE IS SET
EITHER IN "NORTH UP" OR IN "TRACK UP".
WHEN DISPLAY ON "MAP" PAGE IS SET IN "NORTH UP", THE PILOT
MUST BEWARE OF THE INTERPRETATION OF DISPLAYED DATA
DURING THE SWITCHING FROM A "MAP" DISPLAY TO A "WX"
DISPLAY

9.49.4 January 31,2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 49
"HONEYWELL" KMO 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

Installation and operation of the "HONEYWELL" KMD 550 multi-function

display do not change the performance of the TB aircraft described in
Section 5 "Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft in

Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

WEIGHT
A ARM
EQUIPMENT per unit
0' OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT in.
SUPPLIER Ib
0 1m)
Ikg)

34 - NAVIGATION

A Multi-function display KMD 550 HONEYWELL 6.614 21.65

(OPT10 34304A) 13.00) (0.55)

January 31,2001 9.49.5

SUPPLEMENT 49 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KMO 550
MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

1 - Brightness control 8 - Control knobs (inner

and outer)
2 - Data card
9 - Power key labels
3 - LCD display
10 - Soft labels
4 - Available function
11 - Joystick
5 - ON/OFF control
12 - Power keys
6 - Selected function
indicators 13 - Faultindicator
7 - Function select keys

Figure 9.49.1 - KMD 550 Multi-function display (front view)

9.49.6 January 31, 2001

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

SUPPLEMENT

"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
(GPS # 1 : B-RNAV / GPS # 2 : IFR)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL. 9.51.2
2 LIMITATIONS.................................... 9.51.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. 9.51.8
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.51.11
PERFORMANCE. 9.51.16
WEIGHT AND BALANCE.......................... 9.51.16
DESCRIPTION. 9.51.17

May 15, 2001 9.51.1

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation when the
TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (8-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL
INSTRUMENTS (GPS # 1 : B-RNAV I GPS # 2 : IFR)".
Approved utilization types:
(a) GPS # 1, interfaced with HSI (Option OPT1 a 23-00SA)
IFR in continental and Terminal Enroute areas as additional source,
B-RNAV,

I Non precision approaches (GPS, VOR, VOR-DME, TACAN, NDB,

NDB-DME, RNAV).
(b) GPS # 2, interfaced with COl (Option OPT10 23-004A) (if installed)
- IFR in continental and Terminal Enroute areas as additional source.

I
Conformity means:
ACJ 20X4 and ACJ 20X5
- AC 20-138.
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS
(B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS (GPS # 1 : B-RNAV I GPS # 2 :
IFR)".
This supplement does not constitute an operational utilization authorization.
The GPS is an automatic tridimensional (latitude, longitude, altitude) location
and navigation means using information provided by satellites (the GNS 430
system is able to track up to 12 satellites at a time). Italso uses data recorded
in a data base. The data base is housed in a Navdatacardto be inserted in the
front face and is updated every 28 days by replacing the card.

9.51.2 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, Intersections, SIDs, STARs, instrument
approaches, flight service stations.
There is also room for up to 1000 user defined waypoints and 20 different
flight plans.

May 15, 2001 9.51.3

 SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

2.1 - General
The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane
described in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS
(B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS (GPS # 1 , B-RNAV I GPS # 2 ,
IFR)".
"GARMIN" GNS 430 Pilot's Guide, PIN 190-00140-00 Revision A dated
12/98 or any applicable following edition, shall be readily available to the pilot,
each time the GPS navigation system is used.
The system must utilize the following software versions or more recent ones:

Subsystem Software

MAIN 2.22

GPS 2.10

• Data base updating must be verified before each flight.

The navigation sources required forthe anticipated flight shall be serviceable
and allow an immediate crossed check on available ground aids or shall allow
to return to primary navigation sources in case of GPS navigation loss.
Use of GPS as a navigation source is PROHIBITED, unless the pilot verifies
the currency of the data base and the coordinates of each selected waypoint.

9.51.4 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
Procedures during flight preparation
During flight preparation, the pilot must get information about GPS
constellation, via aeronautical data (consultation of GPS NOTAM).
When less than 24 satellites are available (or less than 23 if equipment uses
pressure altitude information), the pilot must make sure that RAIM function is
available on the projected route and for the flight period in B-RNAV areas.
RAIM function prediction can be done using prediction software integrated
into GNS 430 or any other approved software such as the one provided for
the users by EUROCONTROL on INTERNET.
If a loss of RAIM function is predicted on the chosen route for a period of more
than 5 minutes, the flight cannot be done. In that case, the flight will either be
postponed or another route will be chosen. The prediction software mustthen
be used again.
Preflight procedures
During preflight checks, it is necessary to verify data base validity (updating
of the last AIRAC cycle).
The onboard equipment must be initialized in compliance with manufacturer
procedures (refer to "GARMIN GNS 430 Pilot's Guide").
In case a pre-programmed or an already stored flight plan is used, an
accurate check of the waypoints is also required.
General in-flight procedures
Before entering a B-RNAVarea, the pilot must make sure that RAIM function
is available.
Flight plan activation, WPT and LEG changes as well as any modification of
initialization data must be done in compliance with equipment User's Manual.
For every navigation into areas reserved for B-RNAV, the pilot must be
provided with a predicted availability of RAIM on the route, if the constellation
disposes of less than 23 satellites.
The check of navigation system information consistency must be regularly
performed during the flight:
when reaching each waypoint or before reaching the position report
point of the ATC,
before leaving a published route and then every 15 minutes during this
type of operation (function "Direct To").

May 15, 2001 9.51.5

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
The check of position information consistency may be performed by
comparing this position with the one determined by the primary
radionavigation sources.

2.2 - SID/STAR

I
The use of SIDs and STARs stored in GPS data base is only authorized, if the
pilot has checked that GPS procedure corresponds to the one given in the
official documentation (coordinates of various points and paths between
points).

2.3 - Instrument approach (Non precision approach)

12.3.1-GPS#1
CAUTION

KAP 150 AUTOPILOT (if installed) COUPLED OPERATION

IS PROHIBITED
Use of the GPS to perform an instrument approach is possible, as long as this
use is approved by the air navigation local authority for the approach in
question.
Instrument approaches performed with the GPS must be achieved according
to approved approach procedures given in the GPS data base. The data
base must be kept up to date and base data accuracy checked with regard to
the official documentation, preferably before the flight.
(a) Instrument approaches must be performed in GPS approach mode and
the RAIM must be available at the final approach fix (FAF).
(b) Precision approaches (ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, MLS ... ) must not be
performed with the GPS.
(c) If a landing is required on a diversion field, an other means than GPS
must be available to perform approach to this field. Required on board
equipment must be serviceable and ground aids must be operational.
Instrument approaches can only be performed, as long as used point
coordinates are referenced with regard to WGS 84 system or an equivalent
system.

9.51.6 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
2.3.2 - GPS # 2
Use of the GPS approach mode is PROHIBITED.

GPS2
APPROACH MODE PROHIBITED

Figure 9.51.1 - GPS # 2 (if installed) limitation placard

May 15, 2001 9.51.7

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

airplane described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the TB airplane is equipped with the option
""GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS (GPS # 1 :
B-RNAV / GPS # 2: IFR)".

3.1 - GPS # 1, interfaced with HSI (Option OPT10 23-006A)

HSI NAV FLAG OR "INTEG" WARNING

Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"NAV1/GPS1" push-button. NAV1

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

In navigation with GPS associated to the warning:
"MSG" push-button of associated GPS . PRESS
Check the message.
NOTL
A single "stand-alone" GPS cerlified as 8-RNAV navigation
means is required to fly in 8-RNAVareas.

9.51.8 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

''MSG'' ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION (Confd)

In case of loss of RAIM function. the navigation information

remains available but its integrity ;s no longer controlled.
- If RAIM loss occurs out of 8-RNAV area, the aircraft must not
enter 8-RNAV area.
- If RAIM loss occurs in 8-RNAV area, GPS navigation can be
continued as long as cross-checkings done with conventional
means (VOR, DME, NDB and dead reckoning elements) enable
making sure that 8-RNAV accuracy criteria are observed. When
this condition is not met, the Air Traffic Control must be contacted
to return to conventional navigation.
If GPS navigation information is lost or declared not valid. use
the other available navigation means. If this occurs during
instrument approach final phase. a go-around must be made,
except if the other approved radio means to perform approach are
displayed and available .

• 3.2 - GPS #2, interfaced with CDI (Option OPT1023-004A) (if installed)

CDI NAV FLAG OR "INTEG" WARNING

Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"CDI" push-button VLOC

May 15, 2001 9.51.9

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

1 - "MSG" push-button of GPS PRESS

Check the message.

"RAIM is not available", "Poor GPS Coverage", "Searching the
sky" or "RAIM position warning" :
Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"CDI" push-button VLOC
If the message mentions an error of course deviation:
OBS set to DTK value
Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"COl" push-button VLOC
OBS not set to DTK value
Set the OBS to the value of DTK.

I 9.51.10 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane

described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN"
GNS 430 GPS (8-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS (GPS # 1 : 8-RNAV I GPS # 2 :
IFR)".
Normal operating procedures of the GPS recommended by the manufacturer
are outlined in the "GARMIN" GNS 430 Pilot's Guide atthe latest revision and
Memory Jogger at the latest revision.
However, it is importantto precise the following points for the GPS use on TB:
SET UP CONDITIONS
Verify if the data base is current. Verify data on the self test page.
Verify that altitude data is valid for the GPS prior to flight.
In case of B-RNAV use:
During the preflight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) shall be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time).
8-RNAV flight dispatch shall not be made in the event of a continuous loss
of RAIM for more than 5 minutes predicted in any part of the intended
flight.
When less than 24 satellites are available (or less than 23 if equipment
uses pressure altitude information), the pilot must make sure that RAIM
function is available on the projected route and for the flight period in
8-RNAVareas.
When 23 or more satellites are available, the prediction of satellite
position is valid for 7 days. Their predicted availability is ensured for
48 hours by EUROCONTROL.
When less than 23 satellites are available, the predicted availability of
RAIM shall be confirmed short before each flight.

May 15, 2001 9.51.11

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS I SWITCHES I CONTROLS
"NAV1/GP$1" push-button
This push-button may be used to select data to be displayed on the pilot's
HSI ; the NAV data come either from NAV1 navigation receiver or from the
GPS # 1.
When pressed once, the push-button illuminates NAV1 (white or green),
pressed one more time illuminates GPS1 (green or blue).
"GPS CRS OBS/GPS CRS LEG" push-button
This push-button may be used to select GPS # 1 navigation mode (LEG or
aBS mode).
When pressed once, the push-button illuminates GPS CRS aBS (amber),
pressed one more time illuminates GP$ CRS LEG (green).
"MSG" message annunciator (amber)
CAUTION

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF

THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS, "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR JUST FLASHES
This annunciator is associated with the GPS # 1.
"MSG" message annunciator will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that
requires his attention. Press the "MSG" push-button located on the
GPS # 1 to view the message (Chapter 10 of "GARMIN" GNS 430 Pilot's
Guide contains a list of all the messages likely to appear on the "Message"
page and their meanings).
"WPT" Waypoint annunciator (amber)
This annunciator is associated with the GPS # 1.
This annunciator illuminates approximately 10 seconds before "TURN TO
XXX" warning,
• "APR" annunciator is a duplicate of the GPS # 1 "APR" information.
"TERM" annunciator is a duplicate of the GPS # 1 "TERM" information.

9,51,12 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
"GPS" mode of the GPS # 1
When using the "GPS" mode, GPS # 1 navigation data (course deviation,
TO/FROM) are presented on the HSI.

• "COl" push-button of GPS # 2 (if installed)

This push-button may be used to select data to be displayed on the COl; the
NAV data come either from NAV2 navigation receiver or from the GPS # 2.
When pressed once, the push-button illuminates "VLOC" (white) on the
COl, pressed one more time illuminates "GPS" (green) on the COl.
"GPS" mode of the GPS # 2 (if installed)
When using the "GPS" mode, GPS # 2 navigation data (course deviation,
TO/FROM) are presented on the COl.
When crossing a waypoint, the track resetting on the following navigation leg
must be hand-performed on the COL

I
GPS flight plan
In the active flight plan, addition of a STAR or an approach is always made at
the end of the flight plan. In the scope of these additions, the pilot must pay
attention not to duplicate points.

May 15, 2001 9.51.13

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
Coupled operation with KFC 225 autopilot (option OPT10 22-001) (if
installed)
GPS # 1 may be coupled with the autopilot via the HSI, which receives the
information relative to the navigation source (VOR1 or GPS # 1) selected by
the "NAV1/GPS1" push-button.
When crossing a waypoint, the airplane turns automatically, while a "TURN
TO" warning appears. This warning disappears during the turn. The pilot
must then manually adjust the course indicator on the HSI. Approximately 1
minute later, after the warning disappearing, if the pilot has not adjusted
manually the course indicator to the correct heading, a warning remenbers
him that.
When the AP "NAV" mode is engaged on the mode controller, the autopilot is
then coupled with the HSI and uses displayed information (track and course
deviation).
Engaging the "NAV" mode on the autopilot mode controller will activate the
FO on the AOI. The FO uses selected course and left/right steering
information displayed on the HSI.

Coupling with autopilot during a non precision approach must be made in

"NAV" mode, except in the following cases:
holding pattern,
- landing pattern turn,
- interrupted approach,
which have to be made in "HOG" mode.

For memory, the approach particular point name in the GARMIN system is as
follows:
- IA= IAF - MA=MAP
- FA = FAF ou FAP - MH = MAHP
When the GPS suspends the linked navigation (GPS "SUSP" annunciator),
the autopilot continues using heading and "GPS CRS OBS" annunciator
(amber) illuminates.
NOTE:
The KFC 225 autopilot has a "Lateral clearance" function: refer to Section 4
"Normal procedures" of the Supplement "HONEYWELL KFC 225 automatic
flight control system" located in Section 9 "Supplements" of this Manual.

9.51.14 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

I
Coupled operation with KAP 150 autopilot (option OPT10 G669) (if
installed)
CAUTION

I KAP 150 AUTOPILOT COUPLED OPERATION IN APPROACH MODE

IS PROHIBITED
Only GPS # 1 may be coupled with the autopilot via the HSI, which receives
the information relative to the navigation source (VOR1 or GPS # 1) selected
by the "NAV1/GPS1" push-button.

I When crossing a waypoint, the track resetting on the following navigation leg
must be hand-performed on the HSI.
When the AP "NAV" mode is engaged on the mode controller, the autopilot is
then coupled with the HSI and uses displayed information (track and course
deviation).
REMARK:

I
The change of steering source for the autopilot, when the fatter is set to "NAV"
side mode, implies a sequence of checks, some of which may be omitted or
require a particular attention. Therefore it is strongly recommended to
temporarily disengage the autopilot "NAV" mode before changing source.

May 15, 2001 9.51.15

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

The installation and the operation of the "GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL
INSTRUMENTS (GPS # 1 : B-RNAV IGPS# 2: IFR) do not change the basic
petiormance of the TB airplane described in Section 5 "Performance" of the
basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement the one given for the standard airplane in
Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

WEIGHT
A ARM
EQUIPMENT per unit
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT ,e.
"0 SUPPLIER Ib
Ikg)
1m)

23 - COMMUNICATIONS

A COM-NAY-GPS # 1 GNS 430 GARMIN 8.157 25.59

(B-RNAV) interfaced with (3.700) (0.65)
electromechanical instruments
(OPT10 23006A)

A COM-NAY-GPS # 2 GNS 430 GARMIN 9.700 25.20

Interfaced with electromechanical (4.400) (O.64)
instruments
(OPT10 23004A)

I 9.51.16 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures of the "GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL
INSTRUMENTS (GPS # 1 : 8-RNAV / GPS # 2: IFR) are described in the
"GARMIN" GNS 430 Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.
GPS # 1 system consists of :
one "GNS 430" GPS - see Figure 9.51.2 :
This GPS may be a navigation source for the autopilot. Course deviation
information is then displayed on the HSI.
one repeater/control unit - see Figure 9.51.3 :
This instrument allows to select the navigation source for the autopilot
(NAV1 or GPS1). It is also used to duplicate the MSG, WPT warnings and
to recopy GPS TERM, APR information.
GPS # 2 system (if installed) consists of :
one "GNS 430" GPS - see Figure 9.51.2 :
This GPS may be a navigation source for the GI 106A COl.
one GI 106A COL

I May 15, 2001

Revision 1
9.51.17
 SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

!c===::::Jf-- G PS # 1
GPS #2

/ NavData card
M apscae
change
7
GNS , __ ,
GAR~ 0 'il RNG .6

~.rn 00
[-e+1 [MENUI

8",'~-
'1UL, [I ~ IENTI
Do"ULI
'e~
"".
(§j"~'oc
eN
0 ( @D lOBS) (MSGI §) (PROg ) ~ CRSR

<0 - COM volume @D - NaVigation source

(VLOC/GPS) selection

8 - VOR volume
lOBS] - OBS/Leg mode
selection

@ eN
- Selection of VOR/VHF
frequencies
I~sGl

§)
Message viewing

- Create
- Edit
Activate
Selection of group
@ CRSR
pages
(PROY Procedures
"- Group selection Arrival
Departure
- NAV
- Approach
WPT
AUX
- NRST I-I "Direct TO"

Figure 9.51.2 - "GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS SYSTEM

I 9.51.18 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 51
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

I
GPS 2
APPROACH MODE PROHIBITED

NAV1 MSG TERM GPS CRS

oes
GPS eRS
GPS1 WPT APR ceG

~ - NAV1/GPS1 push-button

~
GPS eRS
OBS
- GPS CRS OBS/GPS CRS LEG push-button
GPS eRS
ceG

Annunciators:

- NAV1 : NAV1 navigation source

- GPS1 : GPS1 navigation source
MSG, WPT : Repeater of GPS, MSG, WPT warnings
- TERM, APR: Repeater of TERM, APR data

Figure 9.51.3 - Repeater/control unit and GPS placard

I May 15, 2001

Revision 1
9.51.19
SUPPLEMENT 51 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 430 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.51.20 May 15, 2001

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 52
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

SUPPLEMENT

"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS NAVIGATION

SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.52.3
2 - liMITATIONS.................................... 9.52.4
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ..................... 9.52.5
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES ......................... 9.52.6
5 PERFORMANCE................................. 9.52.7
6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE.......................... 9.52.7
7 DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.52.8

May 30,2001 9.52.1

SUPPLEMENT 52 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.52.2 May 30,2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 52
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

SECTION 1
GENERAL

Approved utilization type:

- Day VFR in sight of ground or water
Certification rule:
- AC 20-138
This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment
limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation when the
TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE".
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL" KLN 94
GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE".
The GPS is an automatic tridimensional (latitude, longitude, altitude) location
and navigation means using information provided by satellites (the KLN 94
system is able to track up to 8 satellites at a time). It also uses data recorded in
a data base. The data base is housed in a Navdata card to be inserted in the
front face and is updated every 28 days by replacing the card.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, Intersections, flight service stations ...
There is also room for up to 500 user defined waypoints and 25 different flight
plans.
The KLN 94 GPS receives altitude code from the encoding altimeter.

May 30,2001 9.52.3

SUPPLEMENT 52 SOGATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft described

in Section 2 "limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook, when the
TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYVoIELL KLN 94 GPS
ft

NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE",

Data base updating must be verified before each flight.
NOTE:
711e KLN 94 genuine data base is referenced to WGS 84 geodetic datum.

GPS USED ONLY FOR NAVIGATION IN DAY VFR

IN SIGHT OF GROUND OR WATER

Figure 9.52.1 - GPS limitation placard

"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 Pilot's Guide, PIN 006-18207-000 Revision 0 dated
09/00 or any applicable following edition, shall be readily available to the pilot
whenever the operation at the GPS navigation system is predicted.
The system must utilize the DRS 02 software version or a more recent one.

9.52.4 May 30, 2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 52
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STANO ALONE

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

aircraft described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option
""HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE".

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

"MSG" push-button of GPS ............ PRESS

Check the message.

"Bad Satellite Geometry", Nav Super Flag Failure", "RAIM
position error", "RAIM not available", "Searching the sky" or
"No GPS Receiver Data" :
Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.

When the system integrity is restored, the return to GPS mode must be
accompanied by the validation aftha followed and desired track concordance
by using primary sources of navigation.

May 30,2001 9.52.5

SUPPLEMENT 52 SOGATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard aircraft

described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB aircraft is equipped with the option ""HONEYWELL"
KLN 94 GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE".
Normal operating procedures afthe GPS recommended by the manufacturer
are outlined in the "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 Pilot's Guide at the latest revision
and Memory Jogger at the latest revision.
However, it is important to precise the following points for the GPS use on T6:
SET UP CONDITIONS
- Verify if the data base is current. Verify data on the self test page.
- Verify that altitude data is valid for the GPS prior to flight.
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS
"MSG" message annunciator (amber)
CAUTION

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF

THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS. ··MSG·· ANNUNCIATOR JUST FLASHES.
"MSG" message annunciator will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that
requires his attention. Press the "MSG" push-button located on the GPSto
view the message (Appendix B of "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 Pilot's Guide
contains a list of all the messages likely to appear on the ~Mesag" page and
their meanings).
"WPT" Waypoint annunciator (amber)
This annunciator flashes approximately 20 seconds before warning "NEXT
DTK·.

9.52.6 May 30,2001

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 52
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STANO ALONE

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

Installation and operation of the "HONEYWL~ KLN 94 GPS NAVIGATION

SYSTEM - STAND ALONE do not change the performance of the TB aircraft
described in Section 5 "Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement those given for the standard aircraft in

Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

WEIGHT
A ARM
EQUIPMENT per unit
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT in.
"a SUPPLIER 10
Ikg)
1m)

34 - NAVIGATION

A GPS KLN94 HONEYWELL 4.850 28.74

stand alone (2.200) (0.73)
(OPT10 34306A)

May 30,2001 9.52.7

SUPPLEMENT 52 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures of the "HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS

NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE are described in the
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 Pilot's Guide at the latest revision.
The option includes:
- one KLN 94 GPS installed in radio rack - see Figure 9.52.2,
- one "MSGtWPT" repeater on advisory panel.

9.52.8 May 30, 2001

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 52
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

rn D ®
iMSGi
WPT

;- Nav D at a car d
o M ap sea e
change

<L" "TOO
0 ce~

§J
PUSH ON
"'"
~ 0
ICASAI

f~\
~@!lE3 0F'lJu.oc'"

~
On / Off
Brightness
~ - Message viewing

~ - CBS/Leg mode
selection
[!ill - Altitude functions

~ - Nearest VOR, NDB, Airports, interceptions,

User defined waypoints

~ "Direct TO"

~ - Procedure

@iliI - Clear

~ Enter

Figure 9.52.2 - ~HONEYWL" KLN 94 GPS SYSTEM

May 30, 2001 9.52.9
SUPPLEMENT 52 SOCATA
"HONEYWELL" KLN 94 GPS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM - STAND ALONE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

9.52.10 May 30,2001

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

SUPPLEMENT

"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL INSTRUMENTS
(GPS # 1 : B-RNAV)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
GENERAL. 9.53.2
2 LIMITATIONS. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 9.53.3
3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. 9.53.6
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES 9.53.8
PERFORMANCE . 9.53.13
WEIGHT AND BALANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9.53.13
DESCRIPTION. 9.53.14

January 15, 2002 9.53.1

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
SECTION 1
GENERAL

This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment

limitations, description and operations necessary to the operation when the
TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (8-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
(GPS # 1 : B-RNAV)".
Approved utilization types:
IFR in continental and Terminal Enroute areas as additional source,
B-RNAV,
Non precision approaches (GPS, VOR, VOR-DME, TACAN, NOB,
NDB-DME, RNAV).
Conformity means:
ACJ 20X4 and ACJ 20X5
- AC 20-138.
The generalities hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane
described in Section 1 "General" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS
(B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI (GPS # 1 : B-RNAV)".
This supplement does not constitute an operational utilization authorization.
The GPS is an automatic tridimensional (latitude, longitude, altitude) location
and navigation means using information provided by satellites (the GNS 530
system is able to track up to 12 satellites at a time). It also uses data recorded
in a data base. The data base is housed in a Navdatacardto be inserted in the
front face and is updated every 28 days by replacing the card.
Each data base contains information about airports, communication
frequencies, VORs, NDBs, Intersections, SIDs, STARs, instrument
approaches, flight service stations.
There is also room for up to 1000 user defined waypoints and 20 different
flight plans.

9.53.2 January 15, 2002

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS

2.1 - General
The limitations hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane
described in Section 2 "Limitations" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook,
when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS
(B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI (GPS # 1 , B-RNAV)".
"GARMIN" GNS 530 Pilot's Guide, PIN 190-00181-00 Revision A dated
04/00 or any applicable following edition, shall be readily available to the pilot,
each time the GPS navigation system is used.
The system must utilize the following software versions or more recent ones:

Subsystem Software

MAIN 2.08

GPS 2.10

• Data base updating must be verified before each flight.

The navigation sources required forthe anticipated flight shall be serviceable
and allow an immediate crossed check on available ground aids or shall allow
to return to primary navigation sources in case of GPS navigation loss.
Use of GPS as a navigation source is PROHIBITED, unless the pilot verifies
the currency of the data base and the coordinates of each selected waypoint.

January 15, 2002 9.53.3

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

Procedures during flight preparation

During flight preparation, the pilot must get information about GPS
constellation, via aeronautical data (consultation of GPS NOTAM).
When less than 24 satellites are available (or less than 23 if equipment uses
pressure altitude information), the pilot must make sure that RAIM function is
available on the projected route and for the flight period in B-RNAV areas.
RAIM function prediction can be done using prediction software integrated
into GNS 530 or any other approved software such as the one provided for
the users by EUROCONTROL on INTERNET.
If a loss of RAIM function is predicted on the chosen route for a period of more
than 5 minutes, the flight cannot be done. In that case, the flight will either be
postponed or another route will be chosen. The prediction software mustthen
be used again.
Preflight procedures
During preflight checks, it is necessary to verify data base validity (updating
of the last AIRAC cycle).
The onboard equipment must be initialized in compliance with manufacturer
procedures (refer to "GARMIN GNS 530 Pilot's Guide").
In case a pre-programmed or an already stored flight plan is used, an
accurate check of the waypoints is also required.
General in-flight procedures
Before entering a B-RNAVarea, the pilot must make sure that RAIM function
is available.
Flight plan activation, WPT and LEG changes as well as any modification of
initialization data must be done in compliance with equipment User's Manual.
For every navigation into areas reserved for B-RNAV, the pilot must be
provided with a predicted availability of RAIM on the route, if the constellation
disposes of less than 23 satellites.
The check of navigation system information consistency must be regularly
performed during the flight:
when reaching each waypoint or before reaching the position report point
of the ATC,
before leaving a published route and then every 15 minutes during this
type of operation (function "Direct To").

9.53.4 January 15, 2002

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

The check of position information consistency may be performed by

comparing this position with the one determined by the primary
radionavigation sources.

2.2 - SID/STAR

I
The use of SIDs and STARs stored in GPS data base is only authorized, if the
pilot has checked that GPS procedure corresponds to the one given in the
official documentation (coordinates of various points and paths between
points).

2.3 - Instrument approach (Non precision approach)

• CAUTION

KAP 150 AUTOPILOT (if installed) COUPLED OPERATION

IS PROHIBITED
Use of the GPSto perform an instrument approach is possible, as long as this
use is approved by the air navigation local authority for the approach in
question.
Instrument approaches performed with the GPS must be achieved according
to approved approach procedures given in the GPS data base. The data
base must be kept up to date and base data accuracy checked with regard to
the official documentation, preferably before the flight.
(a) Instrument approaches must be performed in GPS approach mode and
the RAIM must be available at the final approach fix (FAF).
(b) Precision approaches (ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, MLS ... ) must not be
performed with the GPS.
(c) If a landing is required on a diversion field, an other means than GPS
must be available to perform approach to this field. Required on board
equipment must be serviceable and ground aids must be operational.
Instrument approaches can only be performed, as long as used point
coordinates are referenced with regard to WGS 84 system or an equivalent
system.

January 15, 2002 9.53.5

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard

airplane described in Section 3 "Emergency procedures" of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook, when the TB airplane is equipped with the option
""GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI (GPS # 1 : B-RNAV)".

HSI NAV FLAG OR "INTEG" WARNING

Return to VOR or ADF navigation source and to remaining
operational navigation equipment.
"NAV1/GPS1" push-button. NAV1

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION

In navigation with GPS associated to the warning:

"MSG" push-button of associated GPS PRESS

Check the message.
NOTE:
A single "stand-alone" GPS cerlified as 8-RNAV navigation
means is required to fly in 8-RNAV areas.

9.53.6 January 15, 2002

SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

''MSG'' ANNUNCIATOR ILLUMINATION (Confd)

In case of loss of RAIM function. the navigation information

remains available but its integrity ;s no longer controlled.
- If RAIM loss occurs out of 8-RNAV area, the aircraft must not
enter 8-RNAV area.
- If RAIM loss occurs in 8-RNAV area, GPS navigation can be
continued as long as cross-checkings done with conventional
means (VOR, DME, NOB and dead reckoning elements) enable
making sure that 8-RNAV accuracy criteria are observed. When
this condition is not met, the Air Traffic Control must be contacted
to return to conventional navigation.
If GPS navigation information is lost or declared not valid. use

I
the other available navigation means. If this occurs during
instrument approach final phase. a go-around must be made,
except if the other approved radio means to perform approach are
displayed and available.

January 15, 2002 9.53.7

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES

The normal procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane

described in Section 4 "Normal procedures" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook, when the TB airplane is equipped with the option ""GARMIN"
GNS 530 GPS (8-RNAV) NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH
ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI (GPS # 1 : 8-RNAV)".
Normal operating procedures of the GPS recommended by the manufacturer
are outlined in the "GARMIN" GNS 530 Pilot's Guide atthe latest revision and
Memory Jogger at the latest revision.
However, it is importantto precise the following points for the GPS use on TB:
SET UP CONDITIONS
Verify if the data base is current. Verify data on the self test page.
Verify that altitude data is valid for the GPS prior to flight.
In case of 8-RNAV use:
During the preflight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) shall be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time).
B-RNAVflightdispatch shall not be made in the event of a continuous loss
of RAIM for more than 5 minutes predicted in any part of the intended
flight.
When less than 24 satellites are available (or less than 23 if equipment
uses pressure altitude information), the pilot must make sure that RAIM
function is available on the projected route and for the flight period in
B-RNAVareas.
When 23 or more satellites are available, the prediction of satellite
position is valid for 7 days. Their predicted availability is ensured for 48
hours by EUROCONTROL.
When less than 23 satellites are available, the predicted availability of
RAIM shall be confirmed short before each flight.

9.53.8 January 15, 2002

 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

SYSTEM ANNUNCIATORS I SWITCHES I CONTROLS

"NAV1/GPS1" push-button
This push-button may be used to select data to be displayed on the pilot's
HSI ; the NAV data come either from NAV1 navigation receiver or from the
GPS # 1.
When pressed once, the push-button illuminates NAV1 (white), pressed one
more time illuminates GPS1 (green).
"GPS CRS OBS/GPS CRS LEG" push-button
This push-button may be used to select GPS navigation mode (LEG or OBS
mode).
When pressed once, the push-button illuminates GPS CRS aBS (amber),
pressed one more time illuminates GPS CRS LEG (green).
"MSG" message annunciator (amber)
CAUTION

"MSG" ANNUNCIATOR MAY BE PERMANENTLY ILLUMINATED IF

THERE EXISTS A PERMANENT MESSAGE. WHEN A NEW MESSAGE
APPEARS, "MSG" ANNUNCIATOR JUST FLASHES
This annunciator is associated with the GPS # 1.
"MSG" message annunciator will flash to alert the pilot of a situation that
requires his attention. Press the "MSG" push-button located on the
GPS # 1 to view the message (Chapter 12 of "GARMIN" GNS 530 Pilot's
Guide contains a list of all the messages likely to appear on the "Message"
page and their meanings).
"WPT" Waypoint annunciator (amber)
This annunciator is associated with the GPS # 1.
This annunciator illuminates approximately 10 seconds before "TURN TO
XXX" warning,
• "APR" annunciator is a duplicate of the GPS # 1 "APR" information.
"TERM" annunciator is a duplicate of the GPS # 1 "TERM" information.
"GPS" mode of the GPS # 1
When using the "GPS" mode, GPS # 1 navigation data (course deviation,
TO/FROM) are presented on the HSI.

January 15, 2002 9,53,9

Revision 1
SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

I
GPS flight plan
In the active flight plan, addition of a STAR or an approach is always made at
the end of the flight plan. In the scope of these additions, the pilot must pay
attention not to duplicate points.

9.53.10 January 15, 2002

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

I KFC 225 autopilot

OPT10 22-001)
(if installed) coupled operation (option

GPS # 1 may be coupled with the autopilot via the HSI, which receives the
information relative to the navigation source (VOR1 or GPS # 1) selected by
the "NAV1/GPS1" push-button.
When crossing a waypoint, the airplane turns automatically, while a "TURN
TO" warning appears. This warning disappears during the turn. The pilot
must then manually adjust the course indicator on the HSI. Approximately
1 minute later, after the warning disappearing, if the pilot has not adjusted
manually the course indicator to the correct heading, a warning remenbers
him that.
When the AP "NAV" mode is engaged on the mode controller, the autopilot is
then coupled with the HSI and uses displayed information (track and course
deviation).
Engaging the "NAV" mode on the autopilot mode controller will activate the
FO on the AOI. The FO uses selected course and left/right steering
information displayed on the HSI.

Coupling with autopilot during a non precision approach must be made in

"NAV" mode, except in the following cases:
holding pattern,
- landing pattern turn,
- interrupted approach,
which have to be made in "HOG" mode.

For memory, the approach particular point name in the GARMIN system is as
follows:
- IA= IAF - MA=MAP
- FA = FAF au FAP - MH = MAHP
When the GPS suspends the linked navigation (GPS "SUSP" annunciator),
the autopilot continues using heading and "GPS CRS OBS" annunciator
(amber) illuminates.
NOTE:
The KFC 225 autopilot has a "Lateral clearance" function: refer to Section 4
"Normal procedures" of the Supplement "HONEYWELL KFC 225 automatic
flight control system" located in Section 9 "Supplements" of this Manual.

January 15, 2002 9.53.11

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

I
Coupled operation with KAP 150 autopilot (option OPT10 G669) (if
installed)
CAUTION

KAP 150 AUTOPILOT COUPLED OPERATION IN APPROACH MODE

IS PROHIBITED
Only GPS # 1 may be coupled with the autopilot via the HSI, which receives
the information relative to the navigation source (VOR1 or GPS # 1) selected
by the "NAV1/GPS1" push-button.
When crossing a waypoint, the track resetting on the following navigation leg
must be hand-performed on the HSI.
When the AP "NAV" mode is engaged on the mode controller, the autopilot is
then coupled with the HSI and uses displayed information (track and course
deviation).
REMARK:
The change of steering source for the autopilot, when the fatter is set to "NAV"
side mode, implies a sequence of checks, some of which may be omitted or
require a particular attention. Therefore it is strongly recommended to
temporarily disengage the autopilot "NAV" mode before changing source.

9.53.12 January 15, 2002

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE

The installation and the operation of the "GARMIN" GNS530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
(GPS # 1 : B-RNAV) do not change the basic performance of the TB airplane
described in Section 5 "Performance" of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook.

SECTION 6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE

Information hereafter supplement the one given for the standard airplane in
Section 6 "Weight and balance" of the basic Pilot's Operating Handbook.

WEIGHT
A ARM
EQUIPMENT per unit
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT ,e.
"0 SUPPLIER Ib
Ikg)
1m)

23 - COMMUNICATIONS

A COM-NAY-GPS # 1 GNS 530 GARMIN 10.141 23.23

(B-RNAV) interfaced with (4.600) (0.59)
electromechanical HSI
(OPT1023007A)

I January 15, 2002

Revision 1
9.53.13
SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
SECTION 7
DESCRIPTION

Normal operating procedures of the "GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)

NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI
(GPS# 1: 8-RNAV) are described inthe"GARMIN"GNS530 Pilot's Guide at
the latest revision.
GPS # 1 system consists of :

•
.
one "GNS 530" GPS - see Figure 9.53.1 :
This GPS may be a navigation source for the autopilot. Course deviation
information is then displayed on the HSI.
- one repeater/control unit - see Figure 9.53.2 :
This instrument allows to select the navigation source for the autopilot
(NAV1 or GPS1) and GPS navigation mode (OBS or LEG). It is also used
to duplicate the MSG, WPT warnings and to recopy GPS TERM, APR
information.

9.53.14 January 15, 2002

Revision 1
 SOCATA SUPPLEMENT 53
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

~( ~GPS#1
,
~
,------
,
. l J
I I
Map scale ~
change ~
GAIlMI,\J ~

®
W
VOl """II]
" I
~
1---1
IME~ul
0
VOL/",'O"

@ill
I ~:u-
;"1

GOM/
vLCC
G~

(@ ON
@0 @@ @@

c= 0
~

I
[VNAV]

I
l@R)

I
9\
","y
GRSR

"-- NavData card

o COM volume @QD Navigation source

(VLOC/G PSI selection
<:0 VOR volume IOBsl - DBS/Leg mode
selection
~ - Selcto~ of VORNHF lr..tsG] - Message viewing
~ frequenCies
~ Create
- Edit
- Selection of group Activate
~ -' pages
I'iNA'l1 - Vertical navigation
~
"- Group selection IPRocl Procedures:
- NAV Arrival
- WPT - Departure
- AUX Approach
NRST 1 ........ 1 "Direct TO'-

I Figure 9.53.1 - "GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS SYSTEM

January 15, 2002 9.53.15

Revision 1
 SUPPLEMENT 53 SOCATA
"GARMIN" GNS 530 GPS (B-RNAV)
NAVIGATION SYSTEM INTERFACED
WITH ELECTROMECHANICAL HSI

I
[IJ
I
D I

I NAV1

GPS1
MSG
WPT
TERM GPS

APR
CRS
OBS
GPS CRS
LEG

8 NAV1/GPS1 push button

~
GPS CRS
Des
GPS CRS OBS/GPS CRS LEG push button
GPS CRS
leG

Annunciators:

NAV1 : NAV1 navigation source

- GPS1 GPS1 navigation source
- MSG, WPT : Repeater of GPS, MSG. WPT warnings
TERM, APR Repeater of TERM, APR data

I Figure 9.53.2 - Repeater/control unit and GPS placard

9.53.16 January 15, 2002

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 3
MODEL TB 9 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

KEY: PCB Pull-off type circuit breaker

S8 Switch-breaker

BATTERY FAILURE
Tripping of "Main switch" S8 or "BAT" PCB

t
• SUCCESS
Close "M. Switch" 58
and "BAT" PCB
FAILING

l
- I
I
,-------,

"
Switch off
the_
remaining
_ _ _one
I
_ .JI

I Set RPM;;, 2500 RPM I

CONTINUE
FLIGHT
GREEN
/1- RED OR YELLOW
SECTOR
SECTOR
Voltmeter

../ ~
I I

I
Open "BUS 2" - "BUS 3" PCB

LEAVE IMe CONDITIONS

LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
+
Check "ALTr" PCB closed I
t
SWitch off I resel .
"ALTr FLO" 5B

Restore electrical GREEN

1- RED OR
YELLOW
load items SECTOR SECTOR
Voltmeter

-
one at a time

,---------,
• CAUTION: •

.IL .I
Operating some equipment such as

•
flaps, pump. landing and taxi lights.
LEAVE FLIGHT IMe CONDITIONS
___m~yopenLTsl_. ___ -.J LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE

Figure 3.2 - BATTERY FAILURE DIAGRAM

December 31, 1997 3.13

Revision 1
 SECTION 3 SOCATA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL TB 9

TOTAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE

- All electrical equipment inoperative
- Tripping of some CB

•
Switch off. - "Main switch" and "ALTr FLO" SBs
Open - "BAT" and "ALTr FLD" PCBs
- "Bus 2" and "Bus 3" PCBs

!
• SUCCESS r Close "Main switch" 58 and "BAT" PCB FAILING

I Check "ALTr FLD" CS FAILING Check "ALTr FLD" CB

I
SUCCESS SUCCESS ~LlNG
Close Bus 2 PCB
Close "ALTr FLD" 5B and "ALTr" PCB I- Close "ALTr FLD" 58 and "ALTr" PCB

I
SU1ESS ALTERNATOR FAILURE BATTERY FAILURE
- SEE FIGURE - SEE FIGURE I TOTAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE I
• r Close Bus 3 PCB l AUCU LIEN - AUCU LIEN -

T
SUCCESS

- LEAVE IMe CONDITIONS

CONTINUE FLIGHT - IF POSSIBLE, CONTINUE FLIGHT IN GOOD CONDITIONS
A~LTERNAO RESET OR LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE

Ir-~ NOTE: I
I- __ -+

I
I If closing of "Bus 2"' or ·'Bus 3" PCB CONTINUE FLIGHT
CAREFULLY
I makes ·ALTr·· PCB or "ALTr FLO·· $B open, I
IL __
pull_ _ Bus
faulty __ _and
PCB _ close
_ _"ALTr
__ __ ~ I
_ $B.
FLO··

Figure 3.3 - TOTAL ELECTRICAL FAILURE DIAGRAM

3.14 December 31, 1997

Revision 1
SOCATA SECTION 6
MODEL TB 9 WEIGHT AND BALANCE

SAMPLE WEIGHT AND BALANCE RECORD

CONTINUOUS HISTORY OF CHANGES IN STRUCTURE OR EQUIPMENT AFFECTING WEIGHT AND BALANCE

AIRPLANE MODEL. SERIAL NUMBER. PAGE NUMBER.

WEIGHT CHANGE RUNNING

ITEM No BASIC
DESCRIPTION OF EOUIPEMENT ADDED (+)
DATE REMOVED (-) EMPTYWEIGHTI
OR MODIFICATION
oc, WEIGHT ,~" MOMENT WEIGHT ,~" MOMENT WEIGHT MOMENT
" " " Ib.ln/1000 Ib
" Ib 10;1000 Ib Ib 10;1000

As delivered

Figure 6.2 - SAMPLE WEIGHT AND BALANCE RECORD

December 31, 1997 6.7

 SECTION 6 SOCATA
WEIGHT AND BALANCE MODEL TB 9

SAMPLE AIRPLANE I YOUR AIRPLANE I Ref.

on
chart
Weight Lever arm Moment Weight Lever arm Moment Figure
Ib in. Ib,in /1000 Ib in. Ib,in /1000 6.6
I
Standard empty weight I 1446 36.2 52.34

Optional equipment 11 19.7 0.22

Basic empty weight

Pilot (without Opt. 0800)

1457

170 45.4
52.56

7.71
I L A(1)

Pilot (with Opt. 0800) / 47.4 /

Ii
Front passenger 170 45.4 7.71

I
(without Opt. 0800)
A(2)

Frant passenger / 47.4 /

(with Opt. 0800)

Rear seat passengers 284 80.1 22.75

Fuel (31.9 U.S Gal.)

Baggage
192

18
42.3

102.3
8.12

1.B4 I I' B(1 )

B(2)

TOTAL WEIGHT
2291 100.69 M
AND MOMENT

Figure 6.3 - SAMPLE LOADING

6.8 December 31, 1997